2075 Woodside Road | Redwood City, CA 94061
(650) 260-0005 | peninsulacleanenergy.com
Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors of the
Peninsula Clean Energy Authority (PCEA)
AGENDA
Thursday, April 24, 2025
6:30 pm
PLEASE NOTE: This meeting will be held in a hybrid format with both in-person and Zoom participation options for members of the public;
Board members shall appear in person.
In-Person Meeting Locations:
PCEA Lobby, 2075 Woodside Road, Redwood City, CA 94061
Los Banos City Hall, Conference Room A, 520 J Street, Los Banos, CA 93635 Hyatt Regency Sacramento 1209 L Street, Sacramento, CA, US, 95814 Zoom, Virtual Meeting Link: https://pencleanenergy.zoom.us/j/87496649657 Meeting ID: 874-9664-9657 Passcode: 2075 Phone: +1 (669) 444-9171 Introduction
This meeting of the Board of Directors will be held at the Peninsula Clean Energy Lobby: 2075 Woodside Road, Redwood City, CA 94061 and Los Banos City Hall, Conference Room A, 520 J Street, Los Banos, CA 93635 and by teleconference pursuant to California Assembly Bill 2449 and the Ralph M. Brown Act, CA Gov’t Code. Section 54950, et seq. Members of the Board are expected to attend the meeting in person and should reach out to General Counsel for Peninsula Clean Energy, Jennifer Stalzer, with questions or accommodation information ([email protected]). For information regarding how to participate in the meeting remotely, please refer to the instructions at the end of the agenda. In addition, a video broadcast of the meeting can be viewed at https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/board-of-directors following the meeting.
Public Participation
The PCEA Board meeting may be accessed through Zoom online at https://pencleanenergy.zoom.us/j/87496649657. The webinar ID is: 874-9664-9657 and the passcode is 2075. The meeting may also be accessed via telephone by dialing +1(669) 444-9171. Enter the webinar ID: 874-9664-9657, then press #. (Find your local number:
https://pencleanenergy.zoom.us/u/kTlH1Ocod). Peninsula Clean Energy uses best efforts to ensure audio and visual clarity and connectivity. However, it cannot guarantee the connection quality.
Members of the public can also attend this meeting physically at the Peninsula Clean Energy Lobby at 2075 Woodside Road, Redwood City, CA 94061 or Los Banos City Hall, Conference Room A, 520 J Street, Los Banos, CA 93635.
Written public comments may be emailed to PCEA Board Clerk, Nelly Wogberg ([email protected]) and such written comments should indicate the specific agenda item on which the member of the public is commenting.
Spoken public comments will be accepted during the meeting in the Board Room(s) or remotely through Zoom at the option of the speaker. Please use the “Raise Your Hand” function in the Zoom platform, or press *6 if you phoned into the meeting, to indicate that you would like to provide comment. 1 1. Approval of Revised Load Management Standard (LMS) Plan for Submission to California Energy Commission (CEC)
2. Approval of Minutes from the March 27, 2025 Board of Directors Meeting
3. Chair Report (Discussion)
4. CEO Report (Discussion)
5. Community Advisory Committee Report (Discussion)
6. Briefing on SB 540 (Becker) - Western Pathways Bill (Discussion)
7. Approval of the Program Plan for California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) FLEXmarket Program (Action)
8. Discussion of the Distributed Energy Resources Framework 2025 - 2030 (Discussion)
9. Approval of the Budget Billing Program for Peninsula Clean Energy Customers (Action)
10. Board Members’ Reports (Discussion)
Please note that Peninsula Clean Energy Board of Directors meetings are a limited public forum, and all public comment must relate to something that is within the subject matter jurisdiction of the Board. If comments do not relate to the subject matter jurisdiction of the Board, we will stop the comment and move on to the next speaker. General Counsel will assist in identifying comments that are not related to the subject matter jurisdiction of the Board.
ADA Requests
Individuals who require special assistance or a disability related modification or accommodation to participate in this meeting, or who have a disability and wish to request an alternative format for the meeting, should contact Nelly Wogberg, Board Clerk, by 10:00 a.m. on the day before the meeting at ([email protected]). Notification in advance of the meeting will enable PCEA to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting, the materials related to it, and your ability to comment.
Closed Captioning is available for all PCEA Board meetings. While watching the video broadcast in Zoom, please enable captioning.
CALL TO ORDER / ROLL CALL / APPROVE TELECONFERENCE PARTICIPATION UNDER AB 2449
This item is reserved to approve teleconference participation request for this meeting by Director pursuant to Brown Act revisions of AB 2449 due to an emergency circumstance to be briefly described.
PUBLIC COMMENT
This item is reserved for persons wishing to address the Board on any PCEA-related matters that are not otherwise on this meeting agenda. Public comments on matters listed on the agenda shall be heard at the time the matter is called. Members of the public who wish to address the Committee are customarily limited to two minutes per speaker. The Board Chair may increase or decrease the time allotted to each speaker.
ACTION TO SET AGENDA AND TO APPROVE CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS
REGULAR AGENDA
2 11. Community Energy Programs Quarterly Report
12. Marketing, Outreach Activities, and Media Relations Quarterly Report
13. Legislative Update
14. Report on California Community Power (CCP) Joint Powers Authority
15. Social Media FAQ's
16. Acronym List
INFORMATIONAL REPORTS
ADJOURNMENT
Public records that relate to any item on the open session agenda are available for public inspection. The records are available at the Peninsula Clean Energy offices or on PCEA Website at:
https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com.
JOINING INSTRUCTIONS
3 Instructions for Joining a Zoom Meeting via Computer or Phone Best Practices:
Please mute your microphone when you are not speaking to minimize audio feedback If possible, utilize headphones or ear buds to minimize audio feedback If participating via videoconference, audio quality is often better if you use the dial-in option (option 2 below) rather than your computer audio
Options for Joining
Videoconference with Computer Audio - see Option 1 below Videoconference with Phone Call Audio - see Option 2 below Calling in via Telephone/Landline - see Option 3 below
Videoconference Options:
Prior to the meeting, we recommend that you install the Zoom Meetings application on your computer by clicking here https://zoom.us/download.
If you want full capabilities for videoconferencing (audio, video, screensharing) you must download the Zoom application.
Option 1 Videoconference with Computer Audio:
From your computer, click on the following link that is also included in the meeting calendar invitation: https://pencleanenergy.zoom.us/j/87496649657 The Zoom application will open on its own or you will be instructed to open Zoom.
After the application opens, the pop-up screen below will appear asking you to choose ONE of the audio conference options. Click on the Computer Audio option at the top of the pop-up screen.
Click the blue, "Join with Computer Audio" button.
In order to enable video, click on "Start Video" in the bottom left-hand corner of the screen. This menu bar is also where you can mute/unmute your audio.
Option 2 Videoconference with Phone Call Audio
From your computer, click on the following link that is also included in the meeting calendar invitation: https://pencleanenergy.zoom.us/j/87496649657 The Zoom Application will open on its own or you will be instructed to Open Zoom. 4 After the application opens, the pop-up screen below will appear asking you to choose ONE of the audio conference options. Click on the Phone Call option at the top of the pop-up screen.
Please dial +1 (669) 444-9171.
You will be instructed to enter the meeting ID: 874-9664-9657 followed by #.
You will be instructed to enter in your participant ID. Your participant ID is unique to you and is what connects your phone number to your Zoom account.
After a few seconds, your phone audio should be connected to the Zoom application on your computer.
In order to enable video, click on "Start Video" in the bottom left-hand corner of the screen. This menu bar is also where you can mute/unmute your audio.
Audio Only Options:
Please note that if you call in/use the audio only option, you will not be able to see the speakers or any presentation materials in real time.
Option 3: Calling in via Telephone/Landline:
Please dial +1 (669) 444-9171.
You will be instructed to enter the meeting ID: 874-9664-9657 followed by #.
You will be instructed to enter your Participant ID followed by #. If you do not have a participant ID or do not know it, you can press # to stay on the line.
You will be instructed to enter the meeting passcode 2075 followed by #. 5 DATE: April 16, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: Majority Vote
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Jeremy Waen, Senior Director of Regulatory Policy SUBJECT: Approval of Revised Load Management Standard (LMS) Plan for Submission to California Energy Commission (CEC)
Item No. 1
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
BACKGROUND
Pursuant to 20 Cal. Code Regs. §1623.1, the California Energy Commission ("CEC") requires Community Choice Aggregators (CCA) to develop and approve a Load Management Standard ("LMS") plan for the real-time management of customer load. This load management aims to reduce load at peak and to reduce overall costs. The California Energy Commission’s regulation relies primarily on the creation of “marginal cost-based" (MCB) hourly rates as the tool to shift customer load out of expensive-to-serve hours. As an alternative, CCAs are authorized to use customer programs that can respond to hourly signals, if marginal cost-based rates are not feasible or cost-effective. Peninsula Clean Energy (PCE) duly developed an LMS plan, which was approved on April 25, 2024. The plan was submitted to the CEC on May 7, 2024.
Subsequent to that submission, the Peninsula Clean Energy Board approved two measures that help meet the goals of the Load Management Standard: first, joining PG&E’s Hourly Flex Pricing pilots and second, moving forward with potential adoption of a Distributed Energy Resource Management System (DERMS) platform. This plan update reflects these two actions as well as other developments with PCE’s programs.
DISCUSSION
I. Summary of Today’s Request
Since the Board’s approval of PCE’s LMS plan on April 25, 2024, and its submission to the CEC on May 7, 2024, PCE staff has been in close correspondence with CEC staff regarding the approval of the document. After review, CEC staff recommended that PCE's LMS plan be updated to include: (1) PCE's actions to implement the LMS plan, and (2) specificity regarding plans to move customers' energy usage off-peak hours with customer programs. PCE staff has incorporated these updates for Board approval, with both the clean and redlined versions included.
6 The updated plan now reflects:
1. PCE's Board approval of participation in Pacific Gas and Electric Company’s (PG&E) Expanded Pilots 2, and Vehicle to Grid Integration (VGI) Real Time Pricing pilot to comply with the LMS on October 24, 2024, and PCE’s Advice Letter PCEA-039-E on November 1, 2024, noticing the CPUC that PCE is participating PG&E’s Hourly Flex Pricing (HFP) pilots.
2. Further detail on efforts to establish a DERMS platform and other developments in PCE's programmatic efforts.
Since this revision reflects actions already taken by the Board and serves to assist the CEC in approving PCE's LMS plan, staff recommends the approval of the updated PCE LMS plan.
II. Regulatory Background
The CEC established the LMS regulation in April 2023 to require Large CCAs, including PCE, to use MCB rates and programs to encourage energy use at off-peak hours and improve equity, efficiency, and reliability of the electric system. PCE is required to submit an LMS Compliance Plan outlining how PCE will meet the LMS regulation requirements.
The LMS requires PCE to analyze an hourly MCB rate for each customer class based on cost-effectiveness, equity, feasibility, and benefits to decide whether to adopt such rates. If adopted, the MCB rates must be available for customers to enroll in by July 1, 2027. The PCE Board opted to leverage IOU pilots to satisfy this requirement.
If a large CCA were to conclude that the implementation of an MCB rate is not technically feasible, cost-effective, equitable or beneficial, then it must propose cost-effective marginal-cost responsive load flexibility programs for compliance. PCE’s programs are moving toward being able to satisfy this requirement as an alternative pathway if PCE were to decide in the future to discontinue a MCB rate. If adopted, these programs must be available for customer enrollment by July 1, 2027.
III. PCE’s Approach
a. Rate Offerings
The first substantive update of the LMS is a discussion of PCE’s strategy for implementing MCB rates. PCE found, based on substantial evidence in light of the whole record, that designing and implementing its own MCB rates is not likely to be cost-effective or technically feasible as an approach to meeting the goals of the LMS. Instead, to implement PCE’s MCB rates for its residential, commercial, and industrial classes, PCE has chosen to focus staff resources on participation in two of PG&E’s HFP pilots: the Expanded Pilot 2 and the VGI pilots. PCE declined to participate in the Expanded Pilot 1 (Agricultural) because the PCE Board found that this pilot would not be cost-effective due to the small number of agricultural customers among PCE’s customer base and a lack of peak-coincident load. The PCE Board approved participation in PG&E’s Expanded Pilot 2 and VGI pilot to comply with the LMS on October 24, 2024. PCE anticipates enrolling customers in the pilots by June 1, 2025, or earlier if feasible, to comply with CEC regulations.
b. Customer Program Offerings
The second update includes updates to PCE’s program offerings. These programs are not 7 strictly necessary at this time to comply with the LMS standard because of the participation in the HFP pilots. However, these programs could be used in future as an alternate path to compliance if they were upgraded to be able to respond to MCB hourly signals. PCE currently offers a portfolio of load flexibility programs with a diversity of enabling technologies, and different tiers of engagement to provide options for customers. Following is a list of current and planned program offerings, including several pilots that are being tested for reliability, load reduction, and customer adoption: Solar and Storage for Public Buildings, Residential Solar and Storage, FLEXmarket, Residential Electrification Direct Install, and GovEV. Each of these programs is envisioned potentially to become MCB signal-responsive programs to either supplement or serve in place of MCB rates in future years. The timeline and feasibility of the rollout of MCB signals to these load flexibility technologies will be evaluated in future development of PCE’s DERMS platform.
Taken together, these updates document PCE’s actions since the initial plan submittal to advance PCE’s load management strategies to achieve the goals shared by PCE and the CEC.
FISCAL IMPACT
None.
ATTACHMENTS:
Final Revised LMS Compliance Plan (14 MAR 2025).pdf
Final Revised LMS Compliance Plan REDLINES 2(14 MAR 2025).pdf 8 1
Load Management Standard
Compliance Plan
Peninsula Clean Energy Authority
Revised March 15, 2025
9 2
1. Introduction
Peninsula Clean Energy Authority (PCE) supports the overall objectives of the Load Management Standard (LMS) since these strategies are important for PCE’s goal of serving its customers 100% renewable energy on a high time-coincident basis in coming years.
Since this requires the matching of load to the generation of PCE’s contracted variable energy generation resources, load shifting is a critical strategy for PCE to achieve this goal.
PCE looks forward to working with the California Energy Commission (CEC) in the coming years to develop cutting-edge and cost-eMective approaches to achieving the overall goals of the standard.
1.1. About PCE
PCE, a community choice aggregator (CCA), provides electricity service to residents and businesses in San Mateo County and the City of Los Banos in Merced County. Formed in February 2016, PCE is a joint powers authority, consisting of the County of San Mateo, all twenty of its towns and cities, and the City of Los Banos in Merced County. Following a comprehensive feasibility study, consistent with Assembly Bill (AB) 32 voluntary action pathways, elected oMicials from each member jurisdiction unanimously agreed to form PCE to meet their local climate action goals and for the benefit of San Mateo County. In 2020, following another comprehensive feasibility study, elected oMicials from the City of Los Banos voted to join PCE.
PCE provides cleaner electricity, and at lower rates, than the incumbent investor-owned utility (IOU), Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E). PCE plans for and secures commitments from a diverse portfolio of energy-generating resources to reliably serve the electric energy requirements of its customers over the near-, mid-, and long-term planning horizons. PCE was assigned an investment-grade credit rating from Moody’s in May 2019 and S&P in June 2023, the second of the three CCAs in California to obtain investment-grade credit ratings. PCE’s programs include advancing the adoption of electric transportation and transitioning building fossil fuel uses to low-carbon electricity.
As part of its mission-driven, collaborative, not-for-profit, locally focused roots, PCE is committed to two key organizational priorities:
• Deliver 100% renewable energy on an annual basis and align renewable energy supply with customer demand each and every hour of the day in the coming years. • Contribute to San Mateo County reaching the state’s goal to be 100% free of greenhouse gasses (GHG).
PCE is also committed to the following several strategic goals:
• Secure suMicient, low-cost, clean sources of electricity that achieve PCE’s priorities while ensuring reliability and meeting regulatory mandates. • Strongly advocate for public policies that support PCE’s organizational priorities. 10 3
• Implement robust energy programs that reduce GHG emissions, align energy supply and demand, and provide benefits to community stakeholder groups. • Develop a strong brand reputation that drives participation in PCE’s programs while ensuring customer satisfaction.
• Employ sound fiscal strategies to promote long-term organizational sustainability. • Ensure organizational excellence by adhering to sustainable business practices and fostering a workplace culture of innovation, diversity, transparency, and integrity.
The importance of these goals for the communities of San Mateo County is underscored by the 2019 declaration of a climate emergency by the Board of Supervisors calling on local agencies and jurisdictions to work “to achieve carbon neutrality throughout San Mateo County and to implement other actions to address climate change.”1
1.2. The Role of PCE’s Board of Directors
PCE is governed by its Board of Directors (Board). Each member jurisdiction from San Mateo County, plus the city of Los Banos, has one seat on PCE’s Board (except for San Mateo County, which has two) for a total of 23 elected oMicials acting as board members.
In addition, the Board has two board member director emeritus selected from former directors who participate in board activities as non-voting members.
The Board is responsible for setting the overall strategy for PCE, including rate setting and energy procurement decisions.2 The decisions of the Board are binding requirements for PCE.
In addition to operating the CCA program, PCE also implements a range of customer programs to facilitate decarbonization and access to electrification, especially for disadvantaged customers. Generally, PCE does not receive cost recovery from the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) for these programs but funds them through rates or grants from outside sources.
1.3. The CEC Load Management Standard
In 1974, the California State Legislature passed the Warren-Alquist Act establishing the CEC. At its inception, the CEC was granted specific authority including but not limited to implementing load management standards.3 The CEC updated these standards in 2022 to 1 County of San Mateo Board of Supervisors, Resolution No. 19-847: Adopt a resolution endorsing the declaration of a climate emergency in San Mateo County that demands accelerated actions on the climate crisis and calls on local jurisdictions and agencies to join together to address climate change (2019). 2 Public Utilities Code § 366.2. 3 California Energy Commission, 2022 Load Management Standards Rulemaking Fact Sheet, 1 (2022), https://www.energy.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022-10/Load_Management_Fact_Sheet_ADA.pdf 11 4
enhance statewide demand flexibility, and the new amendments eMective as of April 2023 are what this plan addresses.4
The CEC established its LMS regulation based on the definition of load management as “any utility program or activity that is intended to reshape deliberately a utility’s load duration curve.”5 The primary objectives of the regulation are to:
• Encourage energy use at oM-peak hours.
• Encourage daily and seasonal peak load control to improve equity, eMiciency, and reliability of the electric system.
• Decrease or delay the need for new electrical capacity. • Reduce GHG emissions and fossil fuel consumption.
To ensure progress toward these goals, the CEC is requiring California’s large Publicly Owned Utilities (POU), large IOUs, and large CCAs to submit LMS Plans outlining how they will meet the LMS regulation requirements.
The LMS regulation requires each large POU, IOU, and CCA to analyze an optional hourly marginal cost-based (MCB) rate for each customer class. The proposed rate should be evaluated based on five factors: (i) cost-eMectiveness, (ii) equity, (iii) technical feasibility, (iv) benefits to the grid, and (v) benefits to customers. If the CCA deems the implementation of an MCB rate is not feasible based on one or more of the five factors, then it must propose cost-eMective load flexibility programs for compliance and conduct an evaluation using the same five metrics. Compliance may be modified or delayed if the CCA can show that despite good faith eMort, requiring timely compliance would result in reduced system eMiciency or reliability, extreme hardship, technological infeasibility, or lack of cost-eMectiveness to the CCA.
4 20 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 1621-1625. 5 Public Resources Code § 25132. 12 5
Table 1 outlines the goals set forth in the LMS regulation, along with the expected completion date identified by the CEC and PCE’s progress status toward meeting that deadline.
Table 1. Progress Toward LMS Goals
LMS Section Description Deadline PCE Status
§1623.1(c) Upload existing time-dependent rates to
the Market Informed Demand Automation
Server (MIDAS) database.
October 1, 2023 Completed
with ongoing
updates
§1623(c) Provide customers access to their Rate
Identification Numbers (RIN) on billing
statements and in online accounts using
both text and quick-response (QR) code.
March 31, 2024 Awaiting
PG&E billing
changes
§1623.1(a)(1) Develop and submit to PCE’s Board an
LMS plan.
April 1, 2024 Submitted to
the Board
March 22,
2024
§1623.1(a)(3)(A) Submit to the CEC the Board-approved
LMS plan.
May 31, 2024
§1623(c) Develop and submit to the CEC, in
conjunction with the other obligated
utilities, a single statewide RIN access
tool.
Oct. 1, 2024 Ongoing,
through
CalCCA
participation
§1623.1(b)(3) Submit to the CEC a list of load flexibility programs deemed cost e[ective by PCE.
Oct. 1, 2024
§1623.1(a)(3)(C) Submit annual reports to the CEC
demonstrating implementation of plan, as
approved by the PCE Board.
Annually
§1623.1(b)(2) Submit to the PCE Board for approval at
least one MCB rate for the customer
class(es) for which it will materially reduce
peak load.
July 1, 2025
§1623.1(b)(2) O[er customers voluntary participation in either an MCB rate, if approved by the
Board, or a cost-e[ective load flexibility
program.
July 1, 2027
§1623.1(b)(5) Conduct a public information program to
inform and educate a[ected customers
why MCB rates or load flexibility programs
and automation are needed, how they will
be used, and how these rates and
programs can save customers money.
Goal date not
specified
Ongoing
currently
§1623.1(a)(1)(C) Review the plan at least once every 3 years after it is adopted and submit an update to
the PCE Board if there is a material
change.
Triennially
13 6
2. PCE LMS Plan
2.1. Overview
The PCE Board does not find, based on substantial evidence in light of the whole record, that designing and implementing its own MCB rates to be likely to be cost-eMective or technically feasible as an approach to meeting the goals of the LMS, as discussed below, consistent with the findings specified in 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623.1(a). However, PCE is participating in two of PG&E’s Hourly Flex Pricing (HFP) rate pilots as a more eMective approach to LMS-compliant rate oMerings. The PCE Board approved participation in PG&E’s Expanded Pilot 2 and Vehicle to Grid Integration (VGI) pilot to comply with the LMS on October 24, 2024. PCE will provide an update on the expansion of the pilots in its next LMS Compliance Plan report. Subsequently, PCE filed Advice Letter (AL) PCEA-039-E on November 1, 2024, noticing the CPUC that PCE is participating PG&E’s HFP pilots.6
2.2. RTP Pilots
To implement PCE’s MCB rates for its residential, commercial, and industrial classes, PCE will focus staM resources on participation in two of PG&E’s HFP pilots: the Expanded Pilot 2 and the VGI pilots. PCE has declined to participate in the Expanded Pilot 1 (Agricultural) because the PCE Board finds that this pilot would not be cost-eMective due to the small number of agricultural customers among PCE’s customer base and a lack of peak-coincident load.
2.2.1. Rate Design
The MCB rates PCE will oMer through PG&E’s HFP pilots will be based on deviations from historical usage at marginal rates driven by dynamic hourly prices. The dynamic prices include marginal generation capacity costs as approved in D.21-11-016 and allocation as specified in D.22-08-002 and marginal energy costs as approved in D.21-11-016, based on PG&E Default Load Aggregation Point (DLAP), adjusted for line losses.7 Marginal transmission and distribution costs will be based on forecasted load on a representative circuit with similar load characteristics to the customer’s circuit, but annual average load-weighted prices will not vary geographically for equity reasons. 8 The rate design will
incorporate a fixed cost collection subscription mechanism as outlined in the California Flexible Unified Signal for Energy (CalFUSE) proposal, with no scalers or adders. 6 Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Advice Letter 049-E “Notice to the Commission of Participation in the PG&E Expanded Pilot 2” (November 1, 2024) available at https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/PCE-AL-39E_Expanded-Pilot-2-Opt-in-1.pdf 7 Pacific Gas and Electric Company, 2023 LMS Compliance Plan (2023). 8 Pacific Gas and Electric Company, 2023 LMS Compliance Plan (2023). 14 7
The Expanded Pilot 2 and VGI pilots are anticipated to be available without participation limits to all of our residential, commercial, and industrial customers. These pilots are available to all customers based on the terms defined by PG&E and per the regulatory approvals.9 PCE is not imposing any participation cap. Pilot descriptions are included below.
• Expanded Pilot 2: Under the Demand Flexibility proceeding (R.22-07-005), PG&E was directed to expand a pilot program developed by Valley Clean Energy (VCE) and PG&E in response to the 2021 grid reliability challenges.
PG&E must now extend the pilot developed with VCE to serve residential, commercial, and industrial customers. The pilot is being rolled out via “Automation Service Providers” (ASPs), who currently provide automation services to existing devices installed in homes and businesses. PG&E has an enrollment target of 50 MWs under the pilot, which is currently scheduled to conclude by December 31, 2027.
• VGI Pilots: Under the Transportation Electrification proceeding (R.18-12-006), PG&E was directed to develop two VGI pilots with a dynamic pricing rate to serve residential and commercial customers. Both pilots provide upfront incentives for bidirectional electric vehicle (EV) charging equipment in phase 1 and then require customers to enroll under a dynamic pricing rate during phase 2. Across its entire service territory, PG&E is planning to enroll 200 commercial customers under the VGI commercial pilot. The dynamic rate is expected to be available for 12 months under both pilots or until funding is exhausted.
PCE anticipates enrolling customers in the pilots by June 1, 2025, or earlier if feasible, to comply with CEC regulations.
PCE is not participating in PG&E’s Expanded Pilot 1, which targets agricultural customers.
PCE staM determined that oMering a pilot rate program to our agricultural customers would not result in material peak load reduction or be cost eMective, based on the following factors:
• Lack of shiftable peak load: PCE has only 129 agricultural customers which represent 0.4% of PCE’s peak load.
• Administrative burden: The administrative burden of implementing the Expanded Pilot 1 would very likely exceed the benefits gained from the program, and limit staMing resources which could be applied to the pilots more applicable to PCE’s customer base.
9 CPUC Decision 24-01-032, PG&E’s Advice Letter 7222-E1, Advice Letter 7222-E-A2, Advice Letter 7222-E-B3, Advice Letter 7223-E-A4 and Advice Letter 7223-E-B5 for the Expanded Pilots, and PG&E’s Advice Letter 7234-E-A6, and CPUC’s Resolutions E-5192, E-5326 and E-5358 for the Vehicle Grid Integration (VGI) Pilots (Regulatory Approvals), (together the “Hourly Flex Pricing Pilots”, or “HFP Pilots”) 15 8
Since our agricultural customer class is small, and does not have high demand during peak periods, implementing this pilot for agricultural customers would not have a significant eMect on our peak loads, even if participation and responsiveness to MCB rates were high.
Therefore, PCE’s Board did not find it cost eMective to oMer MCB rates to our agricultural customer class.
As PG&E has indicated, it will no longer be able to make the necessary updates to its billing system to implement a more permanent dynamic pricing solution until after July 1, 2027.
We anticipate that the pilot programs will be extended to customers beyond that date, subject to CPUC approval. Should either the CPUC decline to extend these pilots past that date or PCE deem that continued participation is not the most cost-eMective approach to enabling load shifting, PCE will submit an LMS plan revision to update our plan for oMering either MCB rates or marginal cost signal responsive programs to all customer classes for which they are cost eMective, or both, as provided for in 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623.1. Until such time as the CPUC makes its decision, such a determination of continued participation would be premature.
In addition to the MCB rate pilots, PCE will continue to deploy programs that can respond to MCB signals, as described below. Under this approach, most or all customers will likely have multiple vehicles for creating load flexibility. Both the MCB rates and the marginal cost signal responsive programs are anticipated to interact with the statewide RIN tool pursuant to 20 Cal Code Regs. § 1623 (c) when it becomes available.
2.3. Evaluation
2.3.1. Cost-E3ectiveness
PCE’s strategy of participation in the CPUC-sponsored pilots is informed by some of the cost and feasibility considerations of designing and implementing its own separate MCB rates. The cost-eMectiveness of any MCB rate oMering depends on whether the value of any load shift to the customer and PCE exceeds the costs of implementation of the proposal.
Evaluation of cost-eMectiveness will be a continuous and ongoing eMort as the results from the HFP pilots become available. Since CCAs are excluded from cost recovery for expenditures in support of wider grid benefits, the analysis of cost-eMectiveness is necessarily narrower than it would be for either IOUs or POUs.
Evaluation of the costs of implementing an MCB rate include a variety of fixed and per-customer costs. Fixed costs include, but are not limited to:
• Personnel costs for staM to design and maintain MCB rates. • Management costs to obtain data from the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) and PG&E to calculate hourly costs.
• Software and system costs for design, maintenance, and operations. 16 9
• Contractor costs to implement MCB rates, including customer education and support.
• Software and upload costs associated with the MIDAS database interface.
In addition, per-customer costs include, but are not limited to:
• Data charges
• Vendor charges
At this time, the costs associated with the creation, implementation, and maintenance of the MCB rates for PCE are diMicult to ascertain because many elements are still unknown.
In addition to the implementation costs, it is unknown whether and how the CPUC will require PG&E to provide real-time billing quality customer data, the costs associated with obtaining these data, and any required technical or data handling costs. Since PCE would be spreading comparable fixed costs across a small customer base, it is less likely that the value of the marginal improvement in load shifting over PCE’s existing Time-of-Use (TOU) rates would be enough to justify these fixed costs, compared to larger Load Serving Entities (LSE). PCE’s comparable fixed costs would be recovered from a smaller rate base, resulting in higher per-customer costs. PCE anticipates participation in PG&E’s HFP pilots may shed light on some of these costs going forward.
By the same token that the costs of implementation are diMicult to determine, the value of any load shift that might result from an MCB rate is also diMicult or impossible to assess at this time. The value of the load shift depends on participation rate, how much load is shifted, in what hours, and the value of that load shift. In principle, the amount of load shift could be determined for each hour if the elasticity of electricity demand in each hour were known; however, evaluating these elasticities would require considerable data for all hours and would have significant uncertainties. In addition, it would be necessary to know how the MCB rate values would diMer from existing TOU rates in each of these hours.
Currently, several components of the marginal costs would be diMicult to ascertain at this time. While hourly energy costs are currently generated in the CAISO market, the hourly capacity values are unclear. The resource adequacy (RA) program is shifting to a 24-hour slice-of-day framework, which would theoretically generate diMerential values of capacity in diMerent hours. However, until the slice-of-day framework has been in place for some years, it will be impossible to assess what the capacity value of energy use in one hour might be relative to the energy use in a diMerent hour. In addition, there are no currently accepted methodologies in use for the assessment of the hourly value of transmission and distribution costs. As discussed below in the context of technical feasibility, several components of hourly costs are not currently available, making the evaluation of the value of load shift diMicult or meaningless to calculate.
Determining the net value of any load shift would also require oMsetting the cost of serving new load in the hour to which electricity use is shifted. This in turn would require an 17 10
understanding of whether reduced load in various hours would result in overall load reductions (load shed) or a shift to other hours (load shift), and if so, to which hours.
Furthermore, the value of a given shift (e.g., from 8 p.m. to 11 p.m.) is likely to vary by day of the week. Even if only within-day shifts are assessed, this constitutes nearly 50,000 pairwise shifts between hours across the year, even assuming that a single week can be representative of all hours in the month. This calculation would require extremely large quantities of data that are not available at this time. Thus, a full cost-eMectiveness assessment is currently diMicult or infeasible.
Given the diMiculties in evaluating the cost-eMectiveness of an MCB rate today, PCE is strongly interested in the data and key lessons to be derived from participating in CPUC-sponsored IOU pilots. Should the data on both responsiveness and costs be available, PCE anticipates being able to more fully analyze the costs and benefits of such programs in future years.
2.3.2. Equity
Significant equity concerns are raised by MCB rates because any error from the true cost raises the prospect of unrecovered costs. If any kind of adder is required to cover these unrecovered costs, this is likely to represent a cost shift onto non-participating customers.
PCE anticipates that participation in any MCB rate oMering is likely to be primarily by wealthier and more sophisticated customers able to aMord the technology required to truly take advantage of such a rate. Non-participating customers should not bear increased costs because of such rate structures. However, since the actual costs that would be realized are diMicult to determine a priori, costs recovered through MCB rates are likely to be highly variable, as customers are almost guaranteed not to respond as forecast in every billing period. Thus, the MCB rates would need to incorporate conservative assumptions about costs recovered through these rates and err on recovering more costs from participating customers. However, if these rates are intentionally conservative to ensure adequate cost recovery in all billing periods, then the economic benefits of participating would be blunted. As such, ensuring equity impacts are avoided likely limits the utility of MCB rates in the first place.
A second major point of concern is possible exposure of low-income customers to real-time market prices. Customers may elect to sign up for new rates without an understanding of the risks or, because most loads are inelastic, with limited ability to react. This can result in extreme customer costs during extreme weather or other significant events.
2.3.3. Technical Feasibility
MCB rates also face several technical prerequisites that would need to be satisfied before implementation of an MCB rate. PCE faces some of the similar challenges as PG&E, including the lack of transmission and distribution marginal costs currently called for in the regulation. Assessing the hourly and locational costs is diMicult to ascertain with reliable 18 11
methodologies. Consequently, there is no obvious data source to access hourly values to use as inputs to an MCB rate.
In addition, the hourly capacity costs are currently impossible to assess, because CPUC jurisdictional entities are transitioning to a new hourly capacity construct currently. The 24- hour slice-of-day framework will generate diMerential value of capacity in diMerent hours.
However, the CPUC has not finished implementing the slice-of-day methodology and several cost containment proposals remain unresolved. Over time, hourly capacity costs should be established by the market, but until LSEs develop expertise in trading hourly products over some years, it will be impossible to assess the capacity value in each hour.
In addition, since PCE is not its own billing agent, additional prerequisites exist and remain to be resolved including access to billing quality daily-hourly data on a timely basis. This likely requires CPUC action to order PG&E to provide such data to PCE. PCE is an active participant in the DER Data Access proceeding at the CPUC (R.22-11-013) to assist the CPUC in making the requisite data available to enable the rates and programs PCE would like to implement.
PCE strongly supports the goals of load shifting as a key cost-containment strategy, but there are a significant number of prerequisites that remain to be implemented on a usable, statewide basis.
2.3.4. Benefits to the Grid
If PG&E pilots are successful in shifting load to cheaper-to-serve times of day beyond what the TOU rates already achieve, this could provide marginal cost savings in the medium term. However, unpredictable customer behavior may actually impose costs on the grid as well.
The changing nature of the grid supply may mean that this value will diminish as California shifts to a fully decarbonized grid. Variable energy resources vary strongly not just by hour, but seasonally. In PCE’s modeling of achieving a fully decarbonized energy supply that meets PCE’s load on an hourly basis with 100% renewable energy, the most important constraints on the grid are likely to shift from concerns about capacity during net peak load periods to daily energy constraints during seasons with low solar over a 24-hour cycle.
These constraints will arise in winter months, during which lower solar production to charge storage will drive constraints in the early morning hours. A portfolio that has both suMicient generation and storage to be capable of meeting overnight winter loads with diminished generation will have considerable excess energy to serve peak load with zero marginal cost energy at other times of the year. What this means is that if storage is capable of meeting load whenever it occurs, then load shifting from one hour to another will deliver few if any grid benefits. In contrast, shifting load from one season to another would be far more significant, but it is diMicult to conceive of how this might be 19 12
accomplished and whether an MCB rate would incentivize investments in such technologies.
In addition, MCB rates may drive customer behavior in ways that force greater distribution costs. In particular, there are some indications that TOU rates have concentrated EV charging in hours immediately after the end of high TOU rate periods. This can actually increase the need for distribution investment to address new higher peak demands outside of TOU hours. If EV drivers move their charging to a small number of low-price hours in response to MCB rates, peak demand on the distribution circuits during those hours could spike. This would require significant distribution investments to accommodate new, higher peak demand. For example, if MCB rates send a signal to charge during solar hours based on CAISO wholesale market prices, that may drive very high loads on particular distribution circuits, triggering large-scale upgrades. Thus, responding to grid-level signals may drive high costs on specific circuits. Since the bulk of retail rates are made up of transmission and distribution charges, increasing these investments may swamp any benefit seen on energy generation costs. The interplay of these dynamics is diMicult to predict, meaning that the net benefit to the grid from MCB rates is impossible to assess and may result in a net detriment to the grid.
In the medium term, the key analysis is the degree to which an MCB rate will shift load from expensive hours to cheaper ones. However, absent critical data on the hourly elasticity of electricity as described above, that analysis is currently not feasible to do.
2.3.5. Benefits to Customers
The benefits to participating customers depend on whether existing TOU rate diMerentials are greater or less than the hourly diMerences in marginal costs. In theory, if the diMerence between high-rate hours and low-rate hours is less than the hourly diMerences in marginal costs, then shifting to an MCB rate may save customers money if they can shift loads to relatively cheaper hours. Under a TOU rate, customers already save money by shifting load outside of the peak window. The benefit to customers then depends on whether customers would save even more money under an MCB rate, but that depends on the details of how the MCB and TOU rates compare in each hour and which hours customers shift usage to and from. Thus, determining whether customers would or would not realize rate benefits will depend on the actual rates by hour relative to existing TOU rates. Since the MCB rates are not currently feasible to develop, it is not possible to analyze the degree of benefits to customers currently.
3. Rate Identification Number
Since CCA bills are controlled and printed by the IOU billing agent (PG&E in this case), PCE has limited input on the design and placement of Rate Identification Numbers (RIN) on the customer billing statements. However, PCE is working with its third-party provider for data 20 13
management and billing services, Calpine Energy Solutions (Calpine), and PG&E to comply with LMS requirements for RINs.
3.1. RINs and QR Codes on Customer Bills
PCE, Calpine, and PG&E have agreed to utilize the Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) 810 files to pass through RINs to PG&E for inclusion on the customer billing statements. The RINs are expected to be available to customers via billing statements and online customer accounts by April 2024.
Per PG&E’s LMS Compliance Plan, the IOU will include the RIN and QR code on the customer billing statement in the rate schedule code section of the electric service agreement details page. PG&E has stated that it does not plan to include a QR code that links to a webpage.
3.2. Statewide RIN Access Tool
PCE has participated in CEC-led workshops on the development of the Statewide RIN Access Tool and provided input on the process, when able. However, PCE’s involvement in the development of the tool is limited, as it has been with the design and placement of the RINs on the customer billing statements, which IOUs control. Nonetheless, PCE has been working with the other LSEs to design and implement the statewide RIN tool, pursuant to 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623(c). A proposed plan for the tool was submitted by a subset of LSEs to the CEC for review on October 1, 2024. We will continue to work with the other LSEs and the CEC to establish appropriate mechanisms for the implementation and maintenance of the statewide RIN tool in a timely manner subject to the tool’s approval by the Commission.
4. Load Flexibility Programs
4.1. Overview
In addition to the MCB rate approach above, PCE is also developing a series of programs that can become MCB signal-responsive programs to either supplement or serve in place of MCB rates in future years. PCE is also pursuing more cost-eMective approaches of “right sizing” transportation and building electrification infrastructure to constrain costs and address peak loads
Load flexibility and grid reliability are key elements of PCE’s decarbonization strategy. PCE has multiple oMerings currently and is exploring a number of additional leading-edge options for its customers. These programs will likely play a central role in PCE’s load-shifting strategy to meet the objective of the LMS. 21 14
PCE has established the following objectives for its distributed resources programs:
• Provide grid benefits, especially peak shaving to reduce wholesale costs and carbon intensity, aiding further penetration of renewables.
• Enable resilience.
• Lower operating costs for customers.
• Make electrification more economically beneficial.
• Create scalable deployment through sustainable models.
PCE’s approach includes a focus on avoiding unnecessary capacity increases which can result in added costs and reliability challenges. This includes guidelines for residential electrification within 100-amp service,
10 use of low-power charging in multi-family
buildings, and fleet infrastructure planning.
11 In addition, PCE programs emphasize
continuous load shaping, in contrast to event-driven curtailment, to maximize the benefits of load shaping for customers and the grid.
PCE has focused on developing a portfolio of flexible and eMective load-shaping programs aimed at significantly reducing grid peak loads. PCE has also worked to innovate with technology and software providers to advance functionality that will allow for broad participation and help maximize potential resources, optimized for customer and grid needs. Multiple approaches are being continually assessed and PCE is learning from these initiatives to inform future program designs and the technology needed to scale adoption.
PCE currently oMers a portfolio of load flexibility programs with a diversity of enabling technologies, and diMerent tiers of engagement to provide options for customers.
Following is a list of current and planned program oMerings, including several pilots that are being tested for reliability, load reduction, and customer adoption.
4.1.1. Distributed Energy Resources Management System
Deployment
In support of enabling automated responsiveness to any load flexibility signals, including MCB signals, PCE is planning on incorporating its load flexibility programs under a Distributed Energy Resource Management System (DERMS) platform. PCE published a request for proposals (RFP) for Customer Demand Flexibility Services in September 2024 and has selected a vendor for the development of its DERMS platform. PCE will evaluate the development of dynamic pricing signals under its DERMS platform by mid-2026. 10 Blake Herrschaft, Design Guidelines for Home Electrification, 7-12 (2023), https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Design-guidelines-for-home-electrification-v041223.pdf 11 San Carlos Case Study: EV chargers for your fleet, less is more, Peninsula Clean Energy, https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/san-carlos-case-study-ev-chargers-for-your-fleet-less-is-more/; Access to slow EV chargers could speed up EV adoption among renters, Canary Media, https://www.canarymedia.com/articles/ev-charging/access-to-slow-ev-chargers-could-speed-up-ev-adoption-among-renters 22 15
4.1.2. Solar and Storage for Public Buildings
Overview: Public agencies have significant interest in the deployment of solar and storage systems to reduce costs and provide resilience for power outages and emergencies. In addition, the Inflation Reduction Act’s “direct pay” provisions allow public agencies to access the Investment Tax Credit without an intermediary, improving the economics of distributed generation systems. PCE operates an aggregate solar and storage program aimed at improving the economics of distributed solar and storage for public agencies. This program operates in cohorts in which PCE assumes the role of developer, providing upfront project development services, procurement, and financing under a PCE-supplied power purchase agreement (PPA) for the local government agency. Systems are then deployed by a construction firm under contract with PCE. PCE owns the systems and provides ongoing operations and maintenance support with a performance guarantee. The storage systems will provide backup power for outages and dispatch for grid peak load reduction.
Status: This program was launched in 2020 with significant legal and site development work to establish the program. Construction of the initial 12 systems with 1.7 MW of solar are nearing completion.
12 The second round of the program included 24 sites for approximately 3.5 MW PV is under construction. A third round to incorporate storage is in development. Additional solar and storage sites are in development with as much as 6 MW of storage. Dispatch may be administered directly through a PCE distributed energy resource management system (DERMS), battery management systems, or contractually specified with service providers.
4.1.3. Residential Solar and Storage
Overview: Residential storage systems, typically paired with solar, are growing in popularity. Currently in PCE territory, there are approximately 34,000 systems with a total of
71.6 MW of storage.13 With the state’s adoption of the Net Billing TariM, it is expected that residential solar and storage adoption will grow. PCE has had a residential solar and storage program since 2020. That program has provided outreach and incentives for customers to adopt solar and storage systems. The systems are installed by a competitively selected provider and the storage systems dispatch at the grid peak as specified under the contract between PCE and the provider.
Status: PCE’s residential solar and storage program completed its enrollment phase between 2020 and 2023. Nearly 400 new system installations were completed, and an additional 200 existing systems were enrolled. (PCE is also enabling a further 200-300 systems at low-income customer sites, funded by a combination of the Self-Generation and Investment Tax Credit.) Under the agreement with the provider, the provider oMers 12 US climate law introduces billion-dollar ‘game-changer’ for nonprofits, Canary Media https://www.canarymedia.com/articles/climatetech-finance/us-climate-law-introduces-billion-dollar-game-changer-for-nonprofits 13 Q4 2023 PG&E Interconnection Data for Peninsula Clean Energy service territory 23 16
battery storage dispatch during the evening peak, and PCE purchases the rights to this capacity over a 10-year term. The dispatch capacity is factored into PCE’s annual load forecast submitted to the CEC, and subsequently, the CEC reduces PCE’s forecasted RA capacity as a result of a lower forecasted peak load. PCE is continually working with the provider to further optimize the dispatch schedule to maximize the grid value, such as by concentrating as much energy capacity into a narrower, 2-hour dispatch window. In addition, PCE anticipates developing a follow-on program that will again provide support to homeowners in deploying solar and storage systems, while also providing capacity services to the grid. Dispatch may be administered directly through a PCE DERMS or contractually specified with service providers.
4.1.4. FLEXmarket
Overview: PCE utilizes the innovative FLEXmarket program to provide incentives to project implementers based on the measured grid benefits. PCE is implementing this approach because most energy eMiciency programs do not adequately target load-shaping benefits.
In addition, incentives are not targeted based on grid benefits nor measure actual results.
This program operates across all customer classes for permanent load shifting achieved by targeted energy eMiciency and beneficial electrification. The program utilizes Normalized Metered Energy Consumption (NMEC) methodology to assess projects based on their actual performance weighed against grid benefits with the Avoided Cost Calculator (ACC).
This is a CPUC-funded program.
Status: PCE launched its FLEXmarket program in 2023 for both the commercial and residential sectors and has successfully enrolled projects in the first iteration of the program. Initial program emphasis has been on attracting service providers and proving the general model of the program. PCE anticipates continuing the program subject to CPUC approval.
4.1.5. Residential Electrification Direct Install
Overview: PCE operates an income-qualified direct install program for electric appliances – replacing aging, polluting methane gas systems. This program has upgraded approximately 300 homes with heat pump water heaters or other eMicient electric measures. Under the program, PCE has piloted whole-home electrification of 5 single-family homes to assess costs and demonstrate electrification that minimizes grid impacts by fully electrifying within 100 amps.
14 Finally, PCE has also piloted an advanced load-14 Yes, it’s possible to electrify a home on just 100 amps, Canary Media, https://www.canarymedia.com/articles/electrification/yes-its-possible-to-electrify-a-home-on-just-100- amps
24 17
shaping technology in space and water heating combo systems which can shift load in both applications through the thermal storage and advanced system logic. 15 Status: This program will be substantially expanded in 2024 to allow for whole-home electrification. Numerous innovations are envisioned to be incorporated into this program including electrification within 100 amps, as well as the potential use of advanced combo systems, and integration of load shaping for water heaters and thermostats, possibly through a PCE DERMS. Separate from this program, PCE currently provides incentives to customers for the installation of load-shaping combo systems.
4.1.6. GovEV
Overview: The GovEV program helps local municipal fleets plan for fleet electrification by providing technical assistance for vehicle replacement purchasing and the installation of EV chargers. As a component of this program, PCE produces a charging optimization plan, which outlines the cost potential of managed charging for their specific fleet. PCE is also making the ChargePilot charge management system by The Mobility House free for fleets, as part of the GovEV program for one year. The ChargePilot system (optional to fleets but recommended) will help shift more fleet charging to occur during oM-peak hours and mitigate demand charges, as well as provide insights into EV charging metrics for fleet managers.
Status: The program is open, and 10 fleets are currently enrolled. Installation projects are expected to begin in Calendar Year (CY) 2025.
4.1.7. Electric Vehicle Managed Charging
Overview: PCE ran an EV Managed Charging Pilot in collaboration with EV.energy and researchers at UC Davis but determined that the response was small and the program not cost-eMective. PCE’s territory has one of the state’s fastest adoption rates for EVs with over 45,000 EVs on the road today and EVs accounting for over one-third of new vehicle sales.
Managing EV charging is a high priority for PCE with an emphasis on residential charging, where most evening charging is occurring, and shifting vehicle load daily out of the evening peak. In addition, minimizing the secondary midnight peak that can aMect local distribution networks is also a priority. PCE has focused on leading-edge strategy by using vehicle telematics, which controls EV charging through the vehicle as opposed to charger-based load management. Because the installed base of smart chargers is very small and such chargers are expensive, the telematics approach holds greater promise because nearly all vehicles can participate without special equipment.
15 TRC / Rupam Singla, Harvest Thermal Pilot: Measurement and Verification Report (2023), https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/PCE-Harvest-Pilot-MV-Final-Report.pdf 25 18
Status: PCE recently completed and analyzed its second phase pilot of managed charging with EV.energy and researchers at UC Davis. The amount of load shift was minor, in large part because customers who opted to participate were more tech-savvy than typical and mostly already shaping their load. In light of the lackluster eMectiveness of the pilot, PCE is not moving forward with this particular program design.
4.1.8. Program Design to Meet LMS Goals
Each of these programs is envisioned to incorporate remote dispatch DERMS or comparable technologies, which will enable all of these programs to become automated MCB signal responsive programs, as envisioned in 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623.1(a)(1)(B).
The timeline and feasibility of the rollout of MCB signals to these load flexibility technologies will be evaluated in future development of PCE’s DERMS platform.
4.2. Evaluation
PCE closely evaluates all programs it executes and anticipates that load-shaping programs will be evaluated with the following criteria:
• Amount of grid peak load reduction
• Consistency and reliability of load reduction
• Customer participation rate
• Cost of recruitment and operation
• Customer benefits, impacts, and satisfaction
4.2.1. Cost-E3ectiveness
The costs associated with implementing a new load flexibility program include the following:
• Program development. This includes the costs associated with program design and setup, including integrating such programs with internal and external systems. • Program administration. This involves ongoing costs to administer the program, including marketing, customer recruitment, customer education, development, and maintenance of customer tools, and any upfront or ongoing incentive payments that are part of the design.
• Technology and implementation costs. Each new load flexibility program requires significant investments in new technology platforms. These include external software systems that must be procured to communicate with and dispatch devices, as well as internal systems that must be developed and configured to integrate the external software.
PCE, as a CCA, may derive certain avoided cost value streams such as reduced RA costs and extreme event energy market costs. However, aside from CPUC-funded programs such as FLEXmarket, PCE does not have access to other value streams such as avoided distribution grid costs. Quantification of cost benefits is challenging and of limited 26 19
confidence due to the volatile nature of the energy market, as described in the analysis of MCB rates above.
4.2.2. Equity
PCE has a major focus on equity across its programs. PCE’s primary method of delivering equity benefits is in keeping generation rates low. Since inception, PCE has provided generation rates at least 5% below PG&E for all customers resulting in over $100 million in savings for the community since 2016. In 2024 PCE is currently keeping rates flat resulting in 10-15% savings for customers compared to PG&E for even greater savings. In addition, in December 2023 PCE provided customers in the income-qualified California Alternate Rates for Energy (CARE) / Family Electric Rate Assistance (FERA) programs each a rebate of $300.
PCE has numerous programs targeted at delivering additional equity benefits. These programs include an EV charging incentive and technical assistance for apartment buildings, income-qualified incentives for e-bikes and EVs, and the above-mentioned home direct-install program.
PCE oMerings are geared towards ensuring financial benefits for customers and ensuring access to additional benefits such as functional appliances, etc. Load shaping provides a potential additional tool for reducing customer costs, helping ensure shiftable load is occurring under the most favorable rates. However, most loads in low-income households have little or no shifting capacity. It is essential that households are not penalized for inflexible loads. In addition, while some customer segments are interested in technology it is important that participation not introduce undue complexity, especially in this segment.
Therefore, any technologies introduced need high reliability and eMective passive operation with as little resident intervention as possible.
4.2.3. Technical Feasibility
Load shaping measures as described above have been technically demonstrated by PCE or other parties. PCE currently engages in a “direct control” approach with EVs (a type of DERMS but only for EVs), contractually based load shaping for its residential storage, and a market-based “shaped” incentive structure in FLEXmarket.
However, real-time responsiveness introduces numerous added levels of complexity.
Assets would need to be integrated through a DERMS as a management platform. However, the DERMS landscape is extremely fragmented. Currently, DERMS providers are only able to successfully dispatch a subset of deployed assets, even within an asset type (battery, vehicles, etc.). In addition, customers must retain override capabilities based on specific needs, particularly for batteries which may be needed for power outages in extreme weather, and vehicles for travel needs. Customers, service providers, and manufacturers in many cases can have competing objectives (e.g., backup vs. grid services) and interest in 27 20
enrolling in competing programs. In principle, a portfolio approach could yield confidence that a predictable dispatch capacity can be achieved for an event-based program.
However, PCE’s approach of daily “permanent” load shift oMers the advantage of high predictability for the customer and other parties.
Furthermore, for real-time programs, data integration for the price signals would need to be established reflecting real-time conditions and PG&E billing systems would need to be restructured to allow billing based on those prices. A price signal system must address common standards for calculation, availability of data on a real-time basis, high up-time platform for serving the data, mechanism for customer visibility, and other complexities.
PG&E’s billing system would require major updates of a platform already strained by high complexity, and billing information would need to be presented in a digestible manner for the customer with associated education and customer service support. Both of these areas are major barriers.
4.2.4. Benefits to the Grid
Load shaping provides several grid benefits including reducing costs, increasing reliability, and reducing emissions. Load shaping that is responsive to real-time conditions could potentially increase those benefits to the degree that responsive load shaping is able to provide additional load reductions, above that provided by permanent load shaping, at moments of grid strain.
However, diMerent objectives would necessitate visibility to specific conditions. ISO-level load, transmission congestion, load aggregation points, and distribution circuit conditions each have distinct values that can contribute to the value of load shifting but are not necessarily easily evaluated in real-time by asset controllers, like PCE. Thus, PCE may be able to assess grid value at the level of generation costs but may have diMiculty incorporating other grid benefits, except to the degree that data becomes available for other areas.
4.2.5. Benefits to Customers
Customer benefits of load shaping generally are assessed by PCE in relation to economic value. Specifically, cost reductions after considering customer installation costs and the change in operating costs. As noted above, PCE emphasizes permanent load shifting as a means of maximizing the operating cost benefits. Reliability is also an important benefit though this is diMicult to quantify.
5. Conclusions
PCE strongly supports the goals of the LMS and is already working diligently to implement leading programs and approaches to deliver load flexibility in a cost-eMective and technically feasible manner. Although load-flexibility technologies have many technical 28 21
and policy prerequisites that must be satisfied before such approaches can deliver the full potential benefits, PCE is committed to deepening its current approaches and exploring the feasibility of other approaches as they become available. PCE has committed to participate in the IOU HFP pilots to oMer MCB rates to our customers. PCE anticipates receiving data on eMectiveness and feasibility from that program going forward. While the IOU HFP pilots move forward, PCE is also moving forward on deploying a DERMS platform to enable MCB signal responsive programs as an alternative or supplement to MCB rates in coming years.
Load flexibility is a key tool for PCE’s core objective to provide its customers with 100% renewable energy in all hours. Given PCE’s goals, it anticipates working with the CEC to develop new approaches and to provide real-world, on-the-ground expertise from the lessons derived from this work going forward.
29 1
Load Management Standard
Compliance Plan
Peninsula Clean Energy Authority
Revised March 15, 2025 Deleted: January 30
30 2
1. Introduction
Peninsula Clean Energy Authority (PCE) supports the overall objectives of the Load Management Standard (LMS) since these strategies are important for PCE’s goal of serving its customers 100% renewable energy on a high time-coincident basis in coming years.
Since this requires the matching of load to the generation of PCE’s contracted variable energy generation resources, load shifting is a critical strategy for PCE to achieve this goal.
PCE looks forward to working with the California Energy Commission (CEC) in the coming years to develop cutting-edge and cost-eMective approaches to achieving the overall goals of the standard.
1.1. About PCE
PCE, a community choice aggregator (CCA), provides electricity service to residents and businesses in San Mateo County and the City of Los Banos in Merced County. Formed in February 2016, PCE is a joint powers authority, consisting of the County of San Mateo, all twenty of its towns and cities, and the City of Los Banos in Merced County. Following a comprehensive feasibility study, consistent with Assembly Bill (AB) 32 voluntary action pathways, elected oMicials from each member jurisdiction unanimously agreed to form PCE to meet their local climate action goals and for the benefit of San Mateo County. In 2020, following another comprehensive feasibility study, elected oMicials from the City of Los Banos voted to join PCE.
PCE provides cleaner electricity, and at lower rates, than the incumbent investor-owned utility (IOU), Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E). PCE plans for and secures commitments from a diverse portfolio of energy-generating resources to reliably serve the electric energy requirements of its customers over the near-, mid-, and long-term planning horizons. PCE was assigned an investment-grade credit rating from Moody’s in May 2019 and S&P in June 2023, the second of the three CCAs in California to obtain investment-grade credit ratings. PCE’s programs include advancing the adoption of electric transportation and transitioning building fossil fuel uses to low-carbon electricity.
As part of its mission-driven, collaborative, not-for-profit, locally focused roots, PCE is committed to two key organizational priorities:
• Deliver 100% renewable energy on an annual basis and align renewable energy supply with customer demand each and every hour of the day in the coming years. • Contribute to San Mateo County reaching the state’s goal to be 100% free of greenhouse gasses (GHG).
PCE is also committed to the following several strategic goals:
• Secure suMicient, low-cost, clean sources of electricity that achieve PCE’s priorities while ensuring reliability and meeting regulatory mandates. • Strongly advocate for public policies that support PCE’s organizational priorities. 31 3
• Implement robust energy programs that reduce GHG emissions, align energy supply and demand, and provide benefits to community stakeholder groups. • Develop a strong brand reputation that drives participation in PCE’s programs while ensuring customer satisfaction.
• Employ sound fiscal strategies to promote long-term organizational sustainability. • Ensure organizational excellence by adhering to sustainable business practices and fostering a workplace culture of innovation, diversity, transparency, and integrity.
The importance of these goals for the communities of San Mateo County is underscored by the 2019 declaration of a climate emergency by the Board of Supervisors calling on local agencies and jurisdictions to work “to achieve carbon neutrality throughout San Mateo County and to implement other actions to address climate change.”1
1.2. The Role of PCE’s Board of Directors
PCE is governed by its Board of Directors (Board). Each member jurisdiction from San Mateo County, plus the city of Los Banos, has one seat on PCE’s Board (except for San Mateo County, which has two) for a total of 23 elected oMicials acting as board members.
In addition, the Board has two board member director emeritus selected from former directors who participate in board activities as non-voting members.
The Board is responsible for setting the overall strategy for PCE, including rate setting and energy procurement decisions.2 The decisions of the Board are binding requirements for PCE.
In addition to operating the CCA program, PCE also implements a range of customer programs to facilitate decarbonization and access to electrification, especially for disadvantaged customers. Generally, PCE does not receive cost recovery from the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) for these programs but funds them through rates or grants from outside sources.
1.3. The CEC Load Management Standard
In 1974, the California State Legislature passed the Warren-Alquist Act establishing the CEC. At its inception, the CEC was granted specific authority including but not limited to implementing load management standards.3 The CEC updated these standards in 2022 to 1 County of San Mateo Board of Supervisors, Resolution No. 19-847: Adopt a resolution endorsing the declaration of a climate emergency in San Mateo County that demands accelerated actions on the climate crisis and calls on local jurisdictions and agencies to join together to address climate change (2019). 2 Public Utilities Code § 366.2. 3 California Energy Commission, 2022 Load Management Standards Rulemaking Fact Sheet, 1 (2022), https://www.energy.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022-10/Load_Management_Fact_Sheet_ADA.pdf 32 4
enhance statewide demand flexibility, and the new amendments eMective as of April 2023 are what this plan addresses.4
The CEC established its LMS regulation based on the definition of load management as “any utility program or activity that is intended to reshape deliberately a utility’s load duration curve.”5 The primary objectives of the regulation are to:
• Encourage energy use at oM-peak hours.
• Encourage daily and seasonal peak load control to improve equity, eMiciency, and reliability of the electric system.
• Decrease or delay the need for new electrical capacity. • Reduce GHG emissions and fossil fuel consumption.
To ensure progress toward these goals, the CEC is requiring California’s large Publicly Owned Utilities (POU), large IOUs, and large CCAs to submit LMS Plans outlining how they will meet the LMS regulation requirements.
The LMS regulation requires each large POU, IOU, and CCA to analyze an optional hourly marginal cost-based (MCB) rate for each customer class. The proposed rate should be evaluated based on five factors: (i) cost-eMectiveness, (ii) equity, (iii) technical feasibility, (iv) benefits to the grid, and (v) benefits to customers. If the CCA deems the implementation of an MCB rate is not feasible based on one or more of the five factors, then it must propose cost-eMective load flexibility programs for compliance and conduct an evaluation using the same five metrics. Compliance may be modified or delayed if the CCA can show that despite good faith eMort, requiring timely compliance would result in reduced system eMiciency or reliability, extreme hardship, technological infeasibility, or lack of cost-eMectiveness to the CCA.
4 20 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 1621-1625. 5 Public Resources Code § 25132.
Deleted: an
Deleted: Compliance Plan
33 5
Table 1 outlines the goals set forth in the LMS regulation, along with the expected completion date identified by the CEC and PCE’s progress status toward meeting that deadline.
Table 1. Progress Toward LMS Goals
LMS Section Description Deadline PCE Status
§1623.1(c) Upload existing time-dependent rates to
the Market Informed Demand Automation
Server (MIDAS) database.
October 1, 2023 Completed
with ongoing
updates
§1623(c) Provide customers access to their Rate
Identification Numbers (RIN) on billing
statements and in online accounts using
both text and quick-response (QR) code.
March 31, 2024 Awaiting
PG&E billing
changes
§1623.1(a)(1) Develop and submit to PCE’s Board an
LMS plan.
April 1, 2024 Submitted to
the Board
March 22,
2024
§1623.1(a)(3)(A) Submit to the CEC the Board-approved
LMS plan.
May 31, 2024
§1623(c) Develop and submit to the CEC, in
conjunction with the other obligated
utilities, a single statewide RIN access
tool.
Oct. 1, 2024 Ongoing,
through
CalCCA
participation
§1623.1(b)(3) Submit to the CEC a list of load flexibility programs deemed cost e[ective by PCE.
Oct. 1, 2024
§1623.1(a)(3)(C) Submit annual reports to the CEC
demonstrating implementation of plan, as
approved by the PCE Board.
Annually
§1623.1(b)(2) Submit to the PCE Board for approval at
least one MCB rate for the customer
class(es) for which it will materially reduce
peak load.
July 1, 2025
§1623.1(b)(2) O[er customers voluntary participation in either an MCB rate, if approved by the
Board, or a cost-e[ective load flexibility
program.
July 1, 2027
§1623.1(b)(5) Conduct a public information program to
inform and educate a[ected customers
why MCB rates or load flexibility programs
and automation are needed, how they will
be used, and how these rates and
programs can save customers money.
Goal date not
specified
Ongoing
currently
§1623.1(a)(1)(C) Review the plan at least once every 3 years after it is adopted and submit an update to
the PCE Board if there is a material
change.
Triennially
34 6
2. PCE LMS Plan
2.1. Overview
The PCE Board does not find, based on substantial evidence in light of the whole record, that designing and implementing its own MCB rates as likely to be cost-eMective or technically feasible as an approach to meeting the goals of the LMS, as discussed below, consistent with the findings specified in 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623.1(a). However, PCE is participating in two of PG&E’s Real-Time Pricing (HFP) rate pilots as a more eMective approach to LMS-compliant rate oMerings. The PCE Board approved participation in PG&E’s Expanded Pilot 2 and Vehicle to Grid Integration (VGI) pilot to comply with the LMS. PCE will provide an update on the expansion of the pilots in its next LMS Compliance Plan report.
Subsequently, PCE filed Advice Letter (AL) PCEA-039-E on November 1, 2024, noticing the CPUC that PCE is participating PG&E’s HFP pilots.6
2.2. RTP Pilots
To implement PCE’s MCB rates for its residential, commercial, and industrial classes, PCE will focus staM resources on participation in two of PG&E’s HFP pilots: the Expanded Pilot 2 and the VGI pilots. PCE has declined to participate in the Expanded Pilot 1 (Agricultural) because the PCE Board finds that this pilot would not be cost-eMective due to the small number of agricultural customers among PCE’s customer base and a lack of peak-coincident load.
2.2.1. Rate Design
• The MCB rates PCE will oMer through PG&E’s HFP pilots will be based on deviations from historical usage at marginal rates driven by dynamic hourly prices. The dynamic prices include marginal generation capacity costs as approved in D.21-11- 016 and allocation as specified in D.22-08-002 and marginal energy costs as approved in D.21-11-016, based on PG&E Default Load Aggregation Point (DLAP), adjusted for line losses.
9 Marginal Transmission and distribution costs will be
based on forecasted load on a representative circuit with similar load characteristics to the customer’s circuit, but annual average load-weighted prices will not vary geographically for equity reasons.
10 The rate design will incorporate a
fixed cost collection subscription mechanism as outlined in the California Flexible Unified Signal for Energy (CalFUSE) proposal, with no scalers or adders. 6 Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Advice Letter 049-E “Notice to the Commission of Participation in the PG&E Expanded Pilot 2” (November 1, 2024) available at https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/PCE-AL-39E_Expanded-Pilot-2-Opt-in-1.pdf 9 Pacific Gas and Electric Company, 2023 LMS Compliance Plan (2023). 10 Pacific Gas and Electric Company, 2023 LMS Compliance Plan (2023).
Deleted: view
Deleted: to be
Deleted: .
Deleted: exploring participation
Deleted: Hourly Flex
Deleted: RTP
Deleted: PG&E filed its Expanded Pilots Proposal with the CPUC on September 25, 2023, requesting to make LMS-compliant modifications to the Agricultural Flexible Irrigation Technology (AgFIT) program. PCE is exploring Deleted: Pilots, Business Electric Vehicle (BEV),
Deleted: RTP pilots
Deleted: fully
Deleted: on October 24, 2024.
Deleted: The status of PG&E’s RTP pilots is in flux as the IOU is awaiting feedback from the CPUC regarding its
expansion requests. PG&E details how the expanded
pilots will comply with LMS in its LMS Compliance Plan
submitted October 2, 2023.¶
¶
Pilots are in progress and proposed for PG&E’s service
area, which have made (or will make) RTP rates available to customers in the next few years. These pilots will
continue to provide important learnings to inform RTP
rate design. The Valley Clean Energy (VCE) AgFIT
agricultural water pumping pilot is available to
agricultural customers in VCE’s service area and includes ... [1] Deleted: PG&E states the following regarding its plan for ... [2] Deleted: currently preferred rate design will likely be ... [3] Deleted: satisfy all but one of the LMS requirements –... [4] Deleted: , and marginal distribution capacity costs, but ... [5] Deleted: .¶ ... [6]
Deleted: . These “are the CAISO energy prices at the
Deleted: .”
Deleted: ¶
Deleted: transmission
Deleted: Distribution Costs. Dynamic
Deleted: signal created “to recover the Primary ... [7] Deleted: vary depending
Deleted: the location of the customer and will utilize the ... [8] Deleted: . As described in the Joint IOU WG 1 Proposal, ... [9] Deleted: .”11¶ ... [10]
Deleted: to denote the collection.
Deleted: Id.
35 7
The Expanded Pilot 2 and VGI pilots are anticipated to be available without participation limits to all of our residential, commercial, and industrial customers. These pilots are available to all customers based on the terms defined by PG&E and per the regulatory approvals.12 PCE is not imposing any participation cap. Pilot descriptions are included below.
• Expanded Pilot 2: Under the Demand Flexibility proceeding (R.22-07-005), PG&E was directed to expand a pilot program developed by Valley Clean Energy (VCE) and PG&E in response to the 2021 grid reliability challenges.
PG&E must now extend the pilot developed with VCE to serve residential, commercial, and industrial customers. The pilot is being rolled out via “Automation Service Providers” (ASPs), who currently provide automation services to existing devices installed in homes and businesses. PG&E has an enrollment target of 50 MWs under the pilot, which is currently scheduled to conclude by December 31, 2027.
• VGI Pilots: Under the Transportation Electrification proceeding (R.18-12-006), PG&E was directed to develop two VGI pilots with a dynamic pricing rate to serve residential and commercial customers. Both pilots provide upfront incentives for bidirectional electric vehicle (EV) charging equipment in phase 1 and then require customers to enroll under a dynamic pricing rate during phase 2. Across its entire service territory, PG&E is planning to enroll 200 commercial customers under the VGI commercial pilot. The dynamic rate is expected to be available for 12 months under both pilots or until funding is exhausted.
PCE anticipates enrolling customers in the pilots by June 1, 2025, or earlier if feasible, to comply with CEC regulations.
PCE is not participating in PG&E’s Expanded Pilot 1, which targets agricultural customers.
PCE staM determined that oMering a pilot rate program to our agricultural customers would not result in material peak load reduction or be cost eMective, based on the following factors:
• Lack of shiftable peak load: PCE has only 129 agricultural customers which represent 0.4% of PCE’s peak load.
• Administrative burden: The administrative burden of implementing the Expanded Pilot 1 would very likely exceed the benefits gained from the program, and limit staMing resources which could be applied to the pilots more applicable to PCE’s customer base.
12 CPUC Decision 24-01-032, PG&E’s Advice Letter 7222-E1, Advice Letter 7222-E-A2, Advice Letter 7222-E-B3, Advice Letter 7223-E-A4 and Advice Letter 7223-E-B5 for the Expanded Pilots, and PG&E’s Advice Letter 7234-E-A6, and CPUC’s Resolutions E-5192, E-5326 and E-5358 for the Vehicle Grid Integration (VGI) Pilots (Regulatory Approvals), (together the “Hourly Flex Pricing Pilots”, or “HFP Pilots”) 36 8
Since our agricultural customer class is small, and does not have high demand during peak periods, implementing this pilot for agricultural customers would not have a significant eMect on our peak loads, even if participation and responsiveness to MCB rates were high.
Therefore, PCE’s Board did not find it cost eMective to oMer MCB rates to our agricultural customer class.
As PG&E has indicated, it will no longer be able to make the necessary updates to its billing system to implement a more permanent dynamic pricing solution until after July 1, 2027.
We anticipate that the pilot programs will be extended to customers beyond that date, subject to CPUC approval. Should either the CPUC decline to extend these pilots past that date or PCE deem that continued participation is not the most cost-eMective approach to enabling load shifting, PCE will submit an LMS plan revision to update our plan for oMering either MCB rates or marginal cost signal responsive programs to all customer classes for which they are cost eMective, or both, as provided for in 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623.1. Until such time as the CPUC makes its decision, such a determination of continued participation would be premature.
In addition to the MCB rate pilots, PCE will continue to deploy programs that can respond to MCB signals, as described below. Under this approach, most or all customers will likely have multiple vehicles for creating load flexibility. Both the MCB rates and the marginal cost signal responsive programs are anticipated to interact with the statewide RIN tool pursuant to 20 Cal Code Regs. § 1623 (c) when it becomes available.
2.3. Evaluation
2.3.1. Cost-E3ectiveness
PCE’s strategy of participation in the CPUC-sponsored pilots is informed by some of the cost and feasibility considerations of designing and implementing its own separate MCB rates. The cost-eMectiveness of any MCB rate oMering depends on whether the value of any load shift to the customer and PCE exceeds the costs of implementation of the proposal.
Evaluation of cost-eMectiveness will be a continuous and ongoing eMort as the results from the HFP pilots become available. Since CCAs are excluded from cost recovery for expenditures in support of wider grid benefits, the analysis of cost-eMectiveness is necessarily narrower than it would be for either IOUs or POUs.
Evaluation of the costs of implementing an MCB rate include a variety of fixed and per-customer costs. Fixed costs include, but are not limited to:
• Personnel costs for staM to design and maintain MCB rates. • Management costs to obtain data from the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) and PG&E to calculate hourly costs.
• Software and system costs for design, maintenance, and operations.
Deleted: As previously stated, PCE will explore whether to adopt similar rates if PG&E implements an RTP rate in the future.…
Deleted: The
37 9
• Contractor costs to implement MCB rates, including customer education and support.
• Software and upload costs associated with the MIDAS database interface.
In addition, per-customer costs include, but are not limited to:
• Data charges
• Vendor charges
At this time, the costs associated with the creation, implementation, and maintenance of the MCB rates are diMicult to ascertain because many elements are still unknown. In addition to the implementation costs, it is unknown whether and how the CPUC will require PG&E to provide real-time billing quality customer data, the costs associated with obtaining these data, and any required technical or data handling costs. Since PCE would be spreading comparable fixed costs across a small customer base, it is less likely that the value of the marginal improvement in load shifting over PCE’s existing Time-of-Use (TOU) rates would be enough to justify these fixed costs, compared to larger Load Serving Entities (LSE). PCE’s comparable fixed costs would be recovered from a smaller rate base, resulting in higher per-customer costs.
By the same token that the costs of implementation are diMicult to determine, the value of any load shift that might result from an MCB rate is also diMicult or impossible to assess at this time. The value of the load shift depends on participation rate, how much load is shifted, in what hours, and the value of that load shift. In principle, the amount of load shift could be determined for each hour if the elasticity of electricity demand in each hour were known; however, evaluating these elasticities would require considerable data for all hours and would have significant uncertainties. In addition, it would be necessary to know how the MCB rate values would diMer from existing TOU rates in each of these hours.
Currently, several components of the marginal costs would be diMicult to ascertain at this time. While hourly energy costs are currently generated in the CAISO market, the hourly capacity values are unclear. The resource adequacy (RA) program is shifting to a 24-hour slice-of-day framework, which would theoretically generate diMerential values of capacity in diMerent hours. However, until the slice-of-day framework has been in place for some years, it will be impossible to assess what the capacity value of energy use in one hour might be relative to the energy use in a diMerent hour. In addition, there are no currently accepted methodologies in use for the assessment of the hourly value of transmission and distribution costs. As discussed below in the context of technical feasibility, several components of hourly costs are not currently available, making the evaluation of the value of load shift diMicult or meaningless to calculate.
Determining the net value of any load shift would also require oMsetting the cost of serving new load in the hour to which electricity use is shifted. This in turn would require an understanding of whether reduced load in various hours would result in overall load Deleted: for PCE
Deleted: However, for comparison, the Sacramento
Municipal Utility District (SMUD) anticipates these fixed costs would be larger than the value of the marginal
improvement in load over existing time-of-use (TOU)
rates.13
Deleted: customer base that is approximately a fifth the size of SMUD’s
Deleted: far
Deleted: .
Deleted: PCE anticipates participation in PG&E’s HFP
pilots may shed light on some of these costs going
forward. …
38 10
reductions (load shed) or a shift to other hours (load shift), and if so, to which hours.
Furthermore, the value of a given shift (e.g., from 8 p.m. to 11 p.m.) is likely to vary by day of the week. Even if only within-day shifts are assessed, this constitutes nearly 50,000 pairwise shifts between hours across the year, even assuming that a single week can be representative of all hours in the month. This calculation would require extremely large quantities of data that are not available at this time. Thus, a full cost-eMectiveness assessment is currently diMicult or infeasible.
Given the diMiculties in evaluating the cost-eMectiveness of an MCB rate today, PCE is strongly interested in the data and key lessons to be derived from participating in CPUC-sponsored IOU pilots. Should the data on both responsiveness and costs be available, PCE anticipates being able to more fully analyze the costs and benefits of such programs in future years.
2.3.2. Equity
Significant equity concerns are raised by MCB rates because any error from the true cost raises the prospect of unrecovered costs. If any kind of adder is required to cover these unrecovered costs, this is likely to represent a cost shift onto non-participating customers.
PCE anticipates that participation in any MCB rate oMering is likely to be primarily by wealthier and more sophisticated customers able to aMord the technology required to truly take advantage of such a rate. Non-participating customers should not bear increased costs because of such rate structures. However, since the actual costs that would be realized are diMicult to determine a priori, costs recovered through MCB rates are likely to be highly variable, as customers are almost guaranteed not to respond as forecast in every billing period. Thus, the MCB rates would need to incorporate conservative assumptions about costs recovered through these rates and err on recovering more costs from participating customers. However, if these rates are intentionally conservative to ensure adequate cost recovery in all billing periods, then the economic benefits of participating would be blunted. As such, ensuring equity impacts are avoided likely limits the utility of MCB rates in the first place.
A second major point of concern is possible exposure of low-income customers to real-time market prices. Customers may elect to sign up for new rates without an understanding of the risks or, because most loads are inelastic, with limited ability to react. This can result in extreme customer costs during extreme weather or other significant events.
2.3.3. Technical Feasibility
MCB rates also face several technical prerequisites that would need to be satisfied before implementation of an MCB rate. PCE faces some of the similar challenges as PG&E, including the lack of transmission and distribution marginal costs currently called for in the regulation. Assessing the hourly and locational costs is diMicult to ascertain with reliable Deleted: Such pilot programs with robust participation
from all customer classes could provide some
Deleted: the sensitivity of electricity use to MCB rates.
This is one contributing factor
Deleted: PCE’s interest in participating in PG&E’s rate pilots to generate
Deleted: information.
Deleted: cost
39 11
methodologies. Consequently, there is no obvious data source to access hourly values to use as inputs to an MCB rate.
In addition, the hourly capacity costs are currently impossible to assess, because CPUC jurisdictional entities are transitioning to a new hourly capacity construct currently. The 24- hour slice-of-day framework will generate diMerential value of capacity in diMerent hours.
However, the CPUC has not finished implementing the slice-of-day methodology and several cost containment proposals remain unresolved. Over time, hourly capacity costs should be established by the market, but until LSEs develop expertise in trading hourly products over some years, it will be impossible to assess the capacity value in each hour.
In addition, since PCE is not its own billing agent, additional prerequisites exist and remain to be resolved including access to billing quality daily-hourly data on a timely basis. This likely requires CPUC action to order PG&E to provide such data to PCE. PCE is an active participant in the DER Data Access proceeding at the CPUC (R.22-11-013) to assist the CPUC in making the requisite data available to enable the rates and programs PCE would like to implement.
PCE strongly supports the goals of load shifting as a key cost-containment strategy, but there are a significant number of prerequisites that remain to be implemented on a usable, statewide basis.
2.3.4. Benefits to the Grid
If PG&E pilots are successful in shifting load to cheaper-to-serve times of day beyond what the TOU rates already achieve, this could provide marginal cost savings in the medium term. However, unpredictable customer behavior may actually impose costs on the grid as well.
The changing nature of the grid supply may mean that this value will diminish as California shifts to a fully decarbonized grid. Variable energy resources vary strongly not just by hour, but seasonally. In PCE’s modeling of achieving a fully decarbonized energy supply that meets PCE’s load on an hourly basis with 100% renewable energy, the most important constraints on the grid are likely to shift from concerns about capacity during net peak load periods to daily energy constraints during seasons with low solar over a 24-hour cycle.
These constraints will arise in winter months, during which lower solar production to charge storage will drive constraints in the early morning hours. A portfolio that has both suMicient generation and storage to be capable of meeting overnight winter loads with diminished generation will have considerable excess energy to serve peak load with zero marginal cost energy at other times of the year. What this means is that if storage is capable of meeting load whenever it occurs, then load shifting from one hour to another will deliver few if any grid benefits. In contrast, shifting load from one season to another would be far more significant, but it is diMicult to conceive of how this might be Deleted: Load Serving Entities
Deleted: time
Deleted: the MCB rate is
Deleted: the
40 12
accomplished and whether an MCB rate would incentivize investments in such technologies.
In addition, MCB rates may drive customer behavior in ways that force greater distribution costs. In particular, there are some indications that TOU rates have concentrated EV charging in hours immediately after the end of high TOU rate periods. This can actually increase the need for distribution investment to address new higher peak demands outside of TOU hours. If EV drivers move their charging to a small number of low-price hours in response to MCB rates, peak demand on the distribution circuits during those hours could spike. This would require significant distribution investments to accommodate new, higher peak demand. For example, if MCB rates send a signal to charge during solar hours based on CAISO wholesale market prices, that may drive very high loads on particular distribution circuits, triggering large-scale upgrades. Thus, responding to grid-level signals may drive high costs on specific circuits. Since the bulk of retail rates are made up of transmission and distribution charges, increasing these investments may swamp any benefit seen on energy generation costs. The interplay of these dynamics is diMicult to predict, meaning that the net benefit to the grid from MCB rates is impossible to assess and may result in a net detriment to the grid.
In the medium term, the key analysis is the degree to which an MCB rate will shift load from expensive hours to cheaper ones. However, absent critical data on the hourly elasticity of electricity as described above, that analysis is currently not feasible to do.
2.3.5. Benefits to Customers
The benefits to participating customers depend on whether existing TOU rate diMerentials are greater or less than the hourly diMerences in marginal costs. In theory, if the diMerence between high-rate hours and low-rate hours is less than the hourly diMerences in marginal costs, then shifting to an MCB rate may save customers money if they can shift loads to relatively cheaper hours. Under a TOU rate, customers already save money by shifting load outside of the peak window. The benefit to customers then depends on whether customers would save even more money under an MCB rate, but that depends on the details of how the MCB and TOU rates compare in each hour and which hours customers shift usage to and from. Thus, determining whether customers would or would not realize rate benefits will depend on the actual rates by hour relative to existing TOU rates. Since the MCB rates are not currently feasible to develop, it is not possible to analyze the degree of benefits to customers currently.
3. Rate Identification Number
Since CCA bills are controlled and printed by the IOU billing agent (PG&E in this case), PCE has limited input on the design and placement of Rate Identification Numbers (RIN) on the customer billing statements. However, PCE is working with its third-party provider for data Deleted: electric vehicle (
Deleted: )
Deleted:
Deleted:
Deleted: from
Deleted: to which hours.
Deleted: (RIN)
Deleted: RINs
41 13
management and billing services, Calpine Energy Solutions (Calpine), and PG&E to comply with LMS requirements for RINs.
3.1. RINs and QR Codes on Customer Bills
PCE, Calpine, and PG&E have agreed to utilize the Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) 810 files to pass through RINs to PG&E for inclusion on the customer billing statements. The RINs are expected to be available to customers via billing statements and online customer accounts by April 2024.
Per PG&E’s LMS Compliance Plan, the IOU will include the RIN and QR code on the customer billing statement in the rate schedule code section of the electric service agreement details page. PG&E has stated that it does not plan to include a QR code that links to a webpage.
3.2. Statewide RIN Access Tool
PCE has participated in CEC-led workshops on the development of the Statewide RIN Access Tool and provided input on the process, when able. However, PCE’s involvement in the development of the tool is limited, as it has been with the design and placement of the RINs on the customer billing statements, which IOUs control. Nonetheless, PCE has been working with the other LSEs to design and implement the statewide RIN tool, pursuant to 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623(c). A proposed plan for the tool was submitted by a subset of LSEs to the CEC for review on October 1, 2024. We will continue to work with the other LSEs and the CEC to establish appropriate mechanisms for the implementation and maintenance of the statewide RIN tool in a timely manner subject to the tool’s approval by the Commission.
4. Load Flexibility Programs
4.1. Overview
In addition to the MCB rate approach above, PCE is also developing a series of programs that can become MCB signal-responsive programs to either supplement or serve in place of MCB rates in future years. PCE is also pursuing more cost-eMective approaches of “right sizing” transportation and building electrification infrastructure to constrain costs and address peak loads
Load flexibility and grid reliability are key elements of PCE’s decarbonization strategy. PCE has multiple oMerings currently and is exploring a number of additional leading-edge options for its customers. These programs will likely play a central role in PCE’s load-shifting strategy to meet the objective of the LMS.
Deleted: just like
Deleted: is
Deleted: .
Deleted: and
Deleted: stakeholders are currently waiting
Deleted: PG&E to propose
Deleted: timeline
Deleted: the development of the Statewide RIN Access
Tool
Deleted: Currently, these
Deleted: appear
Deleted: to
Deleted: , especially if participation in the RTP pilots proves unworkable
42 14
PCE has established the following objectives for its distributed resources programs:
• Provide grid benefits, especially peak shaving to reduce wholesale costs and carbon intensity, aiding further penetration of renewables.
• Enable resilience.
• Lower operating costs for customers.
• Make electrification more economically beneficial.
• Create scalable deployment through sustainable models.
PCE’s approach includes a focus on avoiding unnecessary capacity increases which can result in added costs and reliability challenges. This includes guidelines for residential electrification within 100-amp service,
14 use of low-power charging in multi-family
buildings, and fleet infrastructure planning.
15 In addition, PCE programs emphasize
continuous load shaping, in contrast to event-driven curtailment, to maximize the benefits of load shaping for customers and the grid.
PCE has focused on developing a portfolio of flexible and eMective load-shaping programs aimed at significantly reducing grid peak loads. PCE has also worked to innovate with technology and software providers to advance functionality that will allow for broad participation and help maximize potential resources, optimized for customer and grid needs. Multiple approaches are being continually assessed and PCE is learning from these initiatives to inform future program designs and the technology needed to scale adoption.
PCE currently oMers a portfolio of load flexibility programs with a diversity of enabling technologies, and diMerent tiers of engagement to provide options for customers.
Following is a list of current and planned program oMerings, including several pilots that are being tested for reliability, load reduction, and customer adoption.
4.1.1. Distributed Energy Resources Management System
Deployment
In support of enabling automated responsiveness to any load flexibility signals, including MCB signals, PCE is planning on incorporating its load flexibility programs under a Distributed Energy Resource Management System (DERMS) platform. PCE published a request for proposals (RFP) for Customer Demand Flexibility Services in September 2024 and has selected a vendor for the development of its DERMS platform. PCE will evaluate the development of dynamic pricing signals under its DERMS platform by mid-2026. 14 Blake Herrschaft, Design Guidelines for Home Electrification, 7-12 (2023), https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Design-guidelines-for-home-electrification-v041223.pdf 15 San Carlos Case Study: EV chargers for your fleet, less is more, Peninsula Clean Energy, https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/san-carlos-case-study-ev-chargers-for-your-fleet-less-is-more/; Access to slow EV chargers could speed up EV adoption among renters, Canary Media, https://www.canarymedia.com/articles/ev-charging/access-to-slow-ev-chargers-could-speed-up-ev-adoption-among-renters Moved down [1]: <#>Electric Vehicle Managed Charging¶
Deleted: <#>Overview: PCE
Moved down [2]: <#> territory has one of the state’s
fastest adoption rates for EVs with over 45,000 EVs on
the road today and EVs accounting for over one-third of new vehicle sales. Managing EV charging is a high
priority for PCE with an emphasis on residential
charging, where most evening charging is occurring, and shifting vehicle load daily out of the evening peak. In addition, minimizing the secondary midnight peak that
can aeect local distribution networks is also a priority.
PCE has focused on leading-edge strategy by using
vehicle telematics, which controls EV charging through
the vehicle as opposed to charger-based load
management. Because the installed base of smart
chargers is very small and such chargers are expensive, the telematics approach holds greater promise because
nearly all vehicles can participate without special
equipment. ¶
¶
43 15
4.1.2. Solar and Storage for Public Buildings
Overview: Public agencies have significant interest in the deployment of solar and storage systems to reduce costs and provide resilience for power outages and emergencies. In addition, the Inflation Reduction Act’s “direct pay” provisions allow public agencies to access the Investment Tax Credit without an intermediary, improving the economics of distributed generation systems. PCE operates an aggregate solar and storage program aimed at improving the economics of distributed solar and storage for public agencies. This program operates in cohorts in which PCE assumes the role of developer, providing upfront project development services, procurement, and financing under a PCE-supplied power purchase agreement (PPA) for the local government agency. Systems are then deployed by a construction firm under contract with PCE. PCE owns the systems and provides ongoing operations and maintenance support with a performance guarantee. The storage systems will provide backup power for outages and dispatch for grid peak load reduction.
Status: This program was launched in 2020 with significant legal and site development work to establish the program. Initial 12 systems with 1.7 MW of solar are nearing completion.
16 The second round of the program included 24 sites. Additional solar and storage sites are in development with as much as 6 MW of storage. Dispatch may be administered directly through a PCE distributed energy resource management system (DERMS), battery management systems, or contractually specified with service providers.
4.1.3. Residential Solar and Storage
Overview: Residential storage systems, typically paired with solar, are growing in popularity. Currently in PCE territory, there are approximately 34,000 systems with a total of
71.6 MW of storage.17 With the state’s adoption of the Net Billing TariM, it is expected that residential solar and storage adoption will grow. PCE has had a residential solar and storage program since 2020. That program has provided outreach and incentives for customers to adopt solar and storage systems. The systems are installed by a competitively selected provider and the storage systems dispatch at the grid peak as specified under the contract between PCE and the provider.
Status: PCE’s residential solar and storage program completed its enrollment phase between 2020 and 2023. Nearly 400 new system installations were completed, and an additional 200 existing systems were enrolled. (PCE is also enabling a further 200-300 systems at low-income customer sites, funded by a combination of the Self-Generation and Investment Tax Credit.) Under the agreement with the provider, the provider oMers battery storage dispatch during the evening peak, and PCE purchases the rights to this 16 US climate law introduces billion-dollar ‘game-changer’ for nonprofits, Canary Media https://www.canarymedia.com/articles/climatetech-finance/us-climate-law-introduces-billion-dollar-game-changer-for-nonprofits 17 Q4 2023 PG&E Interconnection Data for Peninsula Clean Energy service territory Deleted: Status: PCE recently completed its second
phase pilot of managed charging. The first phase was a
proof of concept executed in 2020 with 7 vehicles. The
proof of concept successfully demonstrated curtailment
of charging at peak while ensuring drivers received the charging necessary for their daily needs. Following a
competitive solicitation, PCE launched its second-phase pilot demonstrating scaled operation of EV-managed
charging. PCE selected EV.energy as its partner and
engaged researchers at UC Davis to develop an
experimental design to evaluate incentive structures and assess outcomes. About 700 vehicles participated in the second-phase pilot. Data collection has been completed
and analysis is underway. PCE anticipates finalizing its ongoing program design and ramping up its recruitment
in the coming months. Incentives to sign up are oeered to EV purchasers through PCE’s income-qualified used EV
incentive in addition to direct marketing to customers. ¶ Deleted: Construction of the initial
Deleted: now completing construction.
Deleted: is in contracting. The initial installations are the solar portion, and storage is intended to be added to
select…
Deleted: for approximately 3.5 MW PV is under
construction. A third round to incorporate storage is in development.…
Formatted: Font: Aptos
Formatted: Font: Aptos
44 16
capacity over a 10-year term. The dispatch capacity is factored into PCE’s annual load forecast submitted to the CEC, and subsequently, the CEC reduces PCE’s forecasted RA capacity as a result of a lower forecasted peak load. PCE is continually working with the provider to further optimize the dispatch schedule to maximize the grid value, such as by concentrating as much energy capacity into a narrower, 2-hour dispatch window. In addition, PCE anticipates developing a follow-on program that will again provide support to homeowners in deploying solar and storage systems, while also providing capacity services to the grid. Dispatch may be administered directly through a PCE DERMS or contractually specified with service providers.
4.1.4. FLEXmarket
Overview: PCE utilizes the innovative FLEXmarket program to provide incentives to project implementers based on the measured grid benefits. PCE is implementing this approach because most energy eMiciency programs do not adequately target load-shaping benefits.
In addition, incentives are not targeted based on grid benefits nor measure actual results.
This program operates across all customer classes for permanent load shifting achieved by targeted energy eMiciency and beneficial electrification. The program utilizes Normalized Metered Energy Consumption (NMEC) methodology to assess projects based on their actual performance weighed against grid benefits with the Avoided Cost Calculator (ACC).
This is a CPUC-funded program.
Status: PCE launched its FLEXmarket program in 2023 for both the commercial and residential sectors and has successfully enrolled projects in the first iteration of the program. Initial program emphasis has been on attracting service providers and proving the general model of the program. PCE anticipates continuing the program subject to CPUC approval.
4.1.5. Residential Electrification Direct Install
Overview: PCE operates an income-qualified direct install program for electric appliances – replacing aging, polluting methane gas systems. This program has upgraded approximately 300 homes with heat pump water heaters or other eMicient electric measures. Under the program, PCE has piloted whole-home electrification of 5 single-family homes to assess costs and demonstrate electrification that minimizes grid impacts by fully electrifying within 100 amps.
18 Finally, PCE has also piloted an advanced load-shaping technology in space and water heating combo systems which can shift load in both applications through the thermal storage and advanced system logic. 19 18 Yes, it’s possible to electrify a home on just 100 amps, Canary Media, https://www.canarymedia.com/articles/electrification/yes-its-possible-to-electrify-a-home-on-just-100- amps
19 TRC / Rupam Singla, Harvest Thermal Pilot: Measurement and Verification Report (2023), https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/PCE-Harvest-Pilot-MV-Final-Report.pdf Deleted: cost
45 17
Status: This program will be substantially expanded in 2024 to allow for whole-home electrification. Numerous innovations are envisioned to be incorporated into this program including electrification within 100 amps, as well as the potential use of advanced combo systems, and integration of load shaping for water heaters and thermostats, possibly through a PCE DERMS. Separate from this program, PCE currently provides incentives to customers for the installation of load-shaping combo systems.
4.1.6. GovEV
Overview: The GovEV program helps local municipal fleets plan for fleet electrification by providing technical assistance for vehicle replacement purchasing and the installation of EV chargers. As a component of this program, PCE produces a charging optimization plan, which outlines the cost potential of managed charging for their specific fleet. PCE is also making the ChargePilot charge management system by The Mobility House free for fleets, as part of the GovEV program for one year. The ChargePilot system (optional to fleets but recommended) will help shift more fleet charging to occur during oM-peak hours and mitigate demand charges, as well as provide insights into EV charging metrics for fleet managers.
Status: The program is open, and 10 fleets are currently enrolled. Installation projects are expected to begin in Calendar Year (CY) 2025.
4.1.7. Electric Vehicle Managed Charging
Overview: PCE ran an EV Managed Charging Pilot in collaboration with EV.energy and researchers at UC Davis but determined that the response was small and the program not cost-eMective. PCE’s territory has one of the state’s fastest adoption rates for EVs with over 45,000 EVs on the road today and EVs accounting for over one-third of new vehicle sales.
Managing EV charging is a high priority for PCE with an emphasis on residential charging, where most evening charging is occurring, and shifting vehicle load daily out of the evening peak. In addition, minimizing the secondary midnight peak that can aMect local distribution networks is also a priority. PCE has focused on leading-edge strategy by using vehicle telematics, which controls EV charging through the vehicle as opposed to charger-based load management. Because the installed base of smart chargers is very small and such chargers are expensive, the telematics approach holds greater promise because nearly all vehicles can participate without special equipment.
Status: PCE recently completed and analyzed its second phase pilot of managed charging with EV.energy and researchers at UC Davis. The amount of load shift was minor, in large part because customers who opted to participate were more tech-savvy than typical and mostly already shaping their load. In light of the lackluster eMectiveness of the pilot, PCE is not moving forward with this particular program design.
Moved (insertion) [1]
Moved (insertion) [2]
46 18
4.1.8. Program Design to Meet LMS Goals
Each of these programs is envisioned to incorporate remote dispatch DERMS or comparable technologies, which will enable all of these programs to become automated MCB signal responsive programs, as envisioned in 20 Cal. Code Regs. § 1623.1(a)(1)(B).
The timeline and feasibility of the rollout of MCB signals to these load flexibility technologies will be evaluated in future development of PCE’s DERMS platform.
4.2. Evaluation
PCE closely evaluates all programs it executes and anticipates that load-shaping programs will be evaluated with the following criteria:
• Amount of grid peak load reduction
• Consistency and reliability of load reduction
• Customer participation rate
• Cost of recruitment and operation
• Customer benefits, impacts, and satisfaction
4.2.1. Cost-E3ectiveness
The costs associated with implementing a new load flexibility program include the following:
• Program development. This includes the costs associated with program design and setup, including integrating such programs with internal and external systems. • Program administration. This involves ongoing costs to administer the program, including marketing, customer recruitment, customer education, development, and maintenance of customer tools, and any upfront or ongoing incentive payments that are part of the design.
• Technology and implementation costs. Each new load flexibility program requires significant investments in new technology platforms. These include external software systems that must be procured to communicate with and dispatch devices, as well as internal systems that must be developed and configured to integrate the external software.
PCE, as a CCA, may derive certain avoided cost value streams such as reduced RA costs and extreme event energy market costs. However, aside from CPUC-funded programs such as FLEXmarket, PCE does not have access to other value streams such as avoided distribution grid costs. Quantification of cost benefits is challenging and of limited confidence due to the volatile nature of the energy market, as described in the analysis of MCB rates above.
Deleted: these programs
Formatted: Font: 18 pt, Font color: Custom
Color(RGB(51,153,209))
47 19
4.2.2. Equity
PCE has a major focus on equity across its programs. PCE’s primary method of delivering equity benefits is in keeping generation rates low. Since inception, PCE has provided generation rates at least 5% below PG&E for all customers resulting in over $100 million in savings for the community since 2016. In 2024 PCE is currently keeping rates flat resulting in 10-15% savings for customers compared to PG&E for even greater savings. In addition, in December 2023 PCE provided customers in the income-qualified California Alternate Rates for Energy (CARE) / Family Electric Rate Assistance (FERA) programs each a rebate of $300.
PCE has numerous programs targeted at delivering additional equity benefits. These programs include an EV charging incentive and technical assistance for apartment buildings, income-qualified incentives for e-bikes and EVs, and the above-mentioned home direct-install program.
PCE oMerings are geared towards ensuring financial benefits for customers and ensuring access to additional benefits such as functional appliances, etc. Load shaping provides a potential additional tool for reducing customer costs, helping ensure shiftable load is occurring under the most favorable rates. However, most loads in low-income households have little or no shifting capacity. It is essential that households are not penalized for inflexible loads. In addition, while some customer segments are interested in technology it is important that participation not introduce undue complexity, especially in this segment.
Therefore, any technologies introduced need high reliability and eMective passive operation with as little resident intervention as possible.
4.2.3. Technical Feasibility
Load shaping measures as described above have been technically demonstrated by PCE or other parties. PCE currently engages in a “direct control” approach with EVs (a type of DERMS but only for EVs), contractually based load shaping for its residential storage, and a market-based “shaped” incentive structure in FLEXmarket.
However, real-time responsiveness introduces numerous added levels of complexity.
Assets would need to be integrated through a DERMS as a management platform. However, the DERMS landscape is extremely fragmented. Currently, DERMS providers are only able to successfully dispatch a subset of deployed assets, even within an asset type (battery, vehicles, etc.). In addition, customers must retain override capabilities based on specific needs, particularly for batteries which may be needed for power outages in extreme weather, and vehicles for travel needs. Customers, service providers, and manufacturers in many cases can have competing objectives (e.g., backup vs. grid services) and interest in enrolling in competing programs. In principle, a portfolio approach could yield confidence that a predictable dispatch capacity can be achieved for an event-based program.
Deleted:
Deleted: ex:
48 20
However, PCE’s approach of daily “permanent” load shift oMers the advantage of high predictability for the customer and other parties.
Furthermore, for real-time programs, data integration for the price signals would need to be established reflecting real-time conditions and PG&E billing systems would need to be restructured to allow billing based on those prices. A price signal system must address common standards for calculation, availability of data on a real-time basis, high up-time platform for serving the data, mechanism for customer visibility, and other complexities.
PG&E’s billing system would require major updates of a platform already strained by high complexity, and billing information would need to be presented in a digestible manner for the customer with associated education and customer service support. Both of these areas are major barriers.
4.2.4. Benefits to the Grid
Load shaping provides several grid benefits including reducing costs, increasing reliability, and reducing emissions. Load shaping that is responsive to real-time conditions could potentially increase those benefits to the degree that responsive load shaping is able to provide additional load reductions, above that provided by permanent load shaping, at moments of grid strain.
However, diMerent objectives would necessitate visibility to specific conditions. ISO-level load, transmission congestion, load aggregation points, and distribution circuit conditions each have distinct values that can contribute to the value of load shifting but are not necessarily easily evaluated in real-time by asset controllers, like PCE. Thus, PCE may be able to assess grid value at the level of generation costs but may have diMiculty incorporating other grid benefits, except to the degree that data becomes available for other areas.
4.2.5. Benefits to Customers
Customer benefits of load shaping generally are assessed by PCE in relation to economic value. Specifically, cost reductions after considering customer installation costs and the change in operating costs. As noted above, PCE emphasizes permanent load shifting as a means of maximizing the operating cost benefits. Reliability is also an important benefit though this is diMicult to quantify.
5. Conclusions
PCE strongly supports the goals of the LMS and is already working diligently to implement leading programs and approaches to deliver load flexibility in a cost-eMective and technically feasible manner. Although load-flexibility technologies have many technical and policy prerequisites that must be satisfied before such approaches can deliver the full potential benefits, PCE is committed to deepening its current approaches and exploring 49 21
the feasibility of other approaches as they become available. PCE has committed to participate in the IOU HFP pilots to oMer MCB rates to our customers. PCE anticipates receiving data on eMectiveness and feasibility from that program going forward. While the IOU HFP pilots move forward, PCE is also moving forward on deploying a DERMS platform to enable MCB signal responsive programs as an alternative or supplement to MCB rates in coming years.
Load flexibility is a key tool for PCE’s core objective to provide its customers with 100% renewable energy in all hours. Given PCE’s goals, it anticipates working with the CEC to develop new approaches and to provide real-world, on-the-ground expertise from the lessons derived from this work going forward.
50
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
51 DATE: March 21, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: Majority Vote
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Brianna Arroyo, Interim Board Clerk
SUBJECT: Approval of Minutes from the March 27, 2025 Board of Directors Meeting Item No. 2
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
RECOMMENDATION
Approval of Minutes from the March 27, 2025 Board of Directors Meeting
BACKGROUND
Approval of Minutes from the March 27, 2025 Board of Directors Meeting ATTACHMENTS:
03-27-2025 BOD Draft Minutes.pdf
52 Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors of the
Peninsula Clean Energy Authority (PCEA)
Minutes
Thursday, March 27, 2025
6:30 p.m.
Zoom Video Conference and Teleconference
CALL TO ORDER
Meeting was called to order at 6:31 p.m. in virtual teleconference, in the Peninsula Clean Energy Authority lobby, the Los Banos City Hall conference room A, and the Hotel at Oberlin, 10 East College Street, Oberlin, OH 44074.
SWEARING IN OF NEW BOARD MEMBER
Jennifer Stalzer, General Counsel, presided over a swearing-in ceremony for new Board Alternate Bob Nguyen from Millbrae.
ROLL CALL
Participating:
Effie Milionis Verducci, San Mateo County
Jackie Speier, San Mateo County
Rick DeGolia, Atherton
Tom McCune, Belmont
Coleen Mackin, Brisbane
Donna Colson, Burlingame, Chair
Roderick Daus-Magbual, Daly City, participating remotely via AB 2449, arrived at 6:42 p.m.
Carlos Romero, East Palo Alto
Stacy Jimenez, Foster City
Patrick Jonsson, Half Moon Bay
Leslie Ragsdale, Hillsborough, participating remotely from Oberlin, OH Michael Amabile, Los Banos, participating from Los Banos Betsy Nash, Menlo Park
Bob Nguyen, Millbrae
Greg Wright, Pacifica
Rebecca Flynn, Portola Valley
Elmer Martinez Saballos, Redwood City, arrived at 7:57 p.m.
Marty Medina, San Bruno, Vice Chair
Adam Loraine, San Mateo
James Coleman, South San Francisco, arrived at 6:47 p.m.
Hassan Aburish, Woodside
Absent:
Ken Gonzalez, Colma
John Dugan, San Carlos
53 A quorum was established.
PUBLIC COMMENT
James Tuleya, the Senior Energy Coach from Home Energy Analytics gave a public comment on the work being done by HEA in both San Mateo County and Los Banos.
ACTION TO SET THE AGENDA AND APPROVE REMAINING CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS Nelly Wogberg, Board Clerk, noted an update to Agenda Item Number 3, “Approval of the Minutes for the February 27, 2025 Meeting” in an at-places memo.
Public Comment: None
MOTION: Director Medina moved, seconded by Director Romero to set the Agenda, and approve Agenda Item Numbers 1-3.
1. Approval of Two Funding Agreements for an EV Fleet Electrification Project with the City of East Palo Alto.
2. Approval of an Agreement with the Law Firm of Keyes & Fox LLP for Distributed Energy Resource Management System (DERMS) legal support in an Amount Not-to-Exceed $60,000 with a term of March 3, 2025 to August 30, 2025.
3. Approval of the Minutes for the February 27, 2025 Meeting.
MOTION PASSED: 18-0 (Absent: Colma, Daly City, Redwood City, San Carlos, South San Francisco)
JURISDICTION BOARD MEMBER YES NO ABSTAIN ABSENT
San Mateo County Director Milionis Verducci X
San Mateo County Director Speier X
Atherton Director DeGolia x
Belmont Director McCune X
Brisbane Director Mackin X
Burlingame Director Colson X
Colma Director Gonzalez X
Daly City Director Daus-Magbual X
East Palo Alto Director Romero X
Foster City Director Jimenez X
Half Moon Bay Director Jonsson X
Hillsborough Director Ragsdale X
Los Banos Director Amabile X
Menlo Park Director Nash X
Millbrae Director Nguyen X
Pacifica Director Wright X
Portola Valley Director Flynn X
54 Redwood City Director Martinez Saballos X
San Bruno Director Medina X
San Carlos Director Dugan X
San Mateo Director Loraine X
South San Francisco Director Coleman X
Woodside Director Aburish X
Total 18 5
REGULAR AGENDA
4. Chair Report.
Chair Colson gave a report pulling together a committee consisting of herself, Vice Chair Medina, and Director DeGolia for the CEO Annual Review Committee. She also noted the overlap between the C/CAG committee that a few directors sit, and mentioned Shalini Swaroop, Chief Operating Officer, and Rafael Reyes, Director of Community Programs will be working to create synergy between both committees.
5. CEO Report.
Shawn Marshall, Chief Executive Officer, gave a brief CEO Report including a legislative update, a timeline for the upcoming budget cycle and new strategic plan, and an update on the EV Ready Program.
6. Community Advisory Committee Report.
Jason Mendelson, Community Advisory Committee (CAC) Chair, provided an overview of the March 13, 2025 CAC meeting.
7. Selection of Board of Directors Chair and Vice Chair (Action).
Director DeGolia, Chair of the Nominating Committee, shared that the Committee, which includes Director Mackin and Director Taylor, received only one nomination for each role: Donna Colson for Chair and Marty Medina for Vice Chair.
Public Comment: None
MOTION: Director DeGolia moved, seconded by Director Aburish to nominate Director Colson to the position of Chair and Director Medina to the position of Vice Chair.
MOTION PASSED: 20-0 (Absent: Colma, Redwood City, San Carlos)
JURISDICTION BOARD MEMBER YES NO ABSTAIN ABSENT
San Mateo County Director Milionis Verducci X
San Mateo County Director Speier X
Atherton Director DeGolia X
Belmont Director McCune X
55 Brisbane Director Mackin X
Burlingame Director Colson X
Colma Director Gonzalez X
Daly City Director Daus-Magbual X
East Palo Alto Director Romero X
Foster City Director Jimenez X
Half Moon Bay Director Jonsson X
Hillsborough Director Ragsdale X
Los Banos Director Amabile X
Menlo Park Director Nash X
Millbrae Director Nguyen X
Pacifica Director Wright X
Portola Valley Director Flynn X
Redwood City Director Martinez Saballos X
San Bruno Director Medina X
San Carlos Director Dugan X
San Mateo Director Loraine X
South San Francisco Director Coleman X
Woodside Director Aburish X
Total 20 3
8. Study Sessions: 1. PCE Energy 101 and 2. Managing Volatility of Cost of Energy and the Power Charge Indifference Adjustment (PCIA) (Discussion).
Shawn Marshall, Chief Executive Officer, introduced the item, and Roy Xu, Senior Director or Power Resources, gave a presentation explaining how Peninsula Clean Energy procures energy in the California energy market. Justin Kudo, Associate Director, Strategic Analysis & Rates, and Nick Bijur, Chief Financial Officer, continued the presentation with the cost of energy and the Power Charge Indifference Adjustment (PCIA).
Public Comment: None
9. Board Members’ Reports
Chair Colson noted a visit to Los Banos for a ribbon cutting on the Los Banos Community Center on March 28, 2025.
Director Loraine gave a report on the CA Energy Commission and Electrification Summit in Sacramento.
ADJOURNMENT
Meeting was adjourned at 8:40 p.m.
56 DATE: April 18, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Shawn Marshall, Chief Executive Officer
SUBJECT: CEO Report (Discussion)
Item No. 4
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
BACKGROUND
This report is provided monthly to the Board of Directors and is informational only.
DISCUSSION
During the Board meeting, CEO Shawn Marshall will provide an update on a variety of PCE topics, including but not limited to: New Department of Innovation Strategy; CA Legislative update; Federal Administration Impacts; Wright BESS project update, and a few recent regulatory and program wins!
PCE In the Community - Thanks to our Team and Volunteers for Their Help with Earth Month!
April 24 Panel Careers for a Sustainable World, Virtual April 26 Earth Day of Action and Pelican Fest, Pacifica April 26 Love Our Earth Festival, Menlo Park
April 27 Eco Fest, Millbrae
April 27 Earth Day, Atherton
April 28 Ribbon Cutting, Los Banos
May 5th Cinco De Mayo, East Palo Alto
May 8th Multilingual Community Resource Fair, San Mateo May 22 & 23 Pacheco High School Wax Museum, Los Banos
PCE Staffing Update
57 The deadline for four intern positions was April 15 and we have had very strong interest.
Interns will be announced once selected and will work with PCE starting early June through the end of August.
There are no open positions posted at this time.
58 DATE: April 10, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Mike Mielke, Senior Manager of Legislative Policy SUBJECT: Briefing on SB 540 (Becker) - Western Pathways Bill (Discussion) Item No. 6
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
RECOMMENDATION
This item is discussion only.
BACKGROUND
Overview
California's push to decarbonize its electricity grid is among the most ambitious in the world, with a legal mandate to achieve 100% zero carbon electricity of retail sales by 2045.
California needs a massive amount of new clean energy and storage to reach this goal.
However, doing this cost-effectively and reliably within California's borders alone presents significant challenges, especially given the limitations of in-state land, transmission, and resource diversity. Meanwhile, efforts to regionalize the western electricity grid have spanned more than two decades, with growing urgency as climate goals have become more ambitious.
California has long operated its own Independent System Operator (CAISO), managing much of the state's electric grid. Over time, stakeholders in California and across the west have recognized the benefits of broader regional coordination to improve reliability, reduce costs, and integrate clean energy.
Core Challenge
The Western Interconnection spans multiple states, but it is highly fragmented: dozens of Balancing Area Authorities (BAAs) independently operate their own slices of the western grid.
This fragmentation limits the ability to access and share low-cost, renewable resources across the broader region. Greater regional integration could help balance demand, reduce costs, and improve reliability, particularly as climate-driven extreme weather events become more common.
History of Regionalization Efforts in California
Efforts to regionalize the western grid have been considered for decades, with increased 59 momentum in recent years:
1990s-2000s: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) promoted formation of Regional Transmission Organizations (RTOs), but the West (outside of CAISO) resisted full participation.
2015: SB 350 (2015) Senator Kevin de Leon (Clean Energy and Pollution Reduction Act).
Primarily known for setting California’s 50% Renewable Portfolio Standards (RPS) target and doubling energy efficiency goals, the bill originally included language to authorize CAISO regional expansion, but that section was removed from the final bill due to a lack of consensus around the governance structure.
2017-2018: Discussions began in earnest about transforming CAISO into a regional transmission organization (RTO). Legislation was introduced (e.g., AB 813 in 2017) which aimed to lay the legal groundwork for transforming CAISO into a multi-state RTO, with an independent governance structure separate from California state control, but failed due to labor, environmental, and political concerns over losing state control. 2023: Legislation was introduced, AB 538 (Holden), which again sought to lay the groundwork for transforming CAISO into a regional RTO. AB 538 failed similarly to AB 813 due mainly to issues of scope and governance.
History of PCE Engagement
The Peninsula Clean Energy (PCE) Board of Directors discussed AB 538 and regionalization in 2023 and expressed an interest in PCE participating in efforts that would lead to an expansion of the western grid while addressing the issues of concern that had been raised with AB 538.
In 2024, PCE adopted its 2024 Legislative and Regulatory Policy Platform to add paragraph c to Section VIII California Energy Market Structure so that the section now reads in relevant part:
b. Support policies that change California’s market structures towards innovative models that reduce the costs of energy service and support the expansion of carbon free resources. c. Engage in discussions and track policy efforts to create a multi-state regional transmission system to ensure that it increases supply availability and reliability for California energy customers, recognizes California’s influence in its governance structure, and advances California’s clean energy policies and goals.
In February 2025, in alignment with the Board approved legislative platform and concurrence by the Chair and Vice Chair, PCE took a position in support of SB 540 (Becker). Please also see attached letter dated 4/15/25 for a summary overview of why PCE supports the Pathways initiative.
DISCUSSION
Two speakers with expertise in California and western energy markets will brief the Board on this bill. Evelyn Kahl, Chief Policy Director and General Counsel at Cal-CCA and working group participant in the Pathways Initiative will speak in support. Loretta Lynch, attorney, 60 energy consultant, and former CPUC Commissioner from 2000-2005 will speak in opposition.
This is a discussion item in response to a request from Board member Speier.
FISCAL IMPACT
None
STRATEGIC PLAN
Not Applicable
ATTACHMENTS:
SB 540.pdf
PCE Support Letter.pdf
SB 540 FAQ from CalCCA.pdf
SB 540 Pathways Factsheet.pdf
SB 540 Pathways Definitions.pdf
April 15 2025 Julian Lynch SB 540 Oppose letter.pdf
Laborers Boilermakers Ironworkers SB 540 Oppose letter.pdf CBD_etal_SB540_Oppose.pdf
Preliminary Day-Ahead Market Impacts Study.pdf
SB 540 (Becker)_Joint IOU CalCCA Final Letter of Support (031225).pdf CRP-SV-SB540-Suppport-Letter.pdf
SB 540_SUPPORT COALITION.pdf
SB 540 TURN OUA.pdf
61 AMENDED IN SENATE MARCH 24, 2025
SENATE BILL No. 540
Introduced by Senators Becker and Stern
February 20, 2025
An act to amend Section 337 of, to add Section 345.6 to, to repeal Section 352 of, and to repeal Article 4 (commencing with Section 355) of, Article 5 (commencing with Section 359) of, and Article 5.5 (commencing with Section 359.5) of, Chapter 2.3 of Part 1 of Division 1 of, the Public Utilities Code, relating to electricity. legislative counsel’s digest
SB 540, as amended, Becker. Independent System Operator:
independent regional organization.
Existing law provides for the establishment of an Independent System Operator (ISO) as a nonprofit public benefit corporation and requires the ISO to ensure efficient use and reliable operation of the electrical transmission grid consistent with achieving planning and operating reserve criteria no less stringent than those established by the Western Electricity Coordinating Council and the North American Electric Reliability Council. Existing law, the Clean Energy and Pollution Reduction Act of 2015, provides for the transformation of the ISO into a regional organization, with the approval of the Legislature, pursuant to a specified process. That process provides that modifications to the ISO’s governance structure, through changes to its bylaws or other corporate governance documents, will not become effective until the ISO, the Public Utilities Commission, the State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Commission, the State Air Resources Board (state board), the Governor, and the Legislature take specified actions on or before January 1, 2019.
98 62
This bill would delete the above-described provisions providing for the transformation of the ISO into a regional organization. The bill would authorize the ISO and the electrical corporations that are participating transmission owners whose transmission systems are operated by the ISO, in lieu of the ISO managing related energy markets, as provided, to use voluntary energy markets governed by an independent regional organization, provided that specified requirements are satisfied. The bill would authorize the ISO, on or after January 1, 2027, to implement tariff modifications accepted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to operate the energy markets whose rules are governed by an independent regional organization if the governing board of the ISO adopts a resolution, as specified, finding that each of the specified conditions have been, or will be, adopted by the independent regional organization. The bill would require the ISO to maintain the necessary technical capability to operate energy markets, as specified, and would require the ISO to continue its functions and responsibilities as a balancing authority, as provided.
Existing law requires the Power Exchange to provide an efficient competitive auction, open on a nondiscriminatory basis to all suppliers, that meets the loads of all exchange customers at efficient prices, and authorizes the Power Exchange governing board to form appropriate technical advisory committees composed of market and nonmarket participants to advise the governing board on relevant issues.
This bill would delete these provisions.
Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: yes.
State-mandated local program: no.
The people of the State of California do enact as follows:
line 1 SECTION 1. Section 337 of the Public Utilities Code is line 2 amended to read:
line 3 337. (a) The Independent System Operator governing board line 4 shall comprise a five-member independent governing board of line 5 directors appointed by the Governor and subject to confirmation line 6 by the Senate. Any reference in this chapter or in any other line 7 provision of law to the Independent System Operator governing line 8 board means the independent governing board appointed under line 9 this subdivision.
line 10 (b) A member of the independent governing board appointed line 11 under subdivision (a) may not be affiliated with any actual or 98 SB 540 — 2 —
63 line 1 potential participant in any market administered by the Independent line 2 System Operator.
line 3 (c) (1) All appointments shall be for three-year terms. line 4 (2) There is no limit on the number of terms that may be served line 5 by any member.
line 6 (d) The Oversight Board shall require the articles of line 7 incorporation and bylaws of the Independent System Operator to line 8 be revised in accordance with this section, and shall make filings line 9 with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission as the Oversight line 10 Board determines to be necessary.
line 11 (e) For purposes of the initial appointments to the Independent line 12 System Operator governing board, as provided in subdivision (a), line 13 the Governor shall appoint one member to a one-year term, two line 14 members to a two-year term, and two members to a three-year line 15 term.
line 16 SEC. 2. Section 345.6 is added to the Public Utilities Code, to line 17 read:
line 18 345.6. (a) In lieu of the Independent System Operator line 19 managing related energy markets as provided in subdivision (b) line 20 of Section 345.5, the Independent System Operator and the line 21 electrical corporations that are participating transmission owners line 22 whose transmission systems are operated by the Independent line 23 System Operator may use voluntary energy markets governed by line 24 an independent regional organization if all of the following line 25 requirements are satisfied:
line 26 (1) The independent regional organization is a nonprofit line 27 corporation whose governance documents include a corporate line 28 obligation to respect the authority of each state that has a line 29 load-serving entity or balancing authority participating in the line 30 market to set its own procurement, environmental, reliability, and line 31 other public interest policies.
line 32 (2) The governing board of the independent regional line 33 organization maintains a public policy committee consisting of line 34 members of the governing board of the independent regional line 35 organization that engages with states, local power authorities, and line 36 federal power marketing administrations about potential impacts line 37 to state, local, or federal policies before it approves a tariff change line 38 for filing at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. line 39 (3) The governing board of the independent regional line 40 organization maintains a relationship with and seeks input from a 98 — 3 — SB 540
64 line 1 body of state regulators or similar body to receive the views of line 2 state regulators.
line 3 (4) The independent regional organization makes funding line 4 available for a consumer advocate organization that represents the line 5 interests of one or more consumer advocate offices authorized in line 6 state law and facilitates engagement by those offices in the markets line 7 governed by the independent regional organization. line 8 (5) The independent regional organization maintains an office line 9 of public participation to provide information and education to line 10 members of the public about issues and initiatives at the line 11 independent regional organization, including facilitating line 12 engagement in those processes.
line 13 (6) In addition to any independent market monitoring activity line 14 required by a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission order, the line 15 independent regional organization maintains access to independent line 16 market analysis for the governing board of the independent regional line 17 organization on the impacts of market dynamics or rule changes line 18 to minimize overall costs to end-use consumers. line 19 (7) Subject to appropriate confidentiality provisions, market line 20 data is available to the commission and the Public Advocate’s line 21 Office, and other states’ commissions and public advocate offices, line 22 to the same or greater extent as existed on December 31, 2024, for line 23 the markets governed by the Independent System Operator. line 24 (8) There is a stakeholder process designed to provide line 25 nonbinding advice to the governing board of the independent line 26 regional organization.
line 27 (9) The independent regional organization is obligated to line 28 conduct meetings and make decisions in an open process with line 29 transparent, documented rationales, and all meetings of the line 30 governing board of the independent regional organization are line 31 publicly noticed and, excluding executive sessions, are available line 32 to remote participants, recorded and posted on the independent line 33 regional organization’s internet website, open to the public, and line 34 subject to open record requirements.
line 35 (10) The Independent System Operator continues to operate the line 36 energy markets, subject to the market rules determined by the line 37 independent regional organization as accepted by the Federal line 38 Energy Regulatory Commission.
line 39 (11) The market rules of the independent regional organization line 40 continue to provide greenhouse gas emissions information and 98 SB 540 — 4 —
65 line 1 protocols sufficient to enable entities subject to the State Air line 2 Resources Board’s rules to demonstrate compliance. line 3 (12) The independent regional organization permits and provides line 4 a procedure for unilateral withdrawal by any participant with line 5 reasonable prior notice. notice and without any further approvals. line 6 (b) On or after January 1, 2027, the Independent System line 7 Operator may implement tariff modifications accepted by the line 8 Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to operate the energy line 9 markets whose rules are governed by an independent regional line 10 organization, as provided in subdivision (a), if the governing board line 11 of the Independent System Operator adopts a resolution finding line 12 that each of the requirements of paragraphs (1) through (12), line 13 inclusive, of subdivision (a) have been or will be adopted by the line 14 independent regional organization. The governing board of the line 15 Independent System Operator may adopt the resolution if the line 16 Independent System Operator satisfies all of the following line 17 requirements:
line 18 (1) The meeting is open to the public, available to remote line 19 participants, recorded, and posted on the Independent System line 20 Operator’s internet website.
line 21 (2) The Independent System Operator issues a notice of the line 22 meeting and proposed findings not less than 90 days before the line 23 meeting.
line 24 (3) The notice explains the basis for finding that each line 25 requirement of paragraphs (1) through (12), inclusive, of line 26 subdivision (a) will be met.
line 27 (4) The notice provides an opportunity for written comments line 28 on the proposed findings.
line 29 (5) The Independent System Operator issues written responses line 30 to any comments not less than 20 days before the meeting. line 31 (c) (1) The Independent System Operator shall maintain the line 32 necessary technical capability to operate energy markets in a line 33 manner that enables California electrical corporations, local line 34 publicly owned electric utilities, and other applicable market line 35 participants to withdraw from the markets governed by the line 36 independent regional organization and instead the Independent line 37 System Operator would provide separate market services for those line 38 entities.
line 39 (2) This section does not modify the commission’s authority to line 40 direct an electrical corporation to withdraw from an energy market 98 — 5 — SB 540
66 line 1 governed by an independent regional organization in response to line 2 federal action or any other significant change in market rules or line 3 operations detrimental to California consumers or California line 4 procurement, environmental, reliability, or other public interest line 5 policies.
line 6 (d) (1) The Independent System Operator shall continue its line 7 functions and responsibilities as a balancing authority as they line 8 existed before enactment of this section, and maintain compliance line 9 with applicable reliability standards as developed, adopted, and line 10 enforced by the North American Electric Reliability Corporation, line 11 the Western Electricity Coordinating Council, or the Federal line 12 Energy Regulatory Commission.
line 13 (2) The Independent System Operator shall not change its line 14 balancing authority area from that which existed on December 31, line 15 2024, except as follows:
line 16 (A) Standard accretion of new transmission lines, substations, line 17 and other equipment by participating transmission owners. line 18 (B) The Independent System Operator may combine its line 19 balancing authority area with another California balancing authority line 20 if the combination is mutually agreed upon.
line 21 (C) The Independent System Operator may use its subscriber line 22 participating transmission owner tariff.
line 23 (3) This Except as provided in subdivision (a) with respect to line 24 managing energy markets as provided in this section, this section line 25 does not change the responsibilities of the Independent System line 26 Operator under Section 345.5, including managing the transmission line 27 grid, planning for transmission expansion, and complying with line 28 Section 25308 of the Public Resources Code.
line 29 (e) (1) This section does not change any requirement related line 30 to the California Renewables Portfolio Standard Program as line 31 provided in Article 16 (commencing with Section 399.11). line 32 (2) This section does not change the policy of the state to reach line 33 specified targets by specified dates for supplying eligible renewable line 34 energy resources and zero-carbon resources as provided in line 35 subdivision (a) of Section 454.53.
line 36 (e)
line 37 (f) The Independent System Operator may act as a vendor, line 38 through a contract with the independent regional organization, of line 39 market operation services, generation dispatch services, line 40 transmission operation services, transmission planning services, 98 SB 540 — 6 —
67 line 1 reliability coordination, balancing authority compliance or line 2 operation services, or other electrical system services. line 3 (f)
line 4 (g) For purposes of this section, the terms “balancing authority,” line 5 “balancing authority area,” and “California balancing authority” line 6 have the same meanings as provided in Section 399.12. line 7 SEC. 3. Section 352 of the Public Utilities Code is repealed. line 8 SEC. 4. Article 4 (commencing with Section 355) of Chapter line 9 2.3 of Part 1 of Division 1 of the Public Utilities Code is repealed. line 10 SEC. 5. Article 5 (commencing with Section 359) of Chapter line 11 2.3 of Part 1 of Division 1 of the Public Utilities Code is repealed. line 12 SEC. 6. Article 5.5 (commencing with Section 359.5) of line 13 Chapter 2.3 of Part 1 of Division 1 of the Public Utilities Code is line 14 repealed.
O
98 — 7 — SB 540
68 San Mateo County | Atherton | Belmont | Brisbane | Burlingame | Colma | Daly City | East Palo Alto | Foster City Half Moon Bay | Hillsborough | Los Banos | Millbrae | Menlo Park | Pacifica | Portola Valley | Redwood City | San Bruno | San Carlos San Mateo | South San Francisco | Woodside
2075 Woodside Road | Redwood City, CA | 94061
(650) 260-0005 | peninsulacleanenergy.com
April 9, 2025
The Honorable Josh Becker
Chair, Senate Energy, Utilities & Communications Committee 1021 O St., Suite 6520
Sacramento, CA 95814
Re: SB 540 (Becker) - SUPPORT
Dear Senator Becker,
On behalf of Peninsula Clean Energy Authority (PCE), a community choice aggregator (CCA) serving approximately 800,000 Californians in San Mateo County and the City of Los Banos in Merced County, we write in strong support of your SB 540, a bill that will help lower net total electricity system costs and promote a more efficient and affordable clean energy future for California.
Electricity affordability is central to Peninsula Clean Energy’s mission. As a community-led energy provider, PCE is committed to delivering clean, reliable power at competitive rates to the residents and businesses we serve. Rising electricity costs, driven in part by system inefficiencies and increasing levels of renewables without corresponding system optimization, place a growing burden on ratepayers and pose challenges to achieving equitable climate goals across the state.
SB 540 would authorize California to participate in a regional organization (RO), subject to a robust governance and withdrawal framework. This participation enables more efficient dispatch of generation resources across a broader western footprint, integrating renewables more effectively and reducing system redundancies. According to analysis provided in support of SB 540, the state could realize up to $800 million in net annual savings by optimizing resource sharing across the western grid through a regional market. These cost savings can directly translate into lower bills for customers and allow for more reinvestment in clean energy innovation and reliability improvements.
Importantly, SB 540 maintains California’s leadership on clean energy policy. The bill does not alter requirements under the state’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS), change the 100% clean electricity goals established by SB 100, or expand the jurisdiction of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) over California’s energy markets. Instead, it strengthens the state's ability to meet its clean energy targets at lower cost and with greater reliability.
The bill also contains critical protections by establishing clear safeguards and governance principles for participation, including a process for California Independent System Operator (CAISO) withdrawal if that 69 2
becomes necessary. These provisions ensure that California’s interests remain protected while accessing the economic and environmental benefits of regional collaboration.
Peninsula Clean Energy appreciates your leadership on this issue and strongly supports SB 540 as a responsible, forward-looking solution to support affordability, reliability, and environmental progress.
Sincerely,
Shawn Marshall
Chief Executive Officer
cc: The Honorable Members of the Senate Energy, Utilities & Communications Committee 70 SB 540 - Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
What is “regionalization?”
Regionalization generally means integrating elements of electricity markets across a particular region, such as the West, under the operation and management of a single Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) regulated regional entity. Energy markets, transmission planning, transmission system operation, reliability, and other elements can be regionalized individually or in combination.
How does the Pathways Initiative (Pathways) advance regional markets? Pathways aims to expand participation across the West in the day-ahead and real-time energy markets currently managed by the California Independent System Operator (CAISO). It aims to support this expansion by creating a governance framework independent of any single state and overseen by a new regional organization (RO). This change recognizes that governance independence has long been a barrier to regionalization.
How does Pathways differ from prior efforts to regionalize? Prior efforts attempted to remove the CAISO Governor-appointed board from oversight of all its existing functions. Pathways leaves the CAISO board intact; instead, it moves a single CAISO function—energy markets—to governance by a new regional organization (RO) and a board constituted from across the West. A diversity of stakeholders, including prior opponents, have coalesced around this new design. 71 What will change for CCAs?
The energy markets CCAs and other load-serving entities participate in today, both day-ahead and real-time, will no longer be under the governance of the CAISO’s Governor-appointed board; the rules for these markets will be overseen by a new RO with an independent board from across the West. The shift is limited to governance, and the CAISO will continue to operate these markets under contract with the RO.
Map of Western Energy Imbalance Market participants. Credit: WEIM.
Are there elements of Western electricity markets that have already been regionalized?
Yes. The West is taking an incremental approach to regionalization in contrast to the East’s holistic approach. The California Independent System Operator’s (CAISO’s) Energy Imbalance Market (EIM) and soon-to-be-implemented Extended Day Ahead 72 Market (EDAM) integrate resources and loads from several Western states. Likewise, compliance with federal and regional grid standards has also been regionalized, with the CAISO serving as the Reliability Coordinator for 25 Western balancing authorities and 39 transmission operators.
What are the potential benefits of Pathways?
Studies commissioned by the California Energy Commission from the Brattle Group and Stanford Climate & Energy Policy Program highlight the potential cost savings, enhanced grid reliability, and reduced air pollution that could result from implementing SB 540.
• Enhanced Reliability. Geographic and weather diversity in a broader regional market allows participants to draw on a much wider resource pool during unexpected or extreme events. The increased EDAM footprint could expand California’s supply cushion by 25,000 MW, with most of this availability falling during the 10 tightest hours on the system. • Cost Savings. California could achieve up to $800 million annually in lower net total system costs compared to baseline assumptions due to:
• More efficient dispatch. Pooling resources across a larger geographic area can lead to more efficient energy production and distribution, producing cost savings for consumers.
• Renewable energy integration. Today, consumers may pay twice for energy when excess renewable contracts are curtailed on the CAISO system: they must pay for both the curtailed energy and the energy they consume.
Regionalization provides a broader market for California’s solar and wind resources, reducing curtailment of existing resources and lowering customer costs.
• Environmental Benefits. By optimizing the use of renewable resources across the region, regionalization, as envisioned by Pathways, reduces 73 reliance on California’s gas resource fleet by up to 31% relative to baseline assumptions, thereby reducing greenhouse gas emissions and offering other environmental co-benefits. Collaborative efforts can enhance the effectiveness of environmental policies across state lines.
Will regionalizing energy markets undermine California’s achievement of key policy initiatives?
No. The crucial elements of reliability and climate policies will remain in the hands of California legislators and regulators. Resource adequacy, resource procurement, the Renewable Portfolio Standard, carbon reduction programs, retail rates, programs, and other functions will remain soundly within California’s control.
Will Pathways expand FERC jurisdiction over energy markets serving California? No. Today, FERC regulates the CAISO-managed wholesale energy markets, including EIM and EDAM, and transmission grid. Pathways simply shifts governance of the EIM and EDAM energy markets to a new FERC-regulated entity: the regional organization (RO). The key jurisdictional change is replacing the California Governor’s unilateral right over CAISO board appointments with a regional board selection process.
If California were to find that participating in the RO market is undermining its fulfillment of key policy objectives, could it revert to today’s CAISO status quo? Yes. All regional operations, including the CAISO’s EDAM and EIM markets, specify a process for withdrawal from the market. The RO will also have withdrawal provisions that would be available to and could be exercised by California participants. Even reinstatement of the status quo, however, could not avoid federal jurisdiction given that FERC regulates the CAISO markets today.
74 When would governance of energy markets shift from the CAISO to a new RO? SB 540 does not specify an exact timeline for when the new regional energy market could become operational. CAISO must first demonstrate that the RO meets a number of statutory requirements before moving control of the market rules to the RO. The timeline would depend on how quickly the RO can meet the necessary requirements and how efficiently CAISO can complete the demonstration and authorization process.
The process is likely to take several years.
75 SB 540 - Pathways Initiative
SUMMARY
SB 540 provides the California Independent
System Operator (CAISO) the authority
necessary to implement the Pathways Initiative
Proposal if it determines an independent regional
organization (RO) meets specific requirements.
The bill allows CAISO to tap into a wider
market of electricity resources which studies
have shown stand to provide significant benefits
to Californians including cost savings, enhanced
grid reliability, and reduced air pollution.
While prior attempts to create a wider regional
market have failed out of concerns that
California would lose control over its
environmental policies, SB 540 enables an
innovative approach that would secure the gains
of an expanded market while protecting
California’s ability to set and enforce its own
procurement, environmental, reliability, and
other public policies.
PROBLEM
For many years, California’s energy regulators
have explored how they could optimize
available energy supplies across other western
states to expand our energy markets and enable
an affordable, clean, and reliable grid.
Studies have shown that there are significant
benefits for California in an expanded energy
market. For example, a Stanford Woods Institute
(2024) study found that an expanded market
would relieve strain on the electric grid during
extreme heat events–in an expanded market
scenario the grid was strained 40% fewer hours.
1 A study commissioned by the California Energy
Commission (CEC) found that under an
expanded market, California would save nearly
$800 million per year and gas generation would
fall by 31%, moving us closer to our 100% clean
1 Stanford Woods Institute: “Grid Regionalization in
the West”
energy goals while reducing air pollution.
2 However, these benefits only materialize if
other states want to join the regional market, a
market they are wary of if it’s solely under
California’s control.
Several different proposals, that would reassure
other Western states of California’s willingness
to work jointly, have made their way before the
Legislature. Most recently, AB 538 (Holden,
2023) would have transformed CAISO into a
regional transmission organization (RTO).
However, these previous efforts have failed over
reasonable concerns about losing control of the
state’s critical public policies.
The Pathways Proposal offers a way to solve
these problems. Instead of creating an RTO, the
Pathways Proposal creates an RO that only
governs the market rules for energy markets
while retaining CAISO’s role as a
California-governed balancing authority so that
California and CAISO retain control over
procurement, environmental, reliability, and
other public policies.
CURRENT LAW
Existing law enables CAISO to, and instructs
how it will, manage the transmission grid and
related energy markets. It requires, among other
things, that CAISO manage those markets in a
manner that maximizes efficiency, reduces costs
to consumers, protects public health and the
environment, and ensures reliability. However,
additional authority is required in order for
CAISO and California utilities to use energy
markets overseen by an RO as proposed by the
Pathways Initiative.
THIS BILL
SB 540 enables the CAISO and California
utilities to participate in energy markets
governed by a separate, independent regional
2 Brattle: “Preliminary Day-Ahead Market Impacts
Study”
Last Updated 02/20/2025
76 organization. If the RO meets specific criteria,
CAISO would be authorized to enact a
resolution allowing the RO’s rules to govern
CAISO’s energy markets. The CAISO would
continue to be the operator of the energy
markets.
SB 540 does not transfer authority for
transmission planning, transmission cost
allocation, balancing authority functions, or
reliability coordination–this authority would
remain with the existing CAISO board structure.
The bill also does not immediately authorize
utilities to enter a market governed by an RO,
CAISO must first demonstrate the RO meets a
number of statutory requirements before moving
control of the market rules to the RO including:
confirming that California regulatory agencies
and CAISO retain control over Renewables
Portfolio Standard requirements, climate policy,
other procurement requirements, transmission
planning, CAISO’s interconnection queue, and
resource adequacy requirements; requiring that
the RO provides a procedure for withdrawal
from the market, should it no longer benefit
California to participate; maintaining the
capability to operate its own market, should
California decide to withdraw from the RO;
ensuring the RO is obligated to make decisions
in an open process; making funding available
for consumer advocates to engage in the process,
and more.
The expanded market that SB 540 would enable
will save ratepayers money, improve grid
reliability, and reduce air pollution from power
plants in California by:
1) Optimizing the use of generation, storage and
transmission resources.
2) Securing California’s ability to export excess
renewables rather than curtailing them and
importing them from other states when
available.
3) Allowing California to draw upon a wider set
of Western renewable resources when our grid is
stressed.
4) Making less use of back-up diesel generators
and the oldest, dirtiest gas plants during system
peaks.
SB 540 will ensure that we reach our climate
goals in the most cost-effective and reliable
manner possible by tapping into a much wider
set of Western resources–lowering energy bills,
improving grid reliability, and reducing
pollution in front-line communities, while also
retaining control of our procurement,
environmental, reliability, and other public
policies.
SUPPORT
Coalition of California Utility Employees
(co-sponsor)
State Association of Electrical Workers
(co-sponsor)
Environmental Defense Fund (co-sponsor)
Natural Resources Defense Council (co-sponsor)
American Clean Power–California
California Community Choice Association
California Environmental Voters
Clean Energy Buyers Association
Pattern Energy
Peninsula Clean Energy
FOR MORE INFORMATION
Erika Romero
Policy Analyst
[email protected]
Last Updated 02/20/2025
77 Definitions
◦ CPUC California Public Utilities Commission, which regulates IOU rates and services and administers many of California’s low-income, climate, and reliability programs. ◦ CAISO California Independent System Operator, the entity that today manages and operates the transmission grids of the state’s three large IOUs and the day-ahead and real-time energy markets for most of California.
◦ FERC Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, the entity that holds jurisdiction over wholesale power markets and transmission systems and regulates CAISO today. ◦ WEIM Western Energy Imbalance Market, the “real time” regional energy market managed and operated by the CAISO.
◦ EDAM Extended Day Ahead Market, the day-ahead regional energy market that will be managed and operated by the CAISO when it launches in 2026. ◦ GHG Emissions Emissions of Greenhouse Gases (carbon dioxide) caused in the electricity sector by the combustion of fossil fuels (natural gas, coal). ◦ kW, MW, GW Measures of electric generating capacity: kilowatt, megawatt (1000 kW), gigawatt (1000 MW).
1278
1 William Julian II
43556 Almond Lane
Davis, CA 95618
530-219-7638 [email protected]
April 15, 2025
Senator Josh Becker, Chair
Senate Committee on Energy, Utilities and Communications 1020 O Street, Room 3350
Sacramento, CA 95814
Re: Oppose SB 540 (Becker and Stern)
Chairman Becker:
We respectfully oppose Senate Bill 540 and urge a NO vote on the measure in the Energy Committee. SB 540 eliminates existing statutory requirements that assure accountability over California’s electricity markets operator – the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) – by the people of California. SB 540’s proposed new Pub. Util. Code section 345.6(a) speci�ically abrogates Pub. Util. Code section 345.5(b) by allowing the CAISO to “use energy markets” governed by a yet-to-be-formed out-of-state corporation (the Regional Operator or “RO”) “in lieu of” Section 345.5(b), which details the CAISO’s public interest responsibilities to the people of California. The “in lieu of” language:
• allows the RO to propose and operate our electricity markets under rules that no longer must be consistent with “applicable state law intended to protect the public’s health or the environment” (section 345.5(b)(3) creating the troubling precedent of exempting electricity markets from the entirety of California’s public health and environmental laws;
• eliminates the consumer protection obligation to “[reduce] to the extent possible, the overall economic cost to the state’s consumers” (section 345.5(b)(2); • eliminates the obligation to “make the most ef�icient use of available energy resources” (section 345.5(b)(1) including the state’s abundant local solar, hydroelectric, geothermal and energy ef�iciency resources; • eliminates the requirement that our electricity markets “maximize[e] availability of existing electric generation resources necessary to meet the needs of the state’s consumers (section 345.5(b)(4).
SB 540 destroys the legal underpinning for California’s renewable portfolio standard and its commitment to local renewable development and concomitant jobs established by Pub. Util. Code section 399.16. It opens the �loodgates to massive in�lows of coal- and gas-�ired electric generation contrary to our laws and policies to minimize greenhouse gases. It makes California much more vulnerable to the attacks threatened by the Trump administrations on our carbon reduction programs. 79 2
The magni�ied vulnerability stems directly from the “in lieu of” language.
Currently California law and policy completely aligns with the CAISO’s FERC-approved tariff. The CAISO, acting through its Governor-appointed board, is precluded by section 345.5(b) from proposing to FERC to change the tariff in ways that violate the provisions of state law, because to do so would be illegal. Proposed Public Utilities Code section 345.6(a) permits the CAISO to depart from any and all state laws in its “use” of RO energy markets. Further, proposing market operator rules that move electricity market tariffs out of alignment with current California law would create legal vulnerabilities that aggressive private litigants could exploit, a pattern evident in other parts of the country.
A report prepared for the Energy Commission and released just prior to introduction of SB 540, and prior to the Trump Executive Orders. “Preliminary Day-Ahead Markets Impact Study,” Presentation 1/24/25 https://www.energy.ca.gov/event/workshop/2025-01/iepr-commissioner-workshop-regional-electricity-markets-and-coordination (“Brattle Study”) details the problems that SB 540 would create. This study forecasts energy �lows (sources and sinks) and estimated production costs under the EDAM, a new experimental market proposed by the CAISO that will actually begin operation in 2026. The Brattle Study was published before the Trump Executive Orders promoting fossil fuels, attacking California’s climate policies, and – crucially – ending FERC’s independence from administration policies.
The Brattle Study predicts a net increase in GHG emissions throughout the West, and shows that any incremental supplies for California (a so-called reliability cushion) would be obtained primarily from coal- and gas-�ired generation.
SB 540 purports to contain safeguards against any problems. The proponents argue that the “use” of the energy markets by CAISO is voluntary and CAISO’s decision to “use” regional electricity markets must be predicated on a speci�ied list of conditions precedent before the CAISO can vote to “use” the regional market operator without regard to current state law. The consumer, public health and environmental protections currently required by state law are replaced with suggestions, meaningless process and corporate governance documents, assurances that provide no legal or binding effect.
The loose and ambiguous drafting of proposed PU Code 345.6 (what does “use of energy markets” entail or mean?) and the legal uncertainties created by the interaction between the proposed section 345.6 and the operation of the Federal Power Act render the purported safeguards illusory, ineffective and unenforceable. For example, SB 540 would end our ability to course-correct if the Brattle Study’s forecasts of increased CO2 emissions materialize.
Proponents claim that surrendering California’s authority and incurring the severe environmental damage predicted by the Brattle Study would provide California with broader access to regional energy supplies and larger regional markets for exporting our local energy. Proponents claim that a broader market may help us gain control over runaway electricity prices. But California already has physical (through existing transmission) and commercial (both bi-lateral and multi-lateral contracts) 80 3
access to energy supplies throughout the West and Canada. Physically we gain nothing.
The “incremental supplies” (misleadingly called a “reliability cushion”) are all coal and gas, inconsistent with California’s environmental laws.
Whether those out-of-state supplies would be priced affordably or provide any cost savings to California consumers depends on the bidding and pricing strategies of sellers, who are paid the highest price set by the CAISO algorithms regardless of their bids, and regardless of their costs. The single price auction mechanism used by the CAISO and other regional electricity markets creates a black hole of uncertainty for predicting future electricity market prices. The proponents rely on the Brattle Study’s purported cost savings, which do not begin until 2032. But the Brattle Study inaccurately modeled future market prices by basing those prices on “production costs” and not the single price auction mechanism that actually sets electricity prices in RTO markets.
Proponents claim a second environmental bene�it of avoided curtailments of solar and wind generation in California through regional sales. The rapid scaling up of storage in California, including battery storage and vehicle-based storage, and optimizing pumped storage and local hydroelectric resources, provide better approaches to managing California’s solar surpluses than chasing below-cost or negative-priced sales. But even the Brattle Study’s data shows that minimal to no lessening of solar curtailment will occur under the most likely Split Market scenario it modeled.
If the broader interstate market creates opportunities to build renewable supplies out-of-state for import in place of local supplies, California loses local jobs and economic development. Every study of the economic impact of the prior regionalization efforts has demonstrated signi�icant job loss and economic damage. If SB 540 changes that job loss outcome, a new and independent study demonstrating that should be conducted. If a broader interstate market provides California electricity from out of state, California will experience substantial energy line losses attendant on long-distance transmission.
Although the March 24th amendments to SB 540 declare its intention to preserve California’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) and its commitment to connection to the local grid, that declaration alone is legally inadequate to achieve that result.
Proponents recognize that SB 540 in its current form makes California’s RPS laws vulnerable to a Commerce Clause attack as they continue to draft amendments to try to “�ix” the problem.
Proponents also recognize the substantial risks that SB 540 imposes on California because they argue that the CAISO’s “use” of RO’s markets can be stopped with carefully drawn withdrawal protections, if the threatened environmental damage, job losses or other negative consequences occur. But SB 540’s withdrawal provisions have no legal precedent and little foundation in law or theory. As drafted, SB 540 has no legally enforceable “withdrawal” provisions. Better drafting might improve the chances of an enforceable withdrawal, including inclusion of simple and timely withdrawal permission in a FERC-approved tariff as a condition precedent to the “use” decision and including choice-of-law provisions that assure the participation of the California 81 4
Attorney General in the inevitable litigation. But all the pre-approved withdrawal conditions that can be imagined still remain legally controversial and experimental.
Even if the FERC pre-approves withdrawal conditions in 2026, nothing exists to prevent a future FERC, once CAISO joins the regional energy markets, from disregarding a prior FERC’s action and imposing onerous withdrawal conditions at the time the CAISO or a California utility seeks withdrawal.
SB 540 represents the fourth time efforts to eliminate the protections that were enacted to quell the 2000-01 Energy Crisis. (See Chapter 1, Stats. 2001 (First Extra Session, AB 5 Keeley); Ch. 847, Stats. 2002 (SB 1753 (Bowen)) In 2018 (AB 813, Holden) and 2023 (AB 538, Holden) the Legislature rejected similar efforts to repeal or abrogate Section 345.5’s consumer and environmental protections. SB 540 transfers effective governance responsibilities – and crucial rights to interact with FERC under Federal Power Act section 205 – to unaccountable (“independent” in the Orwellian language of energy law) decision-makers and relieves the new regional corporation of any responsibility to follow California laws that protect the public’s health, the environment and that require electricity markets to minimize costs and maximize electricity to California consumers
California faces a severe crisis in our electricity supply: the highest retail prices in the continental United States and increasingly fragile reliability that threatens homes and businesses. At the same time California has committed itself to addressing our climate challenges by fueling our economy with electricity. Given the massive uncertainties facing us – climate change; unparalleled shifts in federal energy policies; radical and untested shifts in the CAISO’s operating and pricing procedures with the start of the EDAM in 2026; and changing international energy �lows – this is not the time to decide that our electricity markets need not comply with California’s public health or environmental laws or reduce costs to the maximum extent possible.
At the very least, the provisions of SB 540 that give the CAISO board the ability to abrogate the protections of current California law merely by adopting a resolution in 2027 should be stricken. Any �inal decision to “use” regional energy markets or to annul the statutory protections provided by Section 345.5(b) should be brought back to the Legislature for a vote in 2027.
Please VOTE NO on SB 540.
/s/ /s/
Loretta Lynch Bill Julian
Cc: Committee Members
82 Senator Josh Becker, Chair
Senate Energy, Utilities and Communications Committee
1021 O Street, Suite 3350
Sacramento, California 95814
Re: SB 540
Dear Senator Becker,
On behalf of our organizations and the hundreds of thousands of workers we collectively repre-sent, we write to express our current opposition to Senate Bill 540 due to its potential significant economic and employment consequences, particularly for middle-class, blue-collar workers. We urge this committee to slow down this process so that we can see how the current federal gov-ernment is going to impact California’s energy markets and determine the effect of this bill on in-state industrial jobs.
The hardworking men and women of the construction trades are the backbone of California’s economy, delivering the critical infrastructure necessary to sustain our communities and indus-tries. Our trades collectively represent tens of thousands of skilled workers essential in con-structing and maintaining our energy infrastructure. Producing power in-state allows California to ensure that its high-road labor and environmental values are upheld as we work to meet the climate crisis and continue to power our state. We are committed to protecting our environment and the working-class families that drive California’s economy.
Our trades were not consulted as this proposal was developed, so our members' concerns were not considered when developing this bill. With prior bills considering multistate markets and regionalization, robust job studies showed massive job losses to the industrial trades. We can all agree California is not in a position to afford to lose industrial jobs at this scale. Additionally, as of this week, we are seeing an attack on California’s energy portfolio as the Trump adminis-tration is mounting an assault on our shared commitment to sustainable power generation and is also pressuring the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) to implement the Admin-istration’s new energy directive. Additionally, the recently accepted CAISO tariff does not give California the ability to unilaterally rescind from any subsequent multi-state market-thus ar-guably giving FERC increased access to our energy markets. As SB 540 is not intended to take effect until 2027 at the earliest, and there is, therefore, no dire urgency, we ask that you allow time for the Federal policies to take shape so that we can determine the potential effect on Cali-83 fornia and will enable us to also conduct an independent jobs study at a credible California insti-tution and provide that report to the legislature. The legislature, rate-payers, and the blue-collar workers that power our state deserve this information before rash decisions about policy are made that could have such significant negative consequences.
We share the author’s concerns about curtailed renewable power and urge this legislature to consider streamlining battery storage projects so that we can effectively and efficiently store California-made green power to independently power our state in accordance with our high road labor and environmental standards. At this moment in history, it would seem that collaborative efforts to bolster our energy independence would be well-spent.
On behalf of our hard-working members, thousands of whom power our state, we ask that you not rush into policy that might have a devastating effect on hundreds of thousands of industrial jobs and make our state more vulnerable to federal policy aimed at undermining decades of en-vironmental policy in California. Please slow down the consideration of Senate Bill 540; as such, we oppose SB 540.
Thank you.
Keith Dunn Joseph Cruz
Keith Dunn Joseph Cruz
District Council of Iron Workers California State Counsel of Laborers Erin Lehane
Erin Lehane
International Brotherhood of Boilermakers
84 April 15, 2025
SENATE ENERGY, UTILITIES,
AND COMMUNICATIONS COMMITTEE
1021 O Street, Suite 3350
Sacramento, CA 95814
RE: SB 540 (Becker, Stern) – OPPOSE
To the Honorable Members of the Senate Energy, Utilities and Communications Committee ~ Chair Becker, Vice Chair Ochoa Bogh, and Members Allen, Archuleta, Arreguín, Ashby, Caballero, Dahle, Gonzalez, Grove, Hurtado, Limón, McNerney, Rubio, Stern, Strickland, and Wahab:
The Center for Biological Diversity, California Alliance for Community Energy, Local Clean Energy Alliance, 350 Bay Area, The Protect Our Communities Foundation, the Reclaim Our Power Utility Justice Campaign, and the Environmental Working Group submit this letter opposing SB540. The bill would allow the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) and electrical corporations that own transmission systems that are operated by the CAISO to participate in unspecified energy markets governed by a Regional Organization (RO), and on or after January 2027, for CAISO to operate the energy markets governed by the RO, provided certain conditions, and “in lieu of” CAISO following its current state law mandates.
As currently drafted, SB540 still suffers the same flaws as its predecessors, in particular, ceding California’s authority and oversight over energy policy. California must decide whether to risk ceding control over its energy and climate choices to other states who do not share California’s commitment to clean energy or face the same crisis of affordability that plagues 85 2
California ratepayers. It is additionally concerning that SB540 would cede California controls over energy to FERC which is especially problematic in the wake of the recent announcement and Executive Orders to “unleash” fossil fuel, nuclear power and other polluting energy resources “through the removal of all illegitimate impediments” targeting State and local government energy regulations.1
Moreover, SB540 could likely worsen climate impacts and increase electricity bills in California even further.
I. SB540 Enables the Loss of California’s Autonomy Over Energy Policy.
SB540 lacks specificity in outlining which “energy markets governed by” the RO that CAISO and transmission owners would be able to participate in. Nevertheless, despite this vagueness, which is of considerable concern, the CAISO’s “use” of or participation in those markets is subject to 12 conditions. One of those conditions is:
(10) The Independent System Operator continues to operate the energy markets, subject to the market rules determined by the independent regional organization as accepted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. 2 In other words, not only do we not know which markets are involved, but CAISO would then be subject to the RO’s rules, “as accepted by” FERC.
And SB540 does not include sufficient safeguards. Participating in or operating the energy markets would also be “in lieu of . . . subdivision (b) of Section 345.5.”3 Yet Section 345.5(b) currently requires CAISO to run all electricity markets consistent with:
(1) Making the most efficient use of available energy resources. (2) Reducing, to the extent possible, overall economic cost to the state’s consumers. (3) Applicable state law intended to protect the public’s health and the environment. (4) Maximizing availability of existing electric generation resources necessary to meet the needs of the state’s electricity consumers.
(5) Minimizing cost impact on ratepayers.
(6) Communicating with all balancing area authorities in California to support electrical reliability.4
1 See e.g. White House, Protecting American Energy from State Overreach (April 8, 2025) available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/04/protecting-american-energy-from-state-overreach/ 2 Proposed Public Utilities Code § 345.6(a)(10) (emphasis added). 3 Proposed Public Utilities Code § 345.6(a).
4 Public Utilities Code § 345.5(b).
86 3
SB540 removes all of these energy market requirements for the new regional markets operator and for the CAISO. Then, on or after January 1, 2027, CAISO could operate the RO, subject to FERC oversight and conditions,
5 and with no requirement to continue to follow state
mandates enumerated in Section 345.5(b).
II. SB540 Replacement Safeguards Are Either Unenforceable or Illusory.
A. SB540 Replaces Safeguard Laws with Policies and Advisory Groups.
SB540 then attempts to address the removal of these statutory safeguards with several provisions that are either unenforceable or illusory. The 12 conditions are replete with reference to public interest or environmental “policies,”6 or advisory watchdog groups,7 which is a far cry from adhering to the required “laws intended to protect the public’s health and the environment” as currently required by Section 345.5(b).
SB540 also includes specific—but equally illusory—language designed to safeguard CAISO’s current responsibilities with electricity markets:
Except as provided in subdivision (a) with respect to managing energy markets as provided in this section, this section does not change the responsibilities of the Independent System Operator under Section 345.5.
Subdivision (a) as referenced, however, is Section 345.5(b). In which case, SB540 is clear that participation in energy markets is not subject to the 6 above criteria CAISO currently must maintain consistency with to protect the environment, public health, and ratepayers.
Furthermore, even assuming arguendo the effectiveness of the 12 conditions for participation in RO markets, SB540 lacks any identifiable enforcement mechanism for these critical commitments.
B. SB540 Threatens the RPS and Other California Climate Policy.
These concerns are extremely problematic for maintenance of California’s Renewable Portfolio Standard. While the bill includes a recent amendment that tries to address this concern, it is similarly an illusory safeguard:
(e) (1) This section does not change any requirement related to the California Renewables Portfolio Standard Program as provided in Article 16 (commencing with Section 399.11).
5 Proposed Public Utilities Code § 345.6(b).
6 See e.g. Proposed Public Utilities Code § 345.6(a)(1) and (2). 7 Proposed Public Utilities Code § 345.6(a)(8) (establishing a stakeholder process designed to provide nonbinding advice to the governing board of the RO).
87 4
Certainly, SB540 does not affect the RPS by the bill’s terms, just like all of the prior versions of this bill proposing CAISO expansion, which similarly did not affect the RPS.
Importantly, however, the regulatory structure that SB540 creates does not guard against future changes imposed or conditioned by the RO or by FERC. It also does not guard against future litigation to challenge the RPS and similar California environmental and climate laws based on federal preemption and the interstate commerce clause.
C. SB540 Withdrawal Provisions are Illusory.
Finally, the “escape” provision included in SB540 is also practically ineffective:
(12) The independent regional organization provides a procedure for unilateral withdrawal by any participant with reasonable prior notice and without any further approvals.8
Prior versions of CAISO expansion legislative proposals included a 2 year notice limit for withdrawal, while SB540 leaves the length of the withdrawal period up to the yet-to-be-created RO. Moreover, SB540 gives the RO complete discretion to impose any condition it chooses for any withdrawal.
We emphasize that proponents of SB540 have provided no evidence of any member leaving any Regional Transmission Operator (RTO) successfully. FERC could also add additional onerous conditions of departing the RO, which the March 24, 2025 amendments cannot prevent, as California cannot limit FERC’s ability to approve, or impose conditions on, any withdrawal from a FERC-approved market.
Overall, FERC could take future adverse actions to deny or disregard climate, environmental, biodiversity and public health impacts of continued fossil fuel and combustion pollution, undermining California’s prioritization of renewable resources in favor of coal or gas-fired generation. Despite clarion calls from the world's leading scientific institutions that new fossil fuel projects are incompatible with maintaining a livable planet,9 FERC continues to disregard the science and approve such projects.
California must avail itself of all available safeguards to limit the damage that could flow from FERC. For example, FERC could require the RO to devalue clean energy resources in favor of fossil fuels or other combustion resources and eliminate California’s ability to apply critical environmental standards to imports. This includes the social costs of carbon pollution and protections for biodiversity. For instance, the RO could allow substantial imports of electricity from Western coal-fired generation to serve California residents, perpetuating those coal power plants’ operation in other states. This would be problematic under any federal administration, but 8 Proposed Public Utilities Code § 345.6(a)(12).
9 See e.g. Oxford Open Climate Change, Volume 5, Issue 1, Scientists’ Warning on Fossil Fuels (March 31, 2025) available at https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfclm/kgaf011. 88 5
it is particularly concerning given that the Trump Administration has “vow[ed] to ramp up U.S. production of “clean coal.”10
Similarly for utility-scale renewables, California has supported land use planning to steer renewable development to areas where there are fewer on-the-ground impacts. Such policies include County planning and the Bureau of Land Management’s Desert Renewable Energy Conservation Plan, which balances protection of irreplaceable desert habitats, plants, animals and ecological processes with the development of a significant amount of centralized renewable energy (from solar, wind and geothermal facilities) by focusing on areas with the least ecological impact. Out-of-state utility scale power from the same types of renewable resources may not have similar protections for biodiversity and the RO and FERC could well favor ecologically damaging resources over adequately sited energy generation in California.
III. SB540 Would Increase Climate Pollution.
In January 2025, Brattle produced a Preliminary Day-Ahead Market Impacts Study (Brattle 2025 Study) for the California Energy Commission. The Study examined four main scenarios for expanded western regional markets, including an analysis of projected impacts for each scenario.
11 Each scenario includes a mix of participation (by utilities in California and neighboring states) in CAISO’s Extended Day-Ahead Market (EDAM) and (by other utilities in the western U.S.) in different day-ahead markets (Markets+) that will not include California. The scenarios are: the Baseline Case (with already approved EDAM commitments); the Baseline+ Case (with projected likely EDAM commitments); the Expanded EDAM Case (which assumes maximum EDAM potential/commitments); and the Split Market Case (with projected likely participation in EDAM and Markets+).
“The benefits of EDAM will depend on the size and diversity of members that join. A larger and more diverse EDAM footprint will deliver more benefits to customers in California.” 12 The Expanded EDAM Scenario is extremely unlikely as several potential participants have already committed or indicated that they will join the Southwest Power Pool markets. Given existing commitments or expressed intentions to support, however, either the Baseline+ or Split Market Case are the most likely outcomes under SB540. In that case, expanding either CAISO’s EDAM or Southwest Power Pool’s Market+, would increase total CO2 emissions from power plants connected to the western U.S. grid. While California would see reduced CO2, notably, increased CO2 in the western U.S. offset CO2 reductions in California. 13 10 LA Times, Trump vows to immediately ramp up U.S. production of ‘beautiful, clean coal’ (March 18, 2025), available at https://www.latimes.com/environment/story/2025-03-18/trump-ramp-up-production-of-beautiful-clean-coal. 11 Brattle 2025 Study, slide 3, available at https://www.brattle.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Preliminary-Day-Ahead-Market-Impacts-Study-Impact-of-Market-Footprints-on-California-Customers.pdf. 12 Id., Slide 1.
13 Id., Slide 6.
89 6
To put numbers on this net increase, in the most likely Split Market outcome under SB540, California emissions decrease by less than 1 million tons of CO2, but the Western region emissions increase by over 3 million tons, producing a net increase of over 2 million tons of CO2.
14 This is not progress but rather a step backwards for the climate.
Compounding this significant climate concern, although a claimed benefit of expanding integrated markets is improved reliability (through sharing surplus generation), the Brattle 2025 Study found that the vast majority of these “shared” or “extra surplus” generation would be fossil fuel power plants, including nearly 5,000MW of coal plants, as illustrated below. 15 14 Id.
15 Id., Slide 8.
90 7
Therefore, even without the substantial risks to our environment, public health, and rates imposed by FERC, even the studies upon which proponents of SB540 rely show that the bill would still jeopardize California’s advancements as a Climate Leader, and our ability to tackle the climate emergency.
IV. In the Midst of an Affordability Crisis, SB540 Risks Increasing California Ratepayer Costs.
SB540 also fails to include any mechanisms to ensure that California electricity rates do not increase under the proposed RO structure. While the Brattle 2025 Study showed that costs for power generation may decrease, the costs for power delivery—which are substantial— have not been addressed and would likely fall on California ratepayers. The significant costs of power delivery (including transmission buildout, and associated wildfire mitigation or transmission maintenance) are also the two principal drivers of high electricity rates in the state.16 Neither the Public Utilities Commission nor CAISO have yet conducted any studies to decipher how much the proposed RO and associated transmission buildout (which would also require wildfire mitigation costs) could increase rates.
Furthermore, given the Trump Administration’s vows to increase electricity generation with “clean coal,” it is possible that, as part of an RO, California residents would also have to begin paying for coal subsidies. There has similarly been no analysis about this potential, and substantial, impact.
* * *
16 Senate Bill 695 Report to the Governor and Legislature on Actions to Limit Utility Cost and Rate Increases Pursuant to Public Utilities Code Section 913.1 (2022). 91 8
While we support coordination with other markets to tackle the state’s energy challenges, there are ways to do so without resorting to increased reliance on potentially problematic out-of-state resources and without ceding state control over one of our most essential energy supplies.
Many of these solutions are already in place, including the Energy Commission’s Clean Energy Reliability Investment Plan, and the extent to which California eliminates barriers to and maximizes local energy supply resources. California should be focusing on reforming the state’s investor-owned utilities, prioritizing local clean energy resources, and putting the consumer, not for-profit energy companies, at the center of all energy decision making.
For these reasons, we oppose SB540 and we urge the Committee to vote no and to protect California’s authority over its clean energy policies, our environment, and the well-being of California residents and ratepayers.
Sincerely,
Roger Lin
Christina Scaringe
Center for Biological Diversity
Claire Broome
350 Bay Area
Emi Yoko-Young
Reclaim Our Power
Malinda Dickenson
The Protect Our Communities Foundation
Bernadette Del Chiaro
Environmental Working Group
Jessica Tovar
Local Clean Energy Alliance
Barbara Stebbins
California Alliance for Community Energy
92 DOCKETED
Docket Number: 24-IEPR-01
Project Title: General Scope
TN #: 261300
Document Title: Presentation - Preliminary Day-Ahead Market Impacts Study Description: *** THIS DOCUMENT SUPERSEDES DOCUMENT TN
#264264***6A. John Tsoukalis, Brattle-Group
Filer: Raquel Kravitz
Organization: California Energy Commission
Submitter Role: Commission Staff
Submission Date: 1/27/2025 8:55:48 AM
Docketed Date: 1/27/2025
93 January 24, 2025
PREPARED BY PREPARED FOR
John Tsoukalis
Kai Van Horn
Johannes Pfeifenberger
Evan Bennett
Alison Savage Brooks
IMPACT OF MARKET FOOTPRINTS ON CALIFORNIA CUSTOMERS
Preliminary Day-Ahead
Market Impacts Study
94 brattle.com | 1
The benefits of EDAM
will depend on the size
and diversity of
members that join. A
larger and more
diverse EDAM
footprint will deliver
more benefits to
customers in
California.
Several utilities in CA and neighboring states have committed to joining EDAM, while other utilities in the western U.S. are exploring a different day-ahead market (Markets+) that will not include CA.
Regional markets deliver cost savings to customers due to efficiency gains, environmental benefits through lower emissions, and reliability benefits by making it easier to manage the grid during extreme weather events.
This study calculates the benefits to CA customers if additional utilities across the western U.S. participate in EDAM.
We study 2032 as a proxy for the first decade of market operations – We use resource assumptions from utility IRPs and the CAISO’s TPP – We build off the modeling efforts conducted for over a dozen utilities in the last two years
Overview of the Study and Drivers of Benefits
95 brattle.com | 2
Market Dynamics and Expected Outcomes
• Lower emissions due to avoided curtailed energy displacing fossil generation.
Environmental Benefit
• Lower power costs for customers due to zero variable cost energy displacing higher variable cost energy. Customer Cost Savings
• Better investment environment for renewable projects. Customer Cost Savings Reduced Curtailment of
Wind and Solar due to
Increased Resource and
Load Diversity
• Reduced bilateral trading as markets trades become more profitable, lost bilateral trading margins. Customer Cost Increase
• Increased market congestion and transfer revenues. Customer Cost Savings Increased Trading
between Market
Members
• Shift from less efficient to more efficient resources, leading to production cost savings for customers. Customer Cost Savings
• Emissions potentially decline due to shift to more efficient generation.
Potential Environmental Benefit
• Better management of extreme weather events and unexpected grid challenges (e.g., outages). Reliability Benefit
• Reduced sale of short-term transmission service, as transmission is “donated” to the market (offset by EDAM TRR Settlement). Customer Cost Increase Larger and More
Diverse Pool
Transmission and
Generation Resources
96 AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
brattle.com | 3
To test the impacts for California DA market participation benefits of several potential DA market outcomes, we simulated four market footprints
Simulated Market Footprints
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Baseline Case
(Approved EDAM Commitments)
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Expanded EDAM Case
(Maximum EDAM Potential)
Split Market Case
(Likely EDAM Entities w/ Markets+)
WEIS
SPP RTO West (co-optimizes w/ M+)
EDAM (also in WEIM)
Markets+ (DA & RT)
WEIM
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Baseline+ Case
(Likely EDAM Commitments)
97 brattle.com | 4
CA Customer Benefits Increase with the Size of the EDAM Footprint AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Baseline Case
(Approved EDAM Commitments)
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Expanded EDAM Case
(Maximum EDAM Potential)
WEIS
SPP RTO West
EDAM (also in WEIM)
WEIM
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Baseline+ Case
(Likely EDAM Commitments)
These benefits are
incremental to the
benefits of the
formation of EDAM
with the Baseline
footprint of
committed entities
Intermediate EDAM
footprints likely to
produce benefits
between the
Baseline+ and
Expanded EDAM
“bookend”
CA Total System Cost
($million per year) $4,511 $4,399 $3,721
Δ to Baseline $112 $790
Δ to Baseline+ $678
Expansion of EDAM footprint could produce over $500 million/year in market benefits to CA customers 98 AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
brattle.com | 5
California Benefits from a Two Market Outcome
Split Market Case
(Likely EDAM Entities w/ Markets+)
(Assumes Relatively Efficient Seams)
WEIS
SPP RTO West
EDAM (also in WEIM)
Markets+ (DA & RT)
WEIM
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv.
CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper
Great Plains
WAPA
CO/MO
WAPA
Lower CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Baseline+ Case
(Likely EDAM Commitments)
Two offsetting effects lead to a small gain for CA
customers in the Split Market case:
CA customers experience a loss from utilities leaving the WEIM (~40% of load in WEIM today).
CA customers benefit from increased access to low-cost resources in the M+ footprint due to elimination of seams in the WECC and increased DA trading at the market seam.
Several assumptions drive this result:
A relatively efficient seam between M+ and EDAM (lower trading costs than bilateral trading in the Baseline cases). Hourly modeled real-time trading at the seam fails to capture full loss from utilities leaving WEIM, which
optimizes on a sub-hourly level.
M+ co-optimizes with RTO West, giving low-cost thermal resources in that region hurdle-free access major CA
import locations (e.g., Malin, PV).
The Split Market case assumes ~60% of load in the WEIM today joins EDAM; assuming more of the WEIM leaves
would increase the loss to CA customers.
CA Total System
Cost ($million per year) $4,399 $4,217
Δ to Baseline+ $182
CA Benefits ~$500 million/year higher in the
Expanded EDAM Case (see previous slide) 99
brattle.com | 6
The expansion of EDAM reduces gas generation and the curtailment of wind and solar in California, resulting in lower GHG emissions in the state. …
…
GHG Emissions Impacts
-4,000
-3,000
-2,000
-1,000
0 1,000
2,000
Expanded EDAM Split Market
Wind
Solar
Other
Nuclear
Hydro
Geothermal
Gas-ST
Gas-CT
Gas-CC
Coal
GWh
California-Wide Generation
(Relative to Baseline+)
CA gas
generation
falls 31%
with an
expanded
EDAM
0 2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded
EDAM
Split Market
GWh
Total California Curtailments by Case
Wind and solar
curtailments fall 10%
with an expanded EDAM
Change in CO2 Emissions
CA CO2
emissions fall
11.2% with an
expanded EDAM
CA CO2
emissions fall
3.5% in the Split
Market Case
Expanded
EDAM
Split
Market
WECC CO2
emissions rise
1.3% with an
expanded EDAM
WECC CO2
emissions rise
2.1% in the Split
Market Case
100
brattle.com | 7
Market supply cushion is the total unutilized capacity accessible by participants from available market generation in each hour, i.e., the available generating capacity not committed to serving load. It includes generators that are online and below maximum output It excludes resources that are on planned or forced outage Storage resources are further limited by their stored energy We conservatively assume that hydro, wind, and solar provide no incremental supply cushion.
We use this metric as a proxy for the impacts of market footprint on access to capacity, especially during tight-supply periods with high risk of resource adequacy shortfalls.
Market Supply Cushion Overview
Online
generator
Supply Cushion
Example
Available
supply cushion
Generator
energy dispatch
Pmax
101
0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
12:00
AM
2:00
AM
4:00
AM
6:00
AM
8:00
AM
10:00
AM
12:00
PM
2:00
PM
4:00
PM
6:00
PM
8:00
PM
10:00
PM
Coal Gas-CC Gas-CT Gas-Other Storage
brattle.com | 8
The supply cushion in the EDAM footprint is
significantly higher in the Expanded EDAM
case relative to the Split Market case.
The supply cushion is ~25,000 MW more in the
Extended EDAM case than the Split Market case.
Higher supply cushion in midday hours when
storage is charging.
– The Expanded EDAM case has more storage in the
EDAM compared to the Split Market case, as well as a
higher average state-of-charge due to increased
renewables diversity in the larger footprint.
Expanding the EDAM footprint Increases Supply Cushion
Expanded EDAM Case minus Split Market Case
Day-Ahead Market Supply Cushion
Average by Hour of Day and Capacity Type
MW
Added Supply Cushion Due
to Expanded EDAM
Focusing on the 10 tightest hours of the year, the
supply cushion in the EDAM is 20,000 MW larger
in the Expanded EDAM case than in the Split
Market case (27.8% of load vs. 24% of load)
102
brattle.com | 9
The benefits of regional markets are likely understated due to several factors:
Overstated Bilateral Market Efficiency: our simulation of bilateral markets is more efficient than reality – Hourly model fails to captures the benefit of real-time markets to economically and reliability manage energy imbalances through sub-hourly re-dispatch and energy exchange across market members. – The model assumes all balancing authorities have optimal security-constrained unit-commitment and dispatch (SCUC and SCED) in both DA and RT, making the simulated dispatch more optimal than reality. – Inefficient utilization of transmission by bilateral trades is not fully modeled, understating the extent M+ and EDAM will be able to make better use of all physically and contractually available transmission. – Transmission outages are not modeled, which would magnify the benefit of SCED-based congestion management in EDAM and M+ compared to the bilateral markets.
Normalized loads and fuel prices: the model uses weather-normalized loads and averaged monthly natural gas prices without daily volatility
– Challenging market conditions (beyond the included heat wave and cold snap), such during as the 2022 gas price spikes or 2024 MLK Day cold snap, will magnify benefits from a regional market. Illustrated by the WEIM experience of much higher benefits during those events.
– The Base Case does not reflect the limited liquidity of bilateral market during challenging market conditions Estimated Benefits are Conservatively Low
103
brattle.com | 10
The four cases simulated provide significant insight on the impact of market expansion for CA and raise questions for future analyses to address. Footprint Assumptions:
– Simulate a “Status Quo” case without any EDAM footprint, which would allow us to calculate the benefit of EDAM forming relative to just the WEIM.
– The Expanded EDAM and Split Market cases represent two approximate bookends, we could test intermediate footprints with different combinations of utilities joining EDAM or Markets+. Market Seam Assumptions:
– The level of coordination that will be achieved between the two markets is unknown. Future sensitivities could explore the impact to CA customers of different forms coordination and co-optimization across market seams. – Sub-hourly modeling could be used to calculate the benefit of 15-minute and 5-minute optimization conducted by the WEIM for CA customers and WEIM/EDAM members.
Resource mix, load forecasts, and fuel price assumptions Impact of extreme weather volatility
– Weather-relative system conditions – load, thermal generation outages, and renewable production – Daily and regional gas price volatility
Brainstorming Possible Further Analysis
104
Appendix A:
Modeling Assumptions and
Detailed Results
105
brattle.com | 12
The nodal WECC model we used for this study includes system-specific data from more than a dozen utilities in the WECC, giving us a detailed view of the western system, including:
Long-term transmission rights, contracted resources (and transmission encumbrances), generation additions, transmission additions, renewable diversity and forecast errors, and market design detail/implementation Study participants have helped refine our model by performing full reviews of relevant modeling assumptions for their systems, including transmission rights & costs, load forecasts, fuel prices, generation mix & costs, etc. – Study participants include the Balancing Authority of Northern California, El Paso Electric, Idaho Power, LA Department of Power and Water, NV Energy, Portland General Electric, PacifiCorp, Public Service Company of New Mexico, Sacramento Municipal Utility District, and other utilities, transmission owners and independent power producers – Several of these reviewers were able to provide details relevant to the CA system, including input from CAISO and others Timeline of the Brattle Team’s Western Markets Studies
Pre-2022 Studies 2022 EDAM Study 2023-24 EDAM-M+ Studies 2022 EDAM Benefits Study
We produced an updated
assessment of EDAM benefits for
five study participants, building on
the work done for the 2019 EDAM
feasibility study:
• BANC, Idaho Power, LADWP,
PacifiCorp, SMUD
Comparative EDAM-M+ Studies
We further refined our 2022 EDAM
benefits study model with input
from study participants and the
Markets+ design documents to
conduct benefits studies for several
additional utilities , including:
• Portland General Electric, NV
Energy, Public Service New Mexico,
El Paso Electric, and others
Western Market Studies
• EDAM Feasibility Study
• SPP RTO Expansion Study
• CAISO EIM GHG Structure Study
• Xcel Colorado WEIS/WEIM Study
• WEIS and SPP Integration Study
• Mountain West RTO Study
• CA SB350 Study
1 2 3
CEC Pathways Study
We leveraged our work and
modeling enhancements from all
prior studies to assess the value of a
nearly-WECC-wide day-ahead
market (i.e., an EDAM with a large
footprint) compared to an outcome
with two competing day-ahead
markets in the WECC (i.e., split
between EDAM and Markets+).
4 This Study
106
brattle.com | 13
Multi-Functional Simulation of WECC
Physical grid with ~20k buses, ~25k lines and
~5k generators represented as DC power flow
38 Balancing Authority Areas (BAAs) and
contract paths
WECC reserve sharing groups
Diverse state clean energy policies
Major trading hubs (e.g., Mid-C, Malin, PV, FC)
Bilateral (long-term) transmission rights
Renewable diversity, day-ahead forecast
uncertainty, real-time operations
CAISO, SPP RTO West, Markets+, EDAM, WEIM,
& WEIS footprints
Markets/RTO
Functions &
Configurations
Reserve
Sharing
Clean Energy
Policies
BAA
Functions
Bilateral
Contract
Paths and
Transmission
Rights
Physical
Flows and
Constraints
We employ multi-layer simulations to
represent the various physical, policy, and
operational facets of the WECC
107
brattle.com | 14
We conduct all study simulations using a nodal production cost model of the WECC with added markets, transmission rights, and contract-path trading functionality Model developed in PSO/Enelytix, which contains state-of-the-art features – Simultaneously optimizes contract path and physical constraints – Models bilateral, day-ahead, and real-time markets (including uncertainty) sequentially through multiple solution cycles – Co-optimizes storage resources with other resources in unit-commitment and dispatch – Detailed ancillary service and operating reserve modeling (including reserve sharing) and co-optimization of ancillary services with energy The study year is 2032, which aims to reflect the first decade of markets operations, representing an intermediate year that captures known changes in resource mix and transmission infrastructure Model includes two extreme weather events based on a historic cold snap and a historic heat wave – These events are modeled as single weeks in which we increase modeled loads (peak and energy) and gas prices, including gas price volatility beyond typical weather-normalized values to reflect the increased strain on the system and the ability of markets for addressing such strain – Capturing non-weather-normal impacts is becoming increasingly important due to the increasing frequency of severe weather events Detailed modeling of EDAM and Markets+ specific GHG rules which helps capture transfers into GHG pricing states – This includes the limits each market will place on sales to balancing authorities that price GHG emissions and the unit-type GHG cost representations instead of generic GHG charges
– We also model BPA’s status as an asset-controlling supplier for CA and WA, reflecting their lower cost to sell power into those zones Key Model Features
108
brattle.com | 15
California benefits from day-ahead market expansion under all four scenarios, but the incremental benefits of a nearly WECC-wide EDAM are ~3x those of a Split Market scenario California-Wide Day-Ahead Market Expansion Benefits
Summary of California-Wide System Costs & Revenues by Case ($ Million per year)
Note: Bilateral trading revenues refers to short-term bilateral trading of energy. Under our Expanded EDAM scenario, California benefits from the wider market footprint to expand trading and
reduce internal generation, resulting in $678 million lower net total system costs compared to the Baseline+ case:
– Adjusted production cost savings of $366 million from 3,200 GWh of reduced gas generation, lower purchase costs, and increased sales prices – Total trading and congestion revenues increase $182 million – Short-term wheeling revenues decline of $82 million as almost all of California’s trading partners join EDAM
Under our Split Market scenario, California similarly reduces internal generation and increases trading, but to a lesser extent, resulting in $182 million in lower net total system costs compared to the Baseline+ case:
– Adjusted production cost savings of $200 million from 1,200 GWh of reduced gas generation and slightly increased average sales prices – Relatively static trading gains and congestion revenues as trading modestly shifts between bilateral and EDAM trading.
– Short-term wheeling revenues decline $23 million as some bilateral trading dries up with the creation of Markets+
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost $5,172 $4,952 $4,585 $4,752
Production Cost $1,744 $1,440 $1,258 $1,370
Purchases Cost $3,674 $3,907 $3,968 $3,805
Sales Revenue (subtracted from costs) $246 $395 $640 $423 Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $227 $108 $25 $84
Bilateral Trading Revenues $199 $157 $23 $106
WEIM Congestion Revenues $66 $73 $55 $42
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $170 $204 $538 $292 EDAM Transfer Revenue $85 $105 $255 $112
EDAM Congestion Revenue $84 $99 $283 $179
Net TRR Settlement $0 $6 $112 $6
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues $4,511 $4,399 $3,721 $4,217 Benefit Relative to Baseline $112 $790 $294
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues 2% 18% 7% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ $678 $182
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues 15% 4% 109
Metric
Adjusted Production
Cost (APC)
We anticipate the large majority of APC benefits would flow to customers. The timing will depend on provision in the PPAs:
• Flow through provisions in PPAs would see benefits passed through to customers. • Over the longer-term this could happen through the renegotiation of PPAs. • Reduced curtailments will impact future renewable PPAs. • Our study does not estimate any feedback effects this may have on RA prices.
Short-term wheeling
revenue
Most of the impact flows through to customers, since changes in these revenues will impact transmission access charges.
Market congestion
revenues
A large share of benefit flow to customers:
• EDAM Transfer Revenues are allocated to measured demand, which is mostly load. • EDAM Congestion Revenues are placed in the CRR Balancing Account. We have not analyzed the portion that will flow to customers, which will depend on the efficiency of CRR auctions in returning revenues to load-serving entities.
Bilateral trading
revenues
Customers would benefit from revenues on trades executed by load-serving entities, but potentially not from those executed by third-parties or generators.
Emissions Emissions reductions generally benefit all CA residents, but there may be distributional impacts depending on the geography of emitting generation changes.
Supply cushion Reliability benefits flows to customers and CA residents. brattle.com | 16
Non-vertically integrated regions, such as CAISO, may have a more complex accounting of benefits to identify the portion of benefits that flows back to customers Interpretation of Benefits in CAISO
110
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 344,267 342,584 -1,683 $4.18 $3.67 -$0.51 1,439,851 1,257,800 -$182,051 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 66,003 69,998 3,995 $53.81 $52.15 -$1.66 3,551,652 3,650,703 $99,051 Real-Time Market [5] 9,085 8,472 -613 $39.08 $37.43 -$1.65 355,030 317,101 -$37,928 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 80,650 83,113 2,463 $2.26 $4.82 $2.56 182,145 400,738 $218,593 Real-Time Market [8] 9,867 9,104 -763 $21.57 $26.33 $4.76 212,791 239,689 $26,898 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 328,837 328,837 0 $15.06 $13.94 -$1.11 4,951,597 4,585,177 -$366,419 % Change in APC -7.4%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost. brattle.com | 17
California’s APCs fall $366 million per year in the EDAM case, driven by:
(1) $182 million/yr reduction in production costs as California generation declines on the net by ~1,700 GWh (~3,200 GWh lower gas generation offset by ~1,500 GWh more renewables and other generation) (2) $61 million/yr increase in purchase costs as California purchases about 4,000 GWh more in the day-ahead to substitute for lower internal gas generation, offset by lower real-time purchases (3) $245 million/yr increase in sales revenue as California sells about 2,500 GWh more in the day-ahead and does so at an average price about $2.5/MWh higher than in Baseline+ California Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
California-Wide Adjusted Production Cost
111
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 344,267 342,887 -1,379 $4.18 $4.00 -$0.19 1,439,851 1,370,114 -$69,737 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 66,003 67,264 1,261 $53.81 $52.02 -$1.79 3,551,652 3,499,355 -$52,297 Real-Time Market [5] 9,085 7,984 -1,100 $39.08 $38.29 -$0.79 355,030 305,747 -$49,283 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 80,650 80,751 100 $2.26 $2.67 $0.41 182,145 215,481 $33,336 Real-Time Market [8] 9,867 8,549 -1,319 $21.57 $24.29 $2.72 212,791 207,646 -$5,145 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 328,837 328,837 0 $15.06 $14.45 -$0.61 4,951,597 4,752,089 -$199,507 % Change in APC -4.0%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost. brattle.com | 18
California’s APCs fall $200 million per year in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $70 million/yr reduction in production cost as California gas generation falls ~1,200 GWh (non-gas generation falls also, with renewable curtailments increasing ~200 GWh) (2) $100 million/yr reduction in purchase costs despite modestly higher overall purchase volumes due to lower purchase prices in day ahead and lower real-time purchases and prices (3) $28 million/yr in increased sales revenue due to higher day-ahead sales prices and higher real-time sales prices offsetting lower real-time volumes, drive in part by the breakup of the WEIM California Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case (1)
(2)
(3)
California Adjusted Production Cost
112
brattle.com | 19
Gas Generation in California
MMT CO2
Pastoria
La Paloma
Walnut Creek
Sunrise
Tracy
Select Plant-Specific CO2 Emissions by Case
In the Expanded EDAM case, gas generation
in California declines by 31% relative to the
Baseline+ Case.
Emissions from some of the larger gas plants in
California fall across the board, but dramatically
more in the Expanded EDAM case.
The decline in gas generation in the Expanded
EDAM case is broadly consistent across all areas of
California.
113
0 20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded
EDAM
Split Market
GWh
brattle.com | 20
California trade volumes are highest in the Expanded
EDAM case, driven by increased opportunity in the
broader market footprint
Total trade volumes increase 26 GWh (21%) for California from Baseline+ to the Expanded EDAM case
Market transactions (EDAM + WEIM) make up 81% of all California trading in Baseline+ and 99% in the Expanded EDAM case
– Remaining bilateral transactions are with CFE in Mexico – Baseline market transactions are 65% of California trades – Split market case market transactions are 79% of California trade, as some seam trading returns with the PNW and Desert SW
From Baseline+ to the Expanded EDAM case, California is mainly increasing trading with the Desert Southwest and Pacific Northwest California Trading Volume by Case
Total California Trading
by Trade Type
EDAM
WEIM
Block
Short-Term Bilateral
Note: Trade totals only include short-term and market trading. Long-term resource contracts are not included in these totals. Short-term bilateral trades include EDAM-Markets+ seam trades. 114
0 50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
300,000
350,000
400,000
450,000
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded
EDAM
Split Market
GWh
brattle.com | 21
WECC-wide trade volumes are highest in the Split
Market case, due in part to transfers between the
PNW and SW portions of Markets+
Markets+ transactions between the Southwest and PNW require trading across several entities compared to more direct connections in a WECC-wide market like the Expanded EDAM case – For example, a trade from AZPS to BPAT in the Markets+ footprint requires power transacting several times across the M+ and RTO West entities in the Rocky Mountains
– In the Expanded EDAM case, AZPS could trade more directly via Nevada or California into the PNW
Market transactions (EDAM or Markets+) are the highest share of trades in the Expanded EDAM case (93% of all WECC trading vs. 77% in the Split Market case)
– Remaining hourly and block trades between the markets (i.e., seam transactions) account for the majority of non-market trades
WECC-Wide Trading Volume by Case
Total WECC-Wide Trading
by Trade Type
EDAM
WEIM
Block
Short-Term Bilateral
Markets+ RT
Markets+ DA
Note: Trade totals only include short-term and market trading. Long-term resource contracts are not included in these totals. Short-term bilateral trades include EDAM-Markets+ seam trades. 115
brattle.com | 22
In the Expanded EDAM case, California trading
increases with the new EDAM participants in the
Desert Southwest and Pacific Northwest
Hydro entities in the Pacific Northwest export 7 TWh
more to California, mostly in the morning and
evening
California exports 20 TWh more to the Desert
Southwest and imports 15 TWh more, exchanging
renewables and efficient gas
Trading with existing EDAM entities in the center of
the WECC declines about 10 TWh
– Idaho Power, NV Energy, and PacifiCorp increase direct trades with entities in the Pacific Northwest, Rocky Mountains, and Desert Southwest at the same time trades decease with
California
California Trading Changes: Baseline+ to Expanded EDAM
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy
Public Serv. CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper Great
Plains
WAPA CO/MO
WAPA Lower
CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Expanded EDAM Case
(Maximum EDAM Potential)
+35 TWh
with DSW
+8 TWh
with PNW
-10 TWh
with Existing
EDAM
Baseline+
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv. CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper Great
Plains
WAPA CO/MO
WAPA Lower
CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
116
brattle.com | 23
In the Split Market case, California trading
increases with existing EDAM members, but falls
with the Pacific Northwest and Southwest as those
regions shift to trading within the Markets+
footprint
Hydro entities in the Pacific Northwest export about
the same to California, but California exports about 1.5 TWh less to the PNW
California exports 6 TWh less to the Desert Southwest and imports 7 TWh less, reducing trading in both
directions
Trading with existing EDAM entities in the center of
the WECC increases about 5 TWh
Trading between EDAM entities within California also
increases about 3 TWh
California Trading Changes: Baseline+ to Split Market
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy
Public Serv. CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper Great
Plains
WAPA CO/MO
WAPA Lower
CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
Split Market Case
(Likely EDAM Entities w/ Markets+)
-13 TWh
with DSW
-1 TWh
with PNW
+5 TWh
with Existing
EDAM
Baseline+
AZPS
SRP
PNM
BCHA/
Powerex AESO
BPA
PSEI
TPWR
NV Energy Public Serv. CO
EPE
NWMT
PacifiCorp West Idaho Power
CHPD
WAPA Upper Great
Plains
WAPA CO/MO
WAPA Lower
CO
CFE TEPC
PacifiCorp East
SCL
AVA
PGE
GCPD
DOPD
117
Appendix B:
Individual BAA Benefits
118
brattle.com | 25
Compared to the Baseline+ case, CAISO sees
benefits in the Expanded EDAM case of $471
million/yr compared to $171 million/yr in the
Split Market case
CAISO sees an APC benefits in both cases, though about $136 million more in EDAM
Short-term wheeling revenues fall more in the
Expanded EDAM case, declining $22 million from
Baseline+ to Split Market compared to the EDAM decline
of $60 million
Total trading revenues increase $134 million in the
EDAM case compared to just $3 million in the Split
Market case
Individual BA Benefits: CAISO
Summary of CAISO System
Costs by Case ($ Millions)
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost $4,642 $4,441 $4,115 $4,250
Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $171 $85 $25 $63
Trading Revenues
Bilateral Trading Revenues $111 $88 $23 $61
WEIM Congestion Revenues $47 $55 $41 $31
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $146 $185 $398 $238 EDAM Transfer Revenue $113 $112 $228 $123
EDAM Congestion Revenue $33 $72 $170 $115
Net TRR Settlement $9 $80 $9
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues $4,167 $4,019 $3,548 $3,848 Benefit Relative to Baseline $148 $619 $319
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues 4% 15% 8% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ $471 $171
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues 12% 4% 119
brattle.com | 26
CAISO’s adjusted production costs fall $326 million in the EDAM case, driven by:
(1) $112 million/yr reduction in production costs as CAISO generation declines on the net by ~1000 GWh (~2,000 GWh lower gas generation offset by ~1,000 GWh more renewables and other generation) (2) $40 million/yr increase in purchase costs as CAISO purchases about 2,900 GWh more in the day-ahead to offset declining gas generation (3) $250 million/yr increase in sales revenue as CAISO sells about 2,400 GWh more in the day-ahead and does so at an average price about $3.0/MWh higher than in Baseline+ CAISO Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
CAISO Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 295,759 294,762 -996 $4.17 $3.81 -$0.37 1,234,372 1,121,700 -$112,672 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 53,447 56,344 2,897 $56.04 $54.23 -$1.81 2,995,068 3,055,363 $60,295 Real-Time Market [5] 6,488 6,488 0 $41.38 $38.27 -$3.11 268,462 248,274 -$20,188 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 73,205 75,653 2,448 -$0.60 $2.44 $3.03 -43,575 184,255 $227,830 Real-Time Market [8] 6,054 5,506 -547 $16.65 $22.93 $6.28 100,804 126,274 $25,470 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 276,435 276,435 0 $16.06 $14.89 -$1.18 4,440,673 4,114,808 -$325,865 % Change in APC -7.3%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 120
brattle.com | 27
CAISO’s APC falls $190 million in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $55 million/yr decrease in production cost due to gas generation falling by ~930 GWh (non-gas generation also declines, with renewable curtailments increasing ~260 GWh) (2) $67 million/yr decrease in purchase cost despite higher purchase volumes as the remaining EDAM market generation mix is renewable heavy
(3) $58 million/yr increase in sales revenue as volumes and average sales prices increase slightly due to opportunities to sell into EDAM and Markets+
CAISO Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case (1)
(2)
(3)
CAISO Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 295,759 294,501 -1,258 $4.17 $4.01 -$0.17 1,234,372 1,179,767 -$54,605 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 53,447 54,741 1,294 $56.04 $53.94 -$2.09 2,995,068 2,952,969 -$42,099 Real-Time Market [5] 6,488 6,181 -307 $41.38 $39.34 -$2.04 268,462 243,149 -$25,312 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 73,205 73,593 388 -$0.60 $0.20 $0.79 -43,575 14,409 $57,984 Real-Time Market [8] 6,054 5,395 -659 $16.65 $20.59 $3.94 100,804 111,097 $10,293 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 276,435 276,435 0 $16.06 $15.38 -$0.69 4,440,673 4,250,380 -$190,292 % Change in APC -4.3%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 121
brattle.com | 28
Compared to the Baseline+ case, LDWP sees a
benefit in the Expanded EDAM case of $66
million/yr compared to $18 million/yr in the
Split Market case
LDWP sees an APC benefits in both cases, $38 million
in EDAM and $18 million in the Split Market case
Short-term wheeling revenues decline most in the
Expanded EDAM case, falling $13 million
Total trading revenues increase $24 million in the
Expanded EDAM case compared to just $6 million in
the Split Market case
Individual BA Benefits: LDWP
Summary of LDWP System
Costs by Case ($ Millions)
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost $371 $354 $328 $336
Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $38 $13 $0 $6
Trading Revenues
Bilateral Trading Revenues $40 $39 $0 $17
WEIM Congestion Revenues $7 $9 $4 $5
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $17 $13 $81 $46
EDAM Transfer Revenue -$25 -$6 $17 -$8
EDAM Congestion Revenue $42 $19 $64 $54
Net TRR Settlement -$2 $26 -$2
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues $269 $281 $216 $263 Benefit Relative to Baseline -$13 $53 $6
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues -5% 20% 2% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ $66 $18
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues 23% 6% 122
brattle.com | 29
LDWP’s adjusted production costs fall $26 million in the EDAM case, driven by:
(1) $8.5 million/yr reduction in production costs as LDWP generation declines on the net by ~3 GWh (~120 GWh lower gas generation offset by ~117 GWh more renewables and other generation) (2) $14 million/yr decrease in purchase costs due to reduced average cost of purchasing in the EDAM market by about $2/MWh
(3) $3 million/yr increase in sales revenue as LDWP sells about 7 GWh more in the day-ahead and does so at an average price about $2.7/MWh higher than in Baseline+ LDWP Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
LDWP Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 21,157 21,154 -3 $1.29 $0.89 -$0.40 27,272 18,764 -$8,508 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 7,928 7,955 27 $46.43 $44.59 -$1.84 368,108 354,708 -$13,400 Real-Time Market [5] 431 412 -19 $27.01 $27.84 $0.83 11,642 11,466 -$176 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 1,067 1,074 7 -$7.72 -$5.01 $2.71 -8,237 -5,383 $2,854 Real-Time Market [8] 2,179 2,177 -2 $28.10 $28.72 $0.62 61,232 62,528 $1,296 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 26,270 26,270 0 $13.48 $12.48 -$1.00 354,027 327,793 -$26,235 % Change in APC -7.4%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 123
brattle.com | 30
LDWP’s APC falls $18 million in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $0.3 million/yr decrease in production cost due to ~10 GWh of reduced gas generation (non-gas generation increases by ~40 GWh)
(2) $14 million/yr reduction in purchase costs as the remaining EDAM market is very renewable heavy renewable heavy
(3) $1 million/yr increase in sales revenue as volumes and average sales prices increase slightly due to opportunities to sell into EDAM and Markets+
LDWP Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
LDWP Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 21,157 21,204 47 $1.29 $1.27 -$0.02 27,272 27,004 -$269 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 7,928 7,952 24 $46.43 $44.53 -$1.91 368,108 354,077 -$14,031 Real-Time Market [5] 431 407 -24 $27.01 $27.97 $0.96 11,642 11,379 -$263 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 1,067 1,083 15 -$7.72 -$6.36 $1.36 -8,237 -6,886 $1,351 Real-Time Market [8] 2,179 2,210 32 $28.10 $28.56 $0.46 61,232 63,137 $1,905 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 26,270 26,270 0 $13.48 $12.80 -$0.68 354,027 336,209 -$17,819 % Change in APC -5.0%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 124
brattle.com | 31
Compared to the Baseline+ case, BANC sees a
benefit in the Expanded EDAM case of $10
million/yr compared to a loss of $4 million/yr
in the Split Market case
BANC’s adjusted production cost remains about the
same in all three cases
Short-term wheeling revenues decline $4 million in
EDAM
Total trading revenues increase $10 million in the
Expanded EDAM case but decline $2 million in the Split
Market case
BANC benefits and results are not inclusive of SMUD,
which is reported separately
Individual BA Benefits: BANC
Summary of BANC System
Costs by Case ($ Millions)
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost $56 $57 $56 $59
Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $5 $4 $0 $4
Trading Revenues
Bilateral Trading Revenues $15 $10 $0 $8
WEIM Congestion Revenues $2 $1 $0 $1
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $0 $1 $21 $1
EDAM Transfer Revenue -$6 -$5 -$6 -$5
EDAM Congestion Revenue $7 $6 $27 $6
Net TRR Settlement -$1 $3 -$1
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues $34 $42 $31 $46 Benefit Relative to Baseline -$8 $2 -$12
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues -23% 7% -36% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ $10 -$4
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues 24% -11% 125
brattle.com | 32
BANC’s adjusted production costs fall $1.7 million in the EDAM case, driven by:
(1) $17 million/yr reduction in production costs as BANC generation declines on the net by ~260 GWh (~325 GWh lower gas generation offset by ~64 GWh more renewables and other generation) (2) $5 million/yr increase in purchase costs as BANC purchases about 140 GWh more in the day-ahead to offset declining gas generation and make additional market sales (3) $11 million/yr decrease in sales revenue due to ~$5/MWh decrease in day ahead market prices received
BANC Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
BANC Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 6,206 5,944 -262 $12.63 $10.28 -$2.35 78,379 61,077 -$17,302 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 689 834 144 $44.22 $46.49 $2.27 30,483 38,755 $8,271 Real-Time Market [5] 303 247 -56 $42.32 $37.52 -$4.80 12,824 9,270 -$3,554 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 1,201 927 -274 $46.64 $41.74 -$4.90 56,015 38,684 -$17,331 Real-Time Market [8] 193 293 100 $42.69 $50.17 $7.48 8,224 14,704 $6,479 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 5,804 5,804 0 $9.90 $9.60 -$0.30 57,447 55,713 -$1,733 % Change in APC -3.0%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 126
brattle.com | 33
BANC’s APC rises $1.6 million in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $11 million/yr reduction in production cost due to ~200 GWh decreased gas generation(non-gas generation falls also, with renewable curtailments increasing ~14 GWh), but does not offset revenue loss (2) $3 million/yr increase in purchase costs despite falling real time prices because of increased day ahead purchases
(3) $10 million/yr decrease in sales revenue as day-ahead sales volumes decrease and real-time volumes only increase by ~12 GWh
BANC Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
BANC Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 6,206 5,994 -212 $12.63 $11.24 -$1.39 78,379 67,376 -$11,002 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 689 776 86 $44.22 $44.47 $0.25 30,483 34,497 $4,014 Real-Time Market [5] 303 288 -15 $42.32 $39.35 -$2.96 12,824 11,352 -$1,471 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 1,201 1,049 -152 $46.64 $42.57 -$4.07 56,015 44,653 -$11,361 Real-Time Market [8] 193 204 12 $42.69 $46.60 $3.91 8,224 9,530 $1,306 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 5,804 5,804 0 $9.90 $10.17 $0.28 57,447 59,043 $1,596 % Change in APC 2.8%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 127
brattle.com | 34
Compared to the Baseline+ case, SMUD sees a
slight loss in the Expanded EDAM case of $9
million/yr compared to a benefit of $4
million/yr in the Split Market case
SMUD adjusted production cost remains about the
same in all three cases, but declines slightly more in
the Split Market case
Total trading revenues decline $6 million in the
Expanded EDAM case but increase $1 million in the
Split Market case due to increased internal California
trading
Individual BA Benefits: SMUD
Summary of SMUD System
Costs by Case ($ Millions)
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost $74 $73 $72 $70
Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $0 $0 $0 $0
Trading Revenues
Bilateral Trading Revenues $16 $15 $0 $15
WEIM Congestion Revenues $4 $4 $4 $4
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $6 $6 $15 $7
EDAM Transfer Revenue $3 $4 $11 $3
EDAM Congestion Revenue $3 $2 $5 $4
Net TRR Settlement -$1 -$6 -$1
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues $48 $49 $58 $45 Benefit Relative to Baseline -$1 -$11 $2
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues -3% -22% 5% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ -$9 $4
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues -18% 8% 128
brattle.com | 35
SMUD’s adjusted production costs fall $1 million in the EDAM case, driven by:
(1) $0.1 million/yr increase in production costs as SMUD generation increases by ~100 GWh, mostly from renewables and geothermal
(2) $3 million/yr increase in purchase costs as SMUD purchases about 60 GWh more in the day-ahead (3) $4 million/yr increase in sales revenue as SMUD sells about 200 GWh more in the day-ahead and does so at an average price about $0.1/MWh higher than in Baseline+ SMUD Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
SMUD Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 12,180 12,289 109 $0.82 $0.83 $0.00 10,044 10,179 $135 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 2,022 2,081 59 $50.40 $51.49 $1.10 101,888 107,144 $5,256 Real-Time Market [5] 861 802 -59 $41.24 $41.52 $0.28 35,520 33,317 -$2,203 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 2,101 2,283 182 $25.26 $25.38 $0.12 53,069 57,934 $4,866 Real-Time Market [8] 707 634 -73 $30.67 $33.22 $2.55 21,679 21,053 -$626 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 12,255 12,255 0 $5.93 $5.85 -$0.09 72,704 71,652 -$1,052 % Change in APC -1.4%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 129
brattle.com | 36
SMUD’s APC falls $2 million in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $13 million/yr increase in production cost due to a reduction of ~6 GWh of generation (2) $4 million/yr decrease in purchases cost because of slight reductions in price and volume in the day-ahead and real-time markets
(3) $2 million/yr reduction in sales revenues due to a $1.3/MWh drop in day-ahead prices and ~50 GWh fewer sales in the real-time market
SMUD Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
SMUD Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 12,180 12,174 -6 $0.82 $0.83 $0.00 10,044 10,056 $13 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 2,022 2,015 -7 $50.40 $49.16 -$1.24 101,888 99,068 -$2,820 Real-Time Market [5] 861 855 -6 $41.24 $39.91 -$1.33 35,520 34,121 -$1,399 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 2,101 2,128 28 $25.26 $23.98 -$1.28 53,069 51,040 -$2,029 Real-Time Market [8] 707 660 -47 $30.67 $33.15 $2.48 21,679 21,875 $195 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 12,255 12,255 0 $5.93 $5.74 -$0.19 72,704 70,330 -$2,373 % Change in APC -3.3%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 130
brattle.com | 37
Compared to the Baseline+ case, IID sees a
benefit in the Expanded EDAM case of $18
million/yr compared to a loss of $9 million/yr
in the Split Market case
IID’s adjusted production cost doesn’t change in the
Expanded EDAM case, but increases $9 million in the
Split Market case
Short-term wheeling revenues decline $6 million in
EDAM and increase $6 million in the Split Market case
Total trading revenues increase $13 million in the
Expanded EDAM case but decline $3 million in the Split
Market case
Individual BA Benefits: IID
Summary of IID System
Costs by Case ($ Millions)
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost -$83 -$85 -$85 -$74
Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $13 $5 $0 $11
Trading Revenues
Bilateral Trading Revenues $15 $4 $0 $4
WEIM Congestion Revenues $6 $3 $5 $0
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $0 $0 $15 $0
EDAM Transfer Revenue $0 $0 $6 $0
EDAM Congestion Revenue $0 $0 $9 $0
Net TRR Settlement $11
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues -$116 -$97 -$115 -$89 Benefit Relative to Baseline -$19 -$1 -$27
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues 16% -1% -23% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ $18 -$9
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues 18% -9% 131
brattle.com | 38
IID’s adjusted production costs remains relatively steady, due to:
(1) $0.2 million/yr reduction in production costs as IID generation increases by ~45 GWh, all from renewable and other non-gas generation
(2) $5 million/yr decrease in purchase costs as IID purchases about 100 GWh more in the day-ahead and reduces sales in the real time market
(3) $5 million/yr decrease in sales revenue as BANC reduces sales volume by ~240 GWh in the real time market despite increased prices
IID Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
IID Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 7,301 7,346 45 $5.81 $5.79 -$0.01 42,401 42,551 $150 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 478 635 157 -$3.09 -$2.87 $0.22 -1,477 -1,823 -$345 Real-Time Market [5] 858 520 -338 $21.90 $28.14 $6.24 18,778 14,631 -$4,147 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 3,068 3,176 108 $40.50 $39.44 -$1.07 124,249 125,245 $997 Real-Time Market [8] 733 489 -244 $28.17 $29.96 $1.79 20,645 14,640 -$6,005 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 4,837 4,837 0 -$17.61 -$17.48 $0.14 -85,191 -84,525 $666 % Change in APC -0.8%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 132
brattle.com | 39
IID’s APC increases $11 million in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $0.3 million/yr increase in production cost due to limited shifts in production and prices (2) $20 million/yr decrease in purchases cost as the remaining EDAM market is very renewable heavy, resulting in a $12/MWh decrease in day-ahead prices
(3) $31 million/yr decrease in sales revenue as IID reduces sales by ~840 GWh across day-ahead and real-time markets
IID Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
IID Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 7,301 7,399 98 $5.81 $5.77 -$0.04 42,401 42,674 $273 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 478 247 -231 -$3.09 -$14.68 -$11.59 -1,477 -3,623 -$2,146 Real-Time Market [5] 858 155 -703 $21.90 $2.70 -$19.20 18,778 418 -$18,361 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 3,068 2,893 -175 $40.50 $38.70 -$1.80 124,249 111,976 -$12,273 Real-Time Market [8] 733 71 -662 $28.17 $19.58 -$8.59 20,645 1,385 -$19,260 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 4,837 4,837 0 -$17.61 -$15.28 $2.34 -85,191 -73,892 $11,299 % Change in APC -13.3%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 133
brattle.com | 40
Compared to the Baseline+ case, TIDC sees
a benefit in the Expanded EDAM case of
$17 million/yr compared to $2 million/yr in
the Split Market case
TIDC’s adjusted production cost declines $12
million in the Expanded EDAM case but just $2
million in the Split Market case
Total trading revenues increase $6 million in the
Expanded EDAM case and don’t change in the
Split Market case
Individual BA Benefits: TIDC
Summary of TIDC System
Costs by Case ($ Millions)
Baseline Baseline+ Expanded EDAM Split Market
Adjusted Production Cost $112 $112 $100 $110
Short-Term Wheeling Revenues $0 $0 $0 $0
Trading Revenues
Bilateral Trading Revenues $1 $1 $0 $1
WEIM Congestion Revenues $1 $0 $0 $0
EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues $0 $0 $7 $0
EDAM Transfer Revenue $0 $0 -$2 $0
EDAM Congestion Revenue $0 $0 $8 $0
Net TRR Settlement -$2
Total System Production Cost and Market Revenues $110 $111 $95 $109 Benefit Relative to Baseline -$2 $15 $1
Benefit % of Baseline Production Cost and Market Revenues -1% 14% 1% Benefit Relative to Baseline+ $17 $2
Benefit % of Baseline+ Production Cost and Market Revenues 15% 2% 134
brattle.com | 41
TIDC’s adjusted production costs fall $12 million in the EDAM case, driven by:
(1) $44 million/yr reduction in production costs as TIDC’s gas generation declines by ~575 GWh (2) $30 million/yr increase in purchase costs as TIDC purchases about 710 GWh more in the day-ahead to offset declining gas generation
(3) $0.4 million/yr decrease in sales revenue and reduces day ahead sales given the large price drop of $59/MWh in the day ahead market
TIDC Adjusted Production Cost in the EDAM Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
TIDC Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Baseline+ EDAM Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 1,664 1,089 -575 $28.48 $3.24 -$25.24 47,383 3,529 -$43,854 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 1,439 2,150 711 $40.01 $44.91 $4.90 57,582 96,556 $38,974 Real-Time Market [5] 144 2 -141 $54.34 $67.78 $13.44 7,804 144 -$7,660 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 9 0 -8 $73.37 $14.18 -$59.19 625 3 -$623 Real-Time Market [8] 3 6 3 $71.28 $88.53 $17.25 207 490 $283 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 3,235 3,235 0 $34.60 $30.83 -$3.77 111,937 99,736 -$12,201 % Change in APC -10.9%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 135
brattle.com | 42
TIDC’s APC falls $2 million in the Split Market case, driven by:
(1) $4 million/yr decrease in production cost due to ~50 GWh reduction of gas generation (TIDC does not have renewable generation)
(2) $2 million/yr increase in purchases cost because of ~94 GWh of increased purchases to compensate for gas generation reduction
(3) $0.1 million/yr increase in sales revenue caused by increases in real-time revenues despite a $2.9/MWh decrease in day-ahead prices
TIDC Adjusted Production Cost in the Split Market Case
(1)
(2)
(3)
TIDC Adjusted Production Cost
GWh $/MWh Total ($1000s/Year)
Cost Components Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Baseline+ Split Market Difference Production Cost (+) [1] 1,664 1,617 -47 $28.48 $26.74 -$1.74 47,383 43,237 -$4,147 Purchases Cost (+) [3]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [4] 1,439 1,533 94 $40.01 $40.68 $0.67 57,582 62,366 $4,785 Real-Time Market [5] 144 98 -46 $54.34 $54.32 -$0.02 7,804 5,328 -$2,476 Sales Revenue (Negative = Cost) (-) [6]
Day-Ahead Market + Bilateral [7] 9 4 -4 $73.37 $70.47 -$2.90 625 289 -$336 Real-Time Market [8] 3 9 6 $71.28 $72.23 $0.95 207 622 $416 Total Cost (Negative Difference = Benefit) [9] 3,235 3,235 0 $34.60 $34.01 -$0.59 111,937 110,019 -$1,918 % Change in APC -1.7%
Note: Total production cost is calculated as the sum of [1] + [2] + [3] - [6] as sales are revenues, not costs.A positive $ amount in sales is a benefit to the entity, while a positive in purchases is a cost.
Curtailment cost/PTC value only shows the change in cost of curtailments are a price of $30/MWh for a curtailment. 136
Appendix C:
Description of Benefit Metrics
137
The APC is calculated for the BAU cases and the market cases to determine the market related reductions in APC
By using the generation price of the exporter and load price of the importer for sales revenues and purchase costs, the APC metric does not capture wheeling revenues and the remaining portion of the value of the trade to the counterparties (see next slide) Benefit Metric: Adjusted Production Cost
brattle.com | 44
The APC is the sum of production costs and purchased power less off-system sales revenue:
(+) Production costs (fuel, startup, variable O&M, emissions costs) for generation owned or contracted by the load-serving entities (+) Cost of bilateral and market purchases valued at the BAA’s load-weighted energy price (“Load LMP”) (−) Revenues from bilateral and market sales valued at the BAA’s generation-weighted energy price (“Gen LMP”) Adjusted Production Cost (APC) is a standard metric used to capture the direct variable energy-related costs from a customer impact perspective 138
brattle.com | 45
Based on the simulation results, we also estimate several additional impacts from increased trading facilitated by the market reforms, which is not fully captured in APC Wheeling Revenues: collected by the exporting BAAs based on OATT rates Trading Gains: buyer and seller split 50/50 the trading margin (and congestion revenues in EIM/EDAM) EXAMPLE: Bilateral Trade
Benefit Metrics: Wheeling Revenues, Trading Gains
A sells
50 MWh A to B
Internal
Gen Price
$30/MWh
B
Internal
Load Price
$50/MWh
The APC metric only uses area-internal prices for purchase cost and sales revenues, which does not capture part of the value:
• A receives $30×50MWh=$1,500 in APC sales revenues
• B pays $50×50MWh=$2,500 in APC purchase costs
$1,000 of trading value not captured in APC metric
Trading value = $20/MWh Δprice x 50 MWh = $1000
• Exporter A receives wheeling revenues: $8/MWhx50MWh = $400 • Remaining $600 trading gain split 50/50: both A and B receive $300 $8/MWh
Wheeling Charge
139
brattle.com | 46
Illustration of Markets+ Congestion Revenues
BA1
(exporter)
BA2
(importer)
Avg. Gen Cost = fuel
+ variable O&M
Gen LMP = Sales revenue
to BA generators
Load LMP = Purchase cost
to serve load
Avg. Gen Cost
Gen LMP
Load LMP
Markets+ congestion revenues are
rolled together and estimated
based on BA load and gen LMPs:
• The BAA is assumed to own all rights
on congested paths within their BAA,
unless we have information on third-party contracts.
• Similarly, unless we have information
on third-party contracts, we assume
congestion between market
members is owned 50/50 by the two
BAAs
• Congestion/Transfer Revenue
Payment (split 50/50) = MW x (Load
LMP2 – Gen LMP1)
140
brattle.com | 47
Illustration of EDAM Congestion and Transfer Revenues
BA1
(exporter)
BA2
(importer)
Avg. Gen Cost = fuel
+ variable O&M
Gen LMP = Sales revenue
to BA generators
Load LMP = Purchase cost
to serve load
Avg. Gen Cost
Gen LMP
Load LMP
EDAM congestion and transfer
revenues estimated based on
individual tieline LMPs:
• Congestion Payment (to exporter)
= MW x (Tie LMP1 – Gen LMP1)
• Congestion Payment (to importer)
= MW x (Load LMP2 – Tie LMP2)
• Transfer Payment (split 50/50)
= MW x (Tie LMP2 – Tie LMP1)
Tieline LMP2-LMP1
Transfer payments
141
brattle.com | 48
Illustration of Congestion/Transfer Revenues vs. APC
Generators and loads get paid/pay the prices within their BAAs • Therefore, congestion on internal transfers (between a member’s own gen and load) is captured in the APC metric. • However, congestion/transfer revenue on external transactions (to neighboring members) is not captured in APC. • In the example below, for an external market transaction, the selling BAA has a price of $25 and the purchasing BAA has a price of $45.
o The $20 difference between the seller and buyer is the congestion and transfer revenue. o $5/MWh of congestion revenue is allocated to the seller ($30 on their side of the intertie less $25 internal gen price) o $8/MWh of congestion revenue is allocated to the buyer ($45 internal load price less $37 on their side of the intertie) o $7/MWh of transfer revenue is split 50/50 between the buyer and seller ($37 on the buyer side of the intertie less $30 on the seller side)
G L
$25 $45
Tiepoint
$30 $37
Exporting BAA Importing BAA
100 MW 100 MW
Sales revenue of
export reflected
in APC = $2,500
$5/MWh Congestion
Revenues = $500
$8/MWh Congestion
Revenues = $800
$7/MWh Transfer
Revenues = $700
(50/50 split between BAAs)
Purchase cost of
import reflected
in APC = $4,500
$20/MWh Value of Transaction not Captured in APC = $2,000 142 Appendix D:
Overview of Power System
Optimizer (PSO)
143
brattle.com | 50
Modeling assumptions based on public sources and refined with input from study participants Key Modeling Assumption Sources
Assumption Category California Rest of WECC
Resource Mix • CAISO resource mix assumptions reflect the 2023- 2024 CAISO TPP portfolio
• LADWP and BANC/SMUD provided resource mix
assumptions directly during the 2022
• Participant updates for El Paso Electric, Idaho Power, NV Energy, Portland General Electric, PacifiCorp, Public
Service Company of New Mexico
• Recent IRP updates for Arizona Public Service, Tucson Electric Power, Avista, and Puget Sound Energy
Load • CAISO load assumptions are based on the 2022 IEPR mid baseline load forecast
• LADWP and BANC/SMUD provided resource mix
assumptions
GHG Prices • GHG prices are based on the CEC’s 2022 mid case, with the modeled CA & WA price in 2032 at ~$64/metric ton • We assume the WA and CA carbon markets are linked by 2032 Natural Gas Prices • Gas prices were provided by the study participants in prior iterations of EDAM/Markets+ studies.
Transmission • Participant updates for specific projects, and addition of interregional projects anticipated to be online by 2032, including SunZia, SWIP-N, TransWest Express, Cross-Tie, Greenlink North & West, B2H, Gateway Projects • Enforced physical limits include WECC-rated paths and specific constraints identified by pariticpants • Contract path limits based on public data and participant input and enforced for all BA-to-BA connections 144
Utilized the Polaris Power System Optimizer (PSO), an advanced market simulation model Nodal mixed-integer model representing each load and generator bus in the WECC Licensed through Enelytix
Detailed operating reserve and ancillary service product definition Detailed representation of the transmission system (both physical power flows and contract paths) Sub-hourly granularity (but used hourly simulations due to limited data availability) Designed for multiple commitment and dispatch cycles (e.g., DA and RT) with different levels of foresight
EDAM feasibility study assumptions updated to reflect the most recent utility resource plans and forecasts of system conditions and costs
PSO is uniquely suited to simulate bilateral trading, joint dispatch, imbalance markets, and RTOs, reflecting multiple stages of system operator decision making
Overview of Modeling Approach
brattle.com | 51
We utilize the WECC ADS nodal production cost model as a starting point imported into Power System Optimizer (PSO), as refined during the EDAM feasibility study and follow-on engagements
145
brattle.com | 52
PSO simulates multiple independent decision cycles to capture day-ahead vs. real-time unit commitment and dispatch
Independent Simulation of Multiple Time Horizons
Independent real-time decision cycle
used to simulate DA vs. RT, including
forecast errors for wind and solar
Real Time Cycle
DA Bilateral
Markets
DA block trades on
long-term
transmission rights
and incremental
transmission
D-1 (am)
Day-Ahead
Market
Intra-Day
Markets
EIM
(RT Balancing)
• CAISO, EDAM, and
RTO market clearing
• Hourly intertie trading
• Hourly trading with
long-term
transmission rights
• Hourly bilateral
trades on remaining
transmission
• WEIM/WEIS/RTO
trading of economic
energy
• Remaining Tx
released for
WEIM/WEIS
• RT balancing in BAAs
D-1 (~noon) D-1 (pm-D) D
Unit Commitment Cycle Economic Dispatch Cycle
Decision cycles capture bilateral trading, market
clearing, BAA functions in DA and RT, and market cycles (EDAM “GHG reference” pass, EDAM market, and EIM)
Independent real-time decision cycle
used to simulation
EIM functions
146
brattle.com | 53
Day-Ahead Unit Commitment Cycle: the model optimizes unit commitment decisions, 24 hours at a time (with 48-hour look ahead), for long-lead time resources such as coal and nuclear plants, based on their relative economics and operating characteristics (e.g., minimum run time, maintenance schedules, etc.), transmission constraints, and trading frictions. The model ensures that enough resources are committed to serve forecasted load, accounting for average transmission losses and the need for ancillary services. Separate regions’ commitment decisions are segregated through higher hurdle rates on imports and exports. Trading within a single balancing area, like the various RTO sub-zones, is not subject to any hurdles.
Day-Ahead Economic Dispatch Cycle: the model solves for the optimal level of hourly day-ahead dispatch and trading in 24-hour forward-looking optimization cycles, with 48-hour look ahead periods. Dispatch across the study footprint is optimized based on resource economics. In this cycle, the model also co-optimizes ancillary service procurement for each area. The high hurdle rates for unit commitment are lowered to enable more bilateral trading between balancing areas. Intra-day trading: the model simulates market activity through one-hour optimization horizons. Trading is assumed to utilize unused transmission, represented as the difference between their day-ahead trading volume and the total contract path limits.
No unit re-commitment is allowed due to the non-firm nature of the transactions. Changes to generation availability, such as forced outages, which were not “visible” during the day-ahead cycle become visible during this cycle.
Real-Time Cycle: this cycle simulates the operation of the real-time imbalance markets, such as through EIM transactions. In this cycle, the model can re-optimize dispatch levels and unit commitment decisions for fast-start thermal resources (based on the assumption that the real-time market design allows for unit re-commitment). Deviations from day-ahead forecasts (due to uncertainty) need to be balanced in real-time.
The model setup for wholesale market simulation effort contains several cycles to simulate unit commitment and dispatch decisions in three different timeframes and within different market structures. For example, cycles simulated can include are:
These cycles can take on different assumptions, depending on market structure. In a bilateral setting, all are set up to analyze utility-specific unit commitment and dispatch decisions, with each of them including hurdle rates and transmission fees that limit the amount of economic transactions that can take place between the utilities. In EIM and EDAM+EIM scenarios, all of the cycles are set up to simulate market-wide optimization of unit commitment and dispatch, including the EDAM “reference pass” cycle. In the EDAM case, there would be no hurdle rates between EDAM participants in any of the cycles, allowing the model to optimize both unit commitment and dispatch in the market footprint on both a day-ahead and real-time basis.
Simulating Several Wholesale Market Cycles in PSO
147
Types of Trades and Transmission Reservations Modelled
brattle.com | 54
Types of Trades Modeled
Unscheduled/unsold Transmission
EIM Trades
Total Transmission Capability (TTC)
Block Trades on ETCs
Block Trades on Incremental
Transmission
Hourly Bilateral Trades on ETCs
Hourly Bilateral Trades on Incremental
Transmission
Hourly EDAM, CAISO DA Intertie Trades
The model simulates the use of different
types of contract-path transmission
reservations for bilateral trading in DA and RT
• Existing long-term transmission contracts (ETCs) and
incrementally purchased transmission
• Total reservations on each contract path is limited by the total transfer capability (TTC)
• Trades are structured as blocks or hourly
• Bilateral trades between BAAs, at major hubs, or
across CAISO interties
• Account for renewable diversity and day-ahead
forecast uncertainty vs. real-time operations
• Unscheduled transfer capability released for EIM
trades in real-time
148
brattle.com | 55
Nodal Simulations Based on Physical Transmission
WECC-Defined Paths Modeled
Limits on the physical transmission
system include all the paths defined in
WECC Path Rating Catalogue
• Additional transmission paths to represent
congestion internal to each BA
• Limits on all paths and constraints reflect
updates provided by the study participants
75 149
Power System Optimizer (PSO), developed by Polaris Systems Optimization, Inc. is a state-of-the-art market and production cost modeling tool that simulates least-cost security-constrained unit commitment and economic dispatch with a full nodal representation of the transmission system, similar to actual RTO and ISO market operations. Such nodal market modeling is a commonly used method for assessing the operational benefits of wholesale market reforms (e.g., JDAs, EIMs, RTOs).
PSO can be used to test system operations under varying assumptions, including but not limited to: generation and transmission additions or retirements, de-pancaked transmission and scheduling charges, changes in fuel costs, novel environmental and clean energy regulations, alternative reliability criteria, and jointly-optimized generating unit commitment and dispatch. PSO can report hourly or sub-hourly energy prices at every bus, generation output for each unit, flows over all transmission facilities, and regional ancillary service prices, among other results. Comparing these results among multiple modeled scenarios reveals the impacts of the study assumptions on the relevant operational metrics (e.g. power production, emissions, fuel consumption, or production costs). Results can be aggregated on a unit, state, utility, or regional level.
PSO has important advantages over traditional production cost models, which are designed primarily to model dispatchable thermal generation and to focus on wholesale energy markets only. The model can capture the effects of increasing system variability due to large penetrations of non-dispatchable, intermittent renewable resources on thermal unit commitment, dispatch, and deployment of operating reserves. PSO simultaneously optimizes energy and multiple ancillary services markets on an hourly or sub-hourly timeframe.
brattle.com | 56
Like other production cost models, PSO is designed to mimic ISO operations: it commits and dispatches individual generating units to meet load and other system requirements, subject to various operational and transmission constraints. The model is a mixed-integer program minimizing system-wide operating costs given a set of assumptions on system conditions (e.g., load, fuel prices, transmission availability, etc.). Unlike some production cost models, PSO simulates trading between balancing areas based on contract-path transmission rights to create a more realistic and accurate representation of actual trading opportunities and transactions costs. This feature is especially important for modeling non-RTO regions.
One of PSO’s distinguishing features is its ability to evaluate system operations at different decision points, represented as “cycles,” which occur at different times ahead of the operating hour and with different amounts of information about system conditions available. Under this sequential decision-making structure, PSO can simulate initial cycles to optimize unit commitment, calculate losses, and solve for day-ahead unit dispatch targets. Subsequent cycles can refine unit commitment decisions for fast-start resources and re-optimize unit dispatch based on the parameters of real-time energy imbalance markets. The market structure can be built into sequential cycles in the model to represent actual system operation for utilities that conduct utility-specific unit commitment in the day-ahead period but participate in real-time energy imbalance markets that allow for re-optimization of dispatch and some limited re-optimization of unit commitment. For example, PSO can simulate an initial cycle that determines day-ahead unit commitment decisions that reflects the constraints faced by, and decisions made by, individual utilities when committing their resources in the day-ahead timeframe. The initial day-ahead commitment cycle is followed by cycles that simulate day-ahead economic dispatch, including bilateral trading of power, and a real-time economic dispatch, reflecting trades in real time (whether bilateral or optimized through an EIM or RTO). Explicit commitment and dispatch cycle modeling allows more accurate representation of individual utility preference to commit local resources for reliability, but share the provision of energy around a given commitment. 150 Internal
March, 12th 2025
The Honorable Josh Becker
Chair, Senate Energy, Utilities and Communications Committee 1021 O Street, Suite 3350
Sacramento, CA 95814
RE: Joint-IOU and CalCCA Support for Senate Bill (SB) 540 – West-wide Governance Pathways Initiative
Dear Chair Becker,
Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E), Southern California Edison (SCE), San Diego Gas & Electric (SDG&E), and the California Community Choice Association (CalCCA) write in strong support of SB 540 (Pathways Initiative), which authorizes the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) and California Utilities to integrate into a broader regional energy market governed by an independent regional organization (RO), should it meet specific statutory requirements.
SB 540 Provides Savings and Reliability Benefits for Customers. SB 540 presents a unique opportunity to reduce energy costs and improve affordability. SB 540 provides entities throughout the Western Interconnection with increased confidence in the independent governance of an efficient and competitive regional energy market operated by the CAISO, thereby attracting broader participation. With a larger market footprint SB 540 supports optimized use of more generation, transmission, and storage assets than is currently the case.
Optimization across a larger set of electrical assets increases efficiency and reduces overall electric costs for consumers. This optimization also allows for more effective pre-positioning of resources when grid conditions are tight, thereby enhancing reliability. A study by the California Energy Commission (CEC) estimates that an expanded market could save California ratepayers nearly $800 million per year by reducing reliance on expensive fossil-fuel generation and increasing access to lower-cost renewables from other states. A Stanford Woods Institute study found that under a regional market scenario, the California grid would experience 40% fewer hours of strain during extreme heat events, reducing the likelihood of costly emergency power procurement and ratepayer surcharges.
SB 540 Supports Clean Energy Investment. SB 540 will allow California to access a broader portfolio of clean energy resources and at a lower overall cost. For example, the bill has the effect of allowing California to export more excess renewable energy to neighboring states rather than curtailing their production, ensuring better utilization of clean energy investments.
Conversely, when energy demand exceeds California’s generation capacity, an expanded regional energy market will dispatch a larger pool of renewable resources with low marginal costs of operation to ensure we continue to reliably serve our customers as affordably as possible. 151
Internal
SB 540 Maintains California Regulations and Standards. Importantly, this bill retains California’s control over key policy as it applies to the state -- including environmental regulations, procurement mandates, and reliability standards – and avoids interfering with the ability of other states to pursue policy initiatives applicable to those states. SB 540 ensures that an independent regional organization continues to remain aligned with the State’s climate goals, without affecting the climate goals that other states may pursue. In addition, there are provisions for market withdrawal of California participants should participation no longer benefit California.
SB 540 provides a crucial framework for the evolution of an expanded regional electricity market by allowing the CAISO and participating California transmission owners to engage with an independent RO’s governing board under clearly defined conditions. As noted herein, this framework will help enhance grid reliability, optimize resource utilization, and facilitate cost-effective decarbonization efforts while safeguarding California’s energy policy priorities.
For these reasons, PG&E, SCE, SDG&E, and CalCCA strongly support SB 540. We urge your support and look forward to working with you to advance this critical legislation.
Sincerely,
Chris Patterson
Vice President, State Government Relations
Pacific Gas and Electric
Kent Kauss
Regional Vice President, State
Governmental Affairs
San Diego Gas & Electric
Andrew Baldonado
Vice President, State Public Affairs
Southern California Edison
Beth Vaughan
Chief Executive Officer
California Community Choice Association
152
Date: April 4, 2025
Hon. Josh Becker
California State Senate
1021 O Street, Suite 6550
Sacramento, CA 95814
Position Letter Portal
Support SB 540: Independent System Operator: Independent regional organization
Dear Senator Becker,
The Climate Reality Project: Silicon Valley Chapter, 350 Humboldt, and 350 Sacramento are all-volunteer groups of California residents working to prevent the worst of climate change in our communities and the world. We advocate for science-based solutions to the climate crisis that will carry us forward into a cleaner, healthier, more prosperous future. We support this bill, because the Pathways Initiative to create a Western-grid-wide day-ahead market (EDAM) will further our efforts to achieve these goals. Not only for California, but for the entire Western United States.
A Western RO, Why Would We Do This?
We’ve been experimenting with Western grid integration for 10 years with the Western Energy Imbalance Market (WEIM), and the results are extremely positive. So far, WEIM participants have saved $6.62B in total energy costs and avoided 1,043,034 metric tons of CO2 emissions 1 .
That’s with just the real-time market in place that covers only 1-3% of wholesale energy sales.
The inter-state coordination enabled by the WEIM has also saved California and other participants from grid emergencies that otherwise would have resulted in blackouts.
The Pathways Initiative to expand the current CAISO day-ahead market to serve the West-wide grid enhances these benefits to make the Western grid cleaner, cheaper, and more resilient.
How will it do this?
● Decarbonize the grid faster for California and the West with more renewables and less curtailment
● Save California up to $800M annually in wholesale energy costs, reducing California rate payer bills
2 2 Brattle CEC study:
https://efiling.energy.ca.gov/GetDocument.aspx?tn=261300&DocumentContentId=97632 1https://www.westerneim.com/Documents/iso-western-energy-imbalance-market-benefits-report-q4-2024. pdf
153
● Significantly increase the reliability of the grid and quickly address emergencies such as the early Sept 2022 heat wave, both here in California and across the Western grid 3 ● Provide a larger market for California solar power that today goes unused at its peak and displace dirtier energy in doing so
● Create a better investment environment for new solar, wind, and storage facilities, leading to the build-out of more clean power sooner
● Put coal plants out of business by making them compete with cheaper solar and wind power
If we don’t do this, others will:
● The Southwest Power Pool (SPP), an RTO based in Arkansas, is moving in to fill the gap with a market called Markets+
● Arizona Public Service, Bonneville Power Administration, NV Energy, Puget Sound Energy, and the Salt River Project and others are considering SPP already ● The WEIM’s current California-only governance is very reasonably not OK with other Western states. If we don’t fix it, they will simply join SPP Markets+ instead.
Failing to allow for shared governance of the EDAM and WEIM will not preserve the status quo.
It will lead to our neighbors leaving the WEIM to join SPP Markets+. As the biggest source of demand in the West, this will leave California more vulnerable to power outages and price spikes, simply because we won’t be a part of an automated market that draws from a wide range of power plants.
Being the biggest player in the West makes us more, not less, dependent on our neighbors in times of grid stress. Texas and its grid operator, ERCOT, are well-known for the large size of their electrical demand (about 60% higher peak demand than CAISO today), and are now infamous for the ERCOT grid failure during Winter Storm Uri that was avoided by the nearby SPP and MISO grids that were able to import power from their neighbors. 4 A Western-grid RO managing the EDAM and WEIM will make it easier and cheaper for California to achieve its clean energy goals. It does not replace the important policy mechanisms that are driving decarbonization in California, for example the Cap and Trade system or Renewable Portfolio Standards. It does make it more likely that these policy mechanisms will succeed in driving us to meet our goals at a reasonable cost and without grid outages that could set us back for years.
What Are We Afraid Of?
A Western-grid RO to run the EDAM and WEIM requires a state-independent board. Today, the CAISO board is appointed by the California governor and legislature. A Western-grid RO serves all of the Western states, and those states are not OK leaving California solely in charge. Of course, some of those states are Wyoming and Utah, where coal interests still rule. 4 https://sustainableferc.org/the-texas-storm-that-proved-the-need-for-grid-investments/ 3 Michael Wara study:
https://efiling.energy.ca.gov/GetDocument.aspx?tn=261263&DocumentContentId=97631 154
California’s Clean Energy Goals at Risk?
Could an independent Western-grid RO subvert California’s clean energy goals? Fortunately, no:
● From the NREL ACR-188 report about evolving CAISO into a Western-grid RTO:
“Expanding CAISO to become a multistate regional transmission organization (RTO) is an option that ACR 188 calls out specifically. The literature affirms that such a scenario would not remove the jurisdiction of California (or any other state) over its retail rates, resource planning, resource siting, transmission siting, renewable energy policies, or emissions reduction policies. However, the literature also suggests strongly that such a move would require changes to CAISO’s governance
5 .”
● The RO will only be responsible for managing the day-ahead market and the real-time market. It will not be responsible for energy and climate policy. The CPUC, CEC, and CARB will remain in charge of implementing California’s clean energy policies.
California’s Renewable Portfolio Standards at Risk?
Will the Western-grid RO put California’s Renewable Portfolio Standards (RPS) at risk? Again, the answer is no. California's RPS law requires our utilities to contract for power from renewable power plants. It's not about what they buy in the day-ahead market or the real-time market.
Here's the relevant bit from the law
6 :
(1) Not less than 50 percent for the compliance period ending December 31, 2013, 65 percent for the compliance period ending December 31, 2016, and 75 percent for each compliance period thereafter, of the eligible renewable energy resource electricity products associated with contracts executed after June 1, 2010, shall meet the product content requirements of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b).
This is a state law concerning requirements for utilities regulated by our state regulator (the CPUC). FERC's approval needed for rules for our day-ahead and real-time markets has no bearing here.
Our RPS laws also require that much of this power come from in-state generators, generators connected directly to the in-state grid, or generators with dedicated grid capacity to deliver their power to the in-state grid. Here's that portion of the same law as above:
(1) Eligible renewable energy resource electricity products that meet either of the following criteria:
(A) Have a first point of interconnection with a California balancing authority, have a first point of interconnection with distribution facilities used to serve end users within a California balancing authority area, or are scheduled from the eligible renewable energy resource into a California balancing authority without substituting electricity from another source. The use of another source to provide real-time ancillary services required to maintain an hourly or subhourly import schedule into a California balancing authority shall 6 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_displaySection.xhtml?sectionNum=399.16.&nodeTreePath=
2.1.5.19&lawCode=PUC
5 http://www.caiso.com/Documents/Expanded-Regional-Cooperation-ACR-188-Final-Report-Feb2023.pdf 155
be permitted, but only the fraction of the schedule actually generated by the eligible renewable energy resource shall count toward this portfolio content category. (B) Have an agreement to dynamically transfer electricity to a California balancing authority.
Opponents of SB 540 make the argument that the geographic area applied to our RPS rules will expand to the entire West. In previous grid regionalization proposals, the idea was to extend CAISO to be an RTO that would form a single Balancing Authority (BA) for the entire West. That got people very worried about the "Have a first point of interconnection with a California balancing authority ... " part of (b)(1)(a) now meaning anywhere in the West rather than just in California. Of course, the Pathways Initiative creators fully understand this, and that's why with SB 540 and Pathways the CAISO BA remains unchanged. SB 540 only authorizes CAISO to move the market function, not its Balancing Authority functions, to the new market RO entity.
Control of the new RO by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Will a Western-grid RO be controlled by a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) board full of Trump-appointed climate deniers?
● Maybe, but no more than CAISO is today. Despite being California’s ISO, CAISO was created under FERC regulations and abides by all FERC rules. This applies to both California-internal and Western-grid management.
● From the Yale Law School’s Environmental Protection Clinic report about this: “The key takeaway is that a move to a regional ISO would not expand FERC’s authority over California’s electricity system, because FERC already has jurisdiction over CAISO7.” ● Even the Hughes v. Talen Energy case, so often thrown out as proof that FERC will interfere with California reaching its clean energy goals, is a narrow ruling preventing states from interfering in wholesale energy price markets. The ruling itself lists many ways for states to support clean energy development without FERC interference. 8 Given
how often this case is referenced by the opposition, I recommend that people simply read it. It is remarkably clear and well-written.
● RO/RTO board members are power-industry technocrats, not political flunkies. They are nominated by the RTO members, and they are approved by the other board members.
Look at the boards of PJM9 and MISO10for good examples of RTOs with a mix of clean energy and coal/oil/gas-oriented territory.
10 https://www.misoenergy.org/meet-miso/leadership/
9 https://www.pjm.com/about-pjm/who-we-are/pjm-board
8 https://www.law.cornell.edu/supremecourt/text/14-614
7https://law.yale.edu/sites/default/files/area/clinic/document/yaleepc_enhanced_western_grid_integration_ may_2017.pdf
156
FERC requires that “the RTO must have a decision-making process that is independent of control by any market participant or class of participants.” 11 That will apply to California, but it will
also apply to Wyoming and Utah.
So, What Do We Do?
California is leading the West into a clean energy future. We have great partners such as Washington and Oregon, and we have reluctant partners such as Wyoming and Utah. Unified Western-grid markets will help all of us to decarbonize, lower prices, and increase the reliability of our electric service. Meeting our clean energy goals is going to be difficult. It is in California’s best interest to partner with our neighboring states in ways that benefit all of us, whether any given state’s interest lies in lower electricity prices, higher grid reliability, or clean energy. Doing so requires letting go of California’s sole governance of the Western-grid energy markets and sharing it with the states we are partnering with. The alternative of becoming an energy island like Texas as our neighbors partner with an SPP market managed from Arkansas is a path to nowhere that will make our clean energy transition more expensive and less reliable. With a Western-grid RO to manage the EDAM and WEIM markets, we still keep our policy-making agencies, CARB, CPUC, CEC, and the non-market functions of CAISO, and their ability to set policy for California does not seem to be at risk here.
The opportunity in front of us today is to build a West-wide energy market that will benefit Californians for decades to come. The fears about actions of the Trump administration impacting the new RO, that won’t even start until 2028 at the earliest, are short-sighted and missing the point. We take this opportunity to collaborate with our neighbors today, or we lose it for the foreseeable future. 10 years of success with the WEIM already show us that this is the right path forward for California. Let’s not let this opportunity slip away.
Thank you for introducing this measure. We urge AYE votes in the Energy, Utilities, and Communications committee and all subsequent votes.
Sincerely,
Adam Sweeney
Chapter Chair, The Climate Reality Project: Silicon Valley Chapter Dan Chandler, Ph.D. Will Brieger, Chair
Steering Committee Member 350 Sacramento Legislative Team 350 Humboldt
11 From the FERC rule governing RTOs:
https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2000-01-06/html/00-2.htm 157
Resources
Next10 report on regionalization: https://www.next10.org/publications/regional-grid The ACR 188 Final Report from NREL:
http://www.caiso.com/Documents/Expanded-Regional-Cooperation-ACR-188-Final-Report-Feb2 023.pdf
The Yale Law School’s Environmental Protection Clinic study on CAISO Western grid RTO regulation exposures:
https://law.yale.edu/sites/default/files/area/clinic/document/yaleepc_enhanced_western_grid_int egration_may_2017.pdf
Senate Bill 350 Study on economic impacts of regionalization:
https://www.caiso.com/documents/sb350study-volume8economicimpacts.pdf Supreme Court ruling in Hughes v. Talen Energy (a surprisingly easy read):
https://www.law.cornell.edu/supremecourt/text/14-614
158
SUPPORT – SB 540 (Becker and Stern) - as introduced, February 20, 2025 3/7/25 - Page 1 of 6 159
SUPPORT – SB 540 (Becker and Stern) - as introduced, February 20, 2025 3/7/25 - Page 2 of 6
March 7, 2025
The Honorable Senator Becker
Chairman, Senate Utilities, Energy, and Communications Committee 1021 O Street, Suite 3350
Sacramento, CA 95814
RE: SUPPORT - SB 540 (Becker, Stern) – as introduced February 20, 2025 Dear Senator Becker,
We are writing to express our strong support for SB 540. This bill provides the statutory authorization necessary to implement the Pathways Proposal which would make electricity more affordable for California consumers while protecting California’s procurement, environmental, reliability, and other public interest policies.
Developed by a large and diverse set of stakeholders, the Proposal would create a new, independent regional organization that would be solely responsible for setting energy market rules. The California Independent System Operator (CAISO) would continue to operate the markets as it does today, as well as continuing its role in operating the transmission system, transmission system planning, and balancing authority functions. SB 540 ensures the expertise and infrastructure that the CAISO has built is maintained, further protecting investments in current energy markets.
Creating an independent organization responsible for energy market rules would enable more utilities across the West to participate in consolidated electricity markets, making electricity in California more affordable and reliable while also reducing emissions in California.
SB 540 Provides More Affordable Electricity
This legislation, and the consolidated electricity markets it enables, would provide much needed energy affordability benefits to Californians. A new analysis conducted for the California Energy Commission (CEC) determined a West-wide day-ahead market could produce nearly $800 million in annual cost savings for California customers.1 SB 540 Improves Electric Reliability
The legislation would enhance the reliability of California’s power grid by enabling more efficient and coordinated management of energy supply and demand across the Western region. With better access to shared resources, grid operators will be better equipped to draw on a wider resource pool during peak demand periods, reduce the likelihood of blackouts, and support the 1 John Tsoukalis, et al., Brattle Group, “Preliminary Day-Ahead Market Impact Study: Impact of Market Footprints on California Customers” (Prepared for California Energy Commission, January 24, 2025). 160
SUPPORT – SB 540 (Becker and Stern) - as introduced, February 20, 2025 3/7/25 - Page 3 of 6
resilience of the grid in the face of growing challenges such as extreme weather events and climate-driven disruptions.2
SB 540 Increases Use of Clean Energy
A consolidated western energy market will maximize use of existing clean energy generation and enable a faster, more affordable clean energy future. SB 540 makes more clean energy available both in California and around the West by reducing curtailment (deliberately reducing output below what could have been produced), a growing problem for solar and wind power generators in California. The CEC study determined the expanded market would reduce wind and solar curtailment by 10 percent. This improvement would reduce air pollution by displacing other less efficient emitting resources and enhance the financial foundation for clean energy investment and jobs by enabling California to use and sell more of its clean energy.3 With 80% of energy customers in the West now served by utilities with net-zero carbon energy mandates, the demand for clean energy resources will continue to grow. Maximizing use of existing clean generation is the fastest, most affordable way to reduce emissions.
SB 540 Protects Consumers and California Energy Policy
SB 540 would permit CAISO and California investor-owned utilities to participate in the independently governed energy markets only if the new regional organization meets guardrails designed to protect consumers and ensure that California can continue to set its own procurement, environmental, reliability, and other public interest policies. These protections include:
● public interest protections in the corporate documents; ● specific roles and engagement with state regulators and consumer advocate offices including access to market data;
● transparent and accessible operations including an office of public participation; ● independent market analysis and monitoring to protect consumers; ● engagement with states, local power authorities, and federal power marketing agencies to evaluate potential impacts of proposed market rule and tariff changes to state, local, and federal policies; and
● retention of the right to withdraw from the energy markets governed by the new regional organization if participation were no longer in the interests of their customers.
The diverse set of signatories on this letter represent an unprecedented coalition of consumer advocates, organized labor, environmental advocates, clean energy developers, investor-owned 2 See Tsoukalis, et al. and Michael Wara, et al., Stanford Climate & Energy Policy Program, “Grid Regionalization in the West: Reliability Benefits from Increased Cooperation in Electricity Markets and Operations”(Prepared for California Energy Commission, January 24, 2025). 3 John Tsoukalis, et al., Brattle Group, “Preliminary Day-Ahead Market Impact Study: Impact of Market Footprints on California Customers” (Prepared for California Energy Commission, January 24, 2025). 161
SUPPORT – SB 540 (Becker and Stern) - as introduced, February 20, 2025 3/7/25 - Page 4 of 6
utilities, public power, and large customers who strongly support SB 540. For all of the above reasons, we support this legislation and request your support.
Sincerely,
Advanced Energy United (AEU)
Amazon
American Clean Power – California (ACP)
CA & NV State Association of Electrical
Workers (IBEW)
CalCCA
California Chamber of Commerce
California Environmental Voters
California Large Energy Consumers
Association (CLECA)
California State Pipe Trades Council
Ceres
Clean Energy Buyers Association (CEBA)
Coalition of California Utility Employees
(CCUE)
E2 | Environmental Entrepreneurs
EDP Renewables
Environmental Defense Fund (EDF)
Google
Independent Energy Producers Association
(IEPA)
Leap
MCE Community Choice Energy
Microsoft
Mitsubishi Cement Corporation
Natural Resources Defense Council
(NRDC)
Pacific Steel Group (PSG)
Pattern Energy
Rivian
San Diego Community Power
Sierra Nevada Brewing Co.
Silicon Valley Leadership Group (SVLG)
Silicon Valley Clean Energy
Solar Energy Industries Association (SEIA)
Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS)
Western Freedom
Western Power Trading Forum (WPTF)
Western Resource Advocates (WRA)
Western States SMART Council
CC: Senator Henry Stern, Co-Author
Members, Senate Utilities, Energy, and Communications Committee Nidia Bautista, Chief Consultant
Kerry Yoshida, Republican Caucus Consultant
162
SUPPORT – SB 540 (Becker and Stern) - as introduced, February 20, 2025 3/7/25 - Page 5 of 6
Edson Perez
Senior Principal
Advanced Energy United (AEU)
Nate Hill
Head of Energy Policy
Amazon
Alexander L. Jackson
Executive Director
American Clean Power – California (ACP)
John Doherty
Secretary/Treasurer
CA & NV State Association of Electrical
Workers (IBEW)
Beth Vaughan
Chief Executive Officer
CalCCA
Jonathan Kendrick
Policy Advocate
California Chamber of Commerce
Melissa Romero
Policy Advocacy Director
California Environmental Voters
Christian Lenci
Chair
California Large Energy Consumers
Association (CLECA)
Mike Hartley
Executive Director
California State Pipe Trades Council
Kelly Trombley
Director, State Policy, West
Ceres
Priya Barua
Senior Director of Market & Policy
Innovation
Clean Energy Buyers Association (CEBA)
Hunter Stern
Chair
Coalition of California Utility Employees
(CCUE)
Susan Nedell
Senior Western Advocate
E2 | Environmental Entrepreneurs
Jack Wadleigh
Regulatory Affairs and Market Development
Manager, Western Region
EDP Renewables
Katelyn Roedner Sutter
California State Director
Environmental Defense Fund (EDF)
Dylan Sullivan
Head of Energy Market Development, US-West
Google
Jan Smutny-Jones, Esq.
Chief Executive Officer, General Counsel
Independent Energy Producers Association
(IEPA)
Collin Smith
Regulatory Affairs Manager
Leap
Dawn Weisz
Chief Executive Officer
MCE Community Choice Energy
Robyn Hines
Sr. Director Government Affairs
Microsoft
163
SUPPORT – SB 540 (Becker and Stern) - as introduced, February 20, 2025 3/7/25 - Page 6 of 6
Austin Marshall
President/C.O.O.
Mitsubishi Cement Corporation
Victoria Rome
CA Government Affairs Director
Natural Resources Defense Council
(NRDC)
Mark Olson
Vice President of Mill Operations
Pacific Steel Group (PSG)
Varner Seaman
Director of Government Affairs
Pattern Energy
Coley Girouard
Lead, Energy Market Enablement and Utility
Strategy
Rivian
Patrick Welch
Senior Legislative Manager
San Diego Community Power
Mandi McKay
Sustainability & Social Impact Officer
Sierra Nevada Brewing Co.
Monica V. Padilla
Chief Executive Officer
Silicon Valley Clean Energy
Laura Wilkinson
SVP, Strategy & External Affairs
Silicon Valley Leadership Group (SVLG)
Stephanie Doyle
California State Affairs Director
Solar Energy Industries Association (SEIA)
Daniel Barad
Western States Policy Manager
Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS)
Kathleen Staks
Executive Director
Western Freedom
Scott Miller
Executive Director
Western Power Trading Forum (WPTF)
Vijay Satyal
Deputy Director, Regional Markets and
Transmission
Western Resource Advocates (WRA)
Dion Abril
Executive Administrator
Western States SMART Council
164
April 15, 2025
Senator Josh Becker
Chair, Senate Committee on Energy, Utilities and Communications 1021 O Street, Room 3350
Sacramento, CA 95814
Re: SB 540 (Becker) – OPPOSE UNLESS AMENDED
Senate Energy, Utilities and Communication Committee – April 21, 2025 Dear Senator Becker,
The Utility Reform Network (TURN), a consumer advocacy organization that has fought on behalf of California residential utility customers for more than 50 years, opposes SB 540 (Becker) unless amended. This bill would authorize the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) to rely on voluntary wholesale energy markets governed by an independent Regional Organization (RO). This authorization would represent a significant shift in control over energy markets along with a broadening of the market actors participating in a single regional market that includes California utilities and other California load serving entities. This shift may expose California customers to new risks that could prove difficult to mitigate.
TURN was strongly opposed to legislation in prior years that would have transformed CAISO into a Regional Transmission Organization by eliminating the Governor-appointed, Senate-confirmed board and merging the individual balancing authority areas associated with all the participating transmission owners. By preserving CAISO’s governance structure and its role as a balancing authority, SB 540 represents a different, and more cautious, approach to the development of regional energy markets. Despite the incremental nature of this new approach, TURN remains concerned that SB 540 currently contains insufficient safeguards to protect California consumers if the RO adopts market rules that frustrate key state environmental, resource planning, reliability or other public interest policies. These adverse outcomes have become more likely given recent announcements by the Trump administration indicating an intention to prioritize Lower bills. Livable planet. 360 Grand Avenue #150
Oakland, CA 94610
415-929-8876 • www.turn.org
165
2 coal-fired generation
1 , devalue production from clean energy resources, and challenge the legitimacy of state climate policies.2
TURN has been working with the author of SB 540 on various concerns relating to the RO and hopes that they can be addressed through amendments. Specifically, TURN recommends amendments to accomplish the following:
- Clarify that the RO’s tariffs must permit California to withdraw its utilities from the regional market without penalties or any need for additional approvals by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). This element of the RO tariff must be approved by FERC prior to CAISO agreeing to cede its governance of these markets. The Legislature may wish to consider a requirement that a joint concurrent resolution be enacted after FERC approves the relevant tariff but prior to the transition. - The RO must be prohibited from establishing any requirements relating to resource adequacy, reserve margins or reliability. Further the RO must not be allowed to rely on a centralized capacity market or separate energy markets for dispatchable, firm and intermittent resources. These prohibitions are necessary because the Trump administration has indicated its intent to intervene in wholesale markets for purposes of favoring coal and gas generation and marginalizing renewable energy resources.
Successful federal intervention would be far more likely if the RO managed requirements, policies or markets that go beyond the proposed Extended Day Ahead Market (EDAM).
- Authorize the California Public Utilities Commission to direct the Investor Owned Utilities (IOUs) to withdraw from the RO if there are any violations of the obligations laid out in SB 540 or changes to RO-governed markets that harm California consumers or frustrate California resource planning, procurement, environmental, reliability or other public interest policies.
- Require California IOUs and Publicly Owned Utilities (POUs) to withdraw from the RO if legal challenges result in a court ruling that any California resource planning policy (including the Renewables Portfolio Standard (RPS)) impermissibility discriminates against out-of-state resources. This protection is necessary in light of the increased risk that participation in the RO, combined with strict delivery requirements to the CAISO 1 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/04/strengthening-the-reliability-and-security-of-the-united-states-electric-grid/ 2 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/04/protecting-american-energy-from-state-overreach/ 166
3 balancing authority area, could embolden various market participants to pursue legal challenges to California’s resource planning and RPS rules. - Require California IOUs and Publicly Owned Utilities (POUs) to withdraw from the RO if actions taken by the federal government force California consumers to subsidize out-of-state fossil generating resources under Section 202 of the Federal Power Act. President Trump has already indicated an intention to use Section 202 to force all participants in energy markets to subsidize fossil generation at risk of retirement. - Require California IOUs and POUs to withdraw from the RO if a Joint Concurrent resolution is passed by the State Assembly and State Senate. - Clarify that the RPS requirements relating to energy delivery from resources outside of a California Balancing Authority must satisfy strict standards including the use of dynamic scheduling, pseudo ties, or firm transmission rights. These clarifications are needed in light of changes to energy market rules and practices under EDAM.
The adoption of amendments responsive to these concerns would allow TURN to remove our opposition. While we recognize the potential benefits of an efficiently administered regional energy market, the risk of adverse outcomes to California consumers and California policy leadership must be fully addressed in this bill.
For more information about TURN’s position, please contact the Hernandez Strategy Group at (916) 447-9719.
Sincerely,
Matthew Freedman
Staff Attorney
Cc: Members, Senate Energy, Utilities and Communications Committee Senator Josh Becker
167
DATE: April 15, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: Majority Vote
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Shelby Bush, Energy Efficiency Programs Manager
SUBJECT: Approval of the Program Plan for California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) FLEXmarket Program (Action)
Item No. 7
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
RECOMMENDATION
Approve the Program Plan for the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) FLEXmarket Program.
BACKGROUND
Peninsula Clean Energy’s mission is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by expanding access to sustainable and affordable energy solutions. Achieving this goal requires shifting uses of methane gas and petroleum to electric power (electrification) and encouraging alignment between power demand and renewable supply.
To support these objectives, in November 2021, the Board approved a Program Plan for FLEXmarket, a novel energy efficiency initiative sponsored by the CPUC. Peninsula Clean Energy's plan was granted approval by the CPUC for full cost recovery over a three-year period, beginning in May 2022 and concluding in May 2025. Peninsula Clean Energy has been among the early adopters of this market-driven approach, aligning its program with similar efforts launched by other load-serving entities/CCAs in the state. This first three-year phase piloted the program and the lessons learned are informing PCE's next steps as discussed below.
FLEXmarket is an innovative “pay-for-performance” energy efficiency program that assigns an hourly price to measured, behind-the-meter energy load reductions. Energy companies deliver efficiency and load-shifting projects and receive payments based on verified outcomes. Unlike traditional energy efficiency programs that provide incentives for specific installed measures, FLEXmarket features a robust measurement and verification (M&V) framework that leverages smart meter data across Peninsula Clean Energy’s entire service area. This approach ensures more precise and cost-effective impact measurement.
The intent of the FLEXmarket structure is to implement energy efficiency in a way that “shapes load” to benefit the grid. In addition, because the program uses a market approach that 168
rewards outcomes, allowing any technology or method that delivers benefits, it is highly adaptable to changing market conditions. It allows the top-level program administrator (PCE) to focus on managing to end performance, leaving the specific approach (customer segment, technology, marketing) to the implementers, referred to as “aggregators.” Program Impacts
Through the FLEXmarket program, Peninsula Clean Energy seeks to achieve the following outcomes:
Peak load reduction benefits
Customer utility bill savings
Energy savings
Through the first phase of the program, a total of 11 commercial projects were implemented, primarily at medium-sized commercial sites, including big box retailers, car dealerships, and discount variety store chains. The most significant savings were achieved through lighting retrofits and refrigeration controls. In addition, the program supported 13 residential customers who installed heat pumps. While these projects contributed to decarbonization goals, including residential projects made it more challenging for the program to meet overall cost-effectiveness standards as required by the CPUC. The program works well for larger, commercial sized projects so that component will continue. However, PCE will continue to explore targeted strategies to support residential participation in future phases of the program.
Overall, the first phase of the program achieved the following outcomes:
Peak Load Reduction Benefits: The program has contributed to a 10% reduction in summer peak energy usage across the implemented projects, helping to alleviate grid demand during critical periods. This reduction in peak load supports grid stability and aligns with Peninsula Clean Energy's goal of reducing system strain during high-demand times.
Customer Utility Bill Savings: While the financial incentives were distributed to aggregators, participants in the program benefited from financial support for energy-efficient upgrades. The energy savings from these upgrades will lead to ongoing reductions in customer utility bills, furthering Peninsula Clean Energy's goal of providing cost savings and energy efficiency to residents and businesses.
Energy Savings and Project Scope : The program has achieved a forecasted 1,239,437 kWh in energy savings, with projects exceeding initial savings projections by 30%.
Lessons Learned
Price Signal Design: Early in implementation, Peninsula Clean Energy set the price signal at a relatively high level to help jumpstart market participation—a common strategy in energy efficiency programs. While this successfully drove early engagement, adjustments to the incentive level did not happen quickly enough, which negatively impacted CPUC cost-effectiveness test. Going forward, PCE has refined its approach by running more frequent market tests and calibrating price signals to optimize both participation and cost-effectiveness. 169
Regulatory Learning Curve: PCE has gained a deeper understanding of CPUC reporting requirements, documentation standards, and overall program compliance. Navigating this regulatory landscape has informed internal processes and strengthened PCE's ability to manage future programs under CPUC oversight.
Program Operations and Contracts: PCE has also improved the design and structure of contracts and incentives to better align implementer performance with program outcomes. These operational refinements position us to run the next phase of the program more efficiently and effectively.
Next Phase and Regulatory Approvals
PCE’s FLEXmarket program is an example of an CPUC’s “Elect to Administer” pathway for Energy Efficiency (“EE”) program, or “ETA program.” Under California statute, CCAs have a statutory right to administer EE programs through the ETA pathway. The ETA pathway allows CCAs to design and run energy efficiency programs serving CCA customers tailored to local community needs, rather than relying on traditional utility-administered offerings. These programs must still meet CPUC energy savings and cost-effectiveness requirements.
Additionally, ETA programs are funded using dedicated energy efficiency funds collected through distribution charges (i.e., on the investor-owned utility side of the electric bill), rather than the CCA’s own generation revenue.
CPUC authorization under the ETA Pathway requires CCA Program Plan approval by their Board for each cycle before the request is submitted to the CPUC. The CPUC authorizes ETA Programs in three-year budget increments.
The current FLEXmarket program will conclude on May 4, 2025. To maintain continuity, the next phase is expected to launch in September 2025, following ETA approval. This phase will run through 2028, at which point it will transition into a broader energy efficiency program portfolio that is forthcoming.
In the first funding cycle, the FLEXmarket program has been heavily weighted toward commercial customers, with strong participation from large businesses pursuing energy efficiency and load reduction projects. PCE anticipates that the second phase of the program will continue to focus on commercial customers while also exploring opportunities to potentially extend participation to targeted residential customer segments in the 2025-2028 funding cycle.
DISCUSSION
PCE plans to submit a request for to renew its ETA FLEXmarket program from 2025 through 2028 after the PCE Board of Directors approves the Program Plan. The attached draft Program Plan is substantively the same as the original version approved by the PCE Board in November 2021.
The current CPUC-funded budget period will close this May, and the program will be paused until the new budget period is authorized by the CPUC. PCE anticipates that approval from the CPUC will occur sometime in Q3 2025, at which point the program will be relaunched.
PCE is requesting approval of the attached near-final Program Plan to submit to the CPUC.
The Program Plan is largely the same as the PCE’s current FLEXmarket Program Plan. The 170
major features are:
An open market that service providers can participate in across all solutions including energy efficiency, smart controls of all kinds, and batteries.
Inclusion of commercial customer segments with opportunity to explore residential offerings where there is potential and overlap with existing programs is limited.
Setting price points based on the state-wide “Avoided Cost Calculator” which provides a formal methodology for valuation of avoided costs such as generation, transmission, distribution, greenhouse gas mitigation and other factors.
PCE providing payments to service providers according to those price points and recouping those funds from the CPUC.
Partnering with implementation firms to deliver the FLEXmarket.
Providing formal measurement and verification, as well as auditing, to the CPUC consistent with CPUC requirements.
Coordinating with PG&E and other providers on program details to ensure resources provided are not double-counted in local and state programs.
Delivering demand reduction benefits during periods of grid stress during the summer period.
Of note, PCE’s billing data provider Calpine Energy Solutions is providing program admin services through an M&V technology firm called Recurve, and PCE will onboard additional support services for reporting and other administration as needed. Specific contracts that may be considered under this program would come to the Board at a future date.
PCE’s ETA FLEXmarket program is part of a longer-term strategy to expand the energy efficiency programs PCE can offer without relying on its generation revenue. In addition to the ETA pathway, CCAs also have a statutory right to administer EE programs through what is referred to as the Apply to Administer (“ATA”) pathway. In February 2026, PCE plans to submit an application to the CPUC under the ATA pathway to launch an expanded portfolio of EE programs in January 2028. PCE is pursuing a new three-year ETA in order to maintain its FLEXmarket program until it can be rolled into the larger ATA portfolio beginning in 2028.
The Apply to Administer (“ATA”) pathway provides an alternative to the Elect to Administer (“ETA”) approach, offering CCAs the opportunity to pursue larger budgets for energy efficiency programs. Unlike ETA, which features a streamlined, automatic approval process but comes with a limited budget, ATA requires CCAs to submit a detailed application to the CPUC. This application must demonstrate how the proposed programs will meet the same standards investor-owned utilities must follow, including energy savings goals, cost-effectiveness requirements, and other regulatory benchmarks. While ATA offers significantly greater funding potential, it involves a more rigorous approval process and ongoing reporting and compliance obligations, making it a more resource-intensive pathway for CCAs. PCE's Board will receive additional details on the ATA plan later this year as the plans advance.
On April 14, 2025, PCE staff presented the FlexMarket Program Plan to the Executive Committee. Following discussion and questions, the Committee voted unanimously to recommend that the Board of Directors approve the Program Plan.
FISCAL IMPACT
171
Approval of the Draft Program Plan has no immediate fiscal impact. If the plan is approved by the CPUC and implemented by PCE it will result in expenditures that will be fully recovered from Public Purpose funds. Specific contracts that will be considered under this program will come to the Board for approval at a future date.
ATTACHMENTS:
2025.04.15 BOD Programs FLEXMarket_Program Plan DRAFT.docx 172
RESOLUTION NO. _____________
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY, COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF
CALIFORNIA
APPROVAL OF THE PROGRAM PLAN FOR CALIFORNIA PUBLIC UTILITIES
COMMISSION (CPUC) FLEXMARKET PROGRAM (ACTION)
RESOLVED, by the Peninsula Clean Energy Authority of the County of San Mateo, State of California, that
WHEREAS, PCE was formed on February 29, 2016; and
WHEREAS, Peninsula Clean Energy’s mission is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by expanding access to sustainable and affordable energy solutions; and WHEREAS, reducing and shifting electricity demand to better align with renewable energy supply is a key strategy in support of that mission; and WHEREAS, PCE has implemented FLEXmarket, a pay-for-performance energy efficiency program funded by the California Public Utilities Commission, since May 2022, which has achieved measurable peak load reduction and energy savings, and is set to conclude in May 2025; and
WHEREAS, under California statute, Community Choice Aggregators such as PCE are authorized to design and administer energy efficiency programs through the California Public Utilities Commission's Elect to Administer (ETA) pathway, using dedicated public purpose funds; and
WHEREAS, continuing FLEXmarket through the CPUC’s ETA pathway supports PCE’s strategic goal of diversifying funding sources for customer programs, by utilizing fully reimbursable public purpose funds; and
WHEREAS, PCE seeks to continue its FLEXmarket program through 2028 under the ETA pathway, and has developed a Draft Program Plan that aligns with CPUC requirements and builds on lessons learned from the initial implementation; and NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY DETERMINED AND ORDERED that the Board of Directors hereby approves the Program Plan for the CPUC funded FLEXmarket Program (2025–2028) and delegates authority to the Chief Executive Officer to finalize and submit the plan to the CPUC for approval.
173
Peninsula Clean Energy (PCE)
Demand FLEXmarket Program
Implementation Plan
Program Manual
Measurement & Verification Plan
PCE01
March 27, 2025
Version 3
174
Table of Contents
1. Program Overview .................................................................................................................... 5 Program Budget and Savings .................................................................................................... 5
2. Implementation Plan Narrative ................................................................................................ 7 Program Description: ................................................................................................................ 7
3. Supporting Documents ........................................................................................................... 18 Program Manuals and Program Rules .................................................................................... 18 Program Theory and Program Logic Model............................................................................ 18 Process Flow Chart.................................................................................................................. 19 Incentive Tables, Workpapers, Software Tools ...................................................................... 19 Quantitative Program Targets ................................................................................................ 20 Diagram of Program................................................................................................................ 21 Evaluation, Measurement & Verification (EM&V).................................................................. 21 Normalized Metered Energy Consumption (NMEC)............................................................... 21
4. PCE Demand FLEXmarket Program Manual ........................................................................... 21 How the PCE Demand FLEXmarket Works.............................................................................. 21 Commercial Enrollment .......................................................................................................... 22 Residential Enrollment............................................................................................................ 23
5. Eligibility Requirements .......................................................................................................... 24 Aggregator Eligibility............................................................................................................... 24 Project and Customer Eligibility.............................................................................................. 24 Qualifying Measures ............................................................................................................... 25
6. Project Enrollment Process..................................................................................................... 26 Pre-Enrollment..................................................................................................................... 26 Enrollment .............................................................................................................................. 26 Engineering Review Thresholds.............................................................................................. 27 Approval.................................................................................................................................. 27
7. Incentive Payments................................................................................................................. 28 Upfront Incentives .................................................................................................................. 28 How Incentives are Calculated ............................................................................................... 28 How Payments Are Made ....................................................................................................... 29 175
Invoicing and Payment............................................................................................................ 32
8. Additional Services.................................................................................................................. 32 Co-Branding ............................................................................................................................ 32 Exploring Project Value: How much is your project worth?................................................... 33 Estimating and Forecasting Value........................................................................................... 33 Customer Optimization to Maximize Value............................................................................ 33 Understanding Avoided Cost .................................................................................................. 34 Audits ...................................................................................................................................... 34
9. Sub-Program Quality Assurance Provisions............................................................................ 35 Quality Assurance Plan ........................................................................................................... 35 Aggregator Roles and Responsibilities.................................................................................... 35 Selecting Completed Projects for Inspection.......................................................................... 35 Field Inspections Process and Scope ...................................................................................... 36 Photo Inspections ................................................................................................................... 36 QA Inspection Report.............................................................................................................. 37
10. Other Program Metrics........................................................................................................... 37 Population-level NMEC M&V Plan............................................................................. 38
1. Summary ................................................................................................................................. 38
2. Analytical Methods and Calculation Software Selection........................................................ 38 Payable Savings....................................................................................................................... 40 Claimable Savings.................................................................................................................... 41
3. Calculation of Gross and Net Savings ..................................................................................... 42 Gross Savings .......................................................................................................................... 42 Baseline Calculation................................................................................................................ 42 Normalization for Weather and Other Factors....................................................................... 42 Interpolation of Missing Savings............................................................................................. 43 Adjusted Gross and Net Savings ............................................................................................. 44 Outlier Site & Non-Routine Event Identification .................................................................... 47
4. Hourly Load Shape and Peak Impact Calculations.................................................................. 50
5. Data Collection........................................................................................................................ 51 Data Security........................................................................................................................... 51 176
Data Collection........................................................................................................................ 51
6. Monitoring and Documentation QA/QC Over Reporting Period ........................................... 52
7. M&V Related Plans for Project Types, Design, Payments, Measures and Cost Effectiveness52 Permissible Project Types ....................................................................................................... 52
8. Program Design Criteria and Fractional Savings Uncertainty (FSU) ....................................... 53 Program Design Criteria.......................................................................................................... 53 Fractional Savings Uncertainty ............................................................................................... 53 Payments and Incentives ........................................................................................................ 55 Qualifying Measures ............................................................................................................... 61 Cost Effectiveness ................................................................................................................... 61
9. Eligibility Criteria ..................................................................................................................... 61
10. Effective Useful Life (EUL)....................................................................................................... 63
11. Methods, Payment Terms, and Risk ....................................................................................... 66 Methods for Payable and Claimable Savings.......................................................................... 66 Payment Terms ....................................................................................................................... 66 Risk Mitigation ........................................................................................................................ 66
12. To Code Savings Compliance .................................................................................................. 68
13. Bid M&V Plan .......................................................................................................................... 68 ATTACHMENT A. Tools, Methods, Analytical Approaches and Software Criteria.... 1 177
1. Program Overview
The PCE Demand FLEXmarket program offers aggregators a performance-based pathway to deliver energy efficiency and demand flexibility solutions.
Using a price-driven NMEC model, aggregators are compensated based on verified energy savings and Total System Benefits (TSB) achieved. This approach reduces transaction costs, prioritizes high-value customers, and maximizes energy savings and grid benefits while ensuring sector-specific evaluation and reporting.
Program Budget and Savings
Table 1: Program Budget and Savings
1 Program Name FLEXMarket
2 Program ID number PCE01
3 Program Implementer TBD
4 Portfolio Administrator Peninsula Clean Energy
5 Program Implementer Type (IOU Core, Third-Party Solicited, REN/CCA)REN/CCA 6 Portfolio Segment (Resource Acquisition,
Equity, Market Support, or Codes and
Standards)1
Resource Acquisition
7 Total Program Budget $2,974,493.93
8 Program Budget by Year $991,497.98
9 Program Duration (Start Date - End Date) August 1, 2025 – July 31, 2028
10 Total System Benefit (TSB)
(Total Program TSB and TSB by Program Year)
Total: $4,607,511.22
2025: $0.00
2026: $1,978,834.52
2027: $2,544,725.50
2028: $83,951.21
1 D.21-05-031 Ordering Paragraph 2
178
Table 1: Program Budget and Savings
11 CO2 (Lifecycle, First Year, Net, Gross) Lifecycle Gross CO2:
22,527
Lifecycle Net CO2:
21,401
First Year Gross CO2:
2,311
First Year Net CO2: 2,195
12 KW (First Year, Net, Gross) First Year Net kW: 1,938 First Year Gross kW: 2,040
12 KWh (Lifecycle, First Year, Net, Gross) Lifecycle Gross KWh:
86,928,000
Lifecycle Net KWh:
82,581,600
First Year Gross KWh:
7,074,000
First Year Net KWh:
6,720,300
13 Therms (Lifecycle, First Year, Net, Gross) Lifecycle Gross Therms: 0 Lifecycle Net Therms: 0
First Year Gross Therms: 0
First Year Net Therms: 0
14 Program Cost Effectiveness: Total Resource
Cost (TRC): (Total TRC and TRC by Year)
Total TRC: 1.13
2025: N/A
2026: 1.15
2027: 1.11
2028: 1.19
179
Table 1: Program Budget and Savings
15 Program Cost Effectiveness: Program
Administrator Cost (PAC): (Total PAC and PAC
by Year)
Total PAC: 1.76
2025: N/A
2026: 1.87
2027: 1.84
2028: 1.92
16 Market Sector(s) (i.e., residential, commercial,
industrial, agricultural, public or cross-cutting)
If multi-sector, provide estimated % of the
total budget for each sector)
Commercial 90%,
Residential 10%
17 Program Type (i.e., Non-resource, Resource) Resource 18 Delivery Type(s) (i.e., Upstream-Manufactured, Midstream-Distributor, Midstream-Retail, Downstream, Downstream -
Direct Install,2 Codes & Standards)3
Downstream
19 Intervention Strategies (e.g., Strategic Energy
Management (SEM), Market Access Program
(MAP), Direct Install, Incentive, Finance, Audit,
Technical Assistance, Advocacy, Training,
Marketing and Outreach, etc.)
Incentive
20 M&V Methods (e.g., Deemed, Custom, NMEC
– Population, NMEC – Site, SEM M&V,
Randomized Controlled Trial (RCT), Other (if
applicable, describe Other M&V method))
NMEC – Population
2. Implementation Plan Narrative
Program Description:
The PCE Demand FLEXmarket program will offer a flexible path for aggregators4 of commercial & residential customers to bridge the gap of customer needs, PCE’s energy efficiency (EE) resource needs, and grid reliability. A price-based population Normalized Metered Energy Consumption (NMEC) program design
2 https://cedars.sound-data.com/deer-resources/deemed-measure-packages/guidance/ 3 Database for Energy Efficiency Resources (DEER) 2026 Delivery Types 4 Aggregators are participating vendors or program partners who generate energy efficiency and/or demand savings for an aggregated group of customers.
180
will support the delivery of cost-effective savings (and potential decarbonization) to help meet PCE’s goals and optimize energy usage for commercial & residential customers. Performance incentives and payment structures will push aggregators to deliver maximum savings and optimized load shapes that maximize system benefits.
PCE will leverage Recurve as an M&V partner. Recurve is tasked with providing software for project processing ,determining customer eligibility, analytics, determining payments to aggregators and more.
PCE will contract with a firm or potentially bring in house, aggregator relationship management, Project processing and other tasks.
Under the program, all aggregator payments are tied to the delivery of savings.
Aggregators will leverage capital upfront to deliver the savings and will be compensated for the total program value delivered (Total System Benefit after programmatic adjustments described in the M&V plan), net of the marketplace management fees and non-energy private investment for their projects.
Marketplace management costs include general and administrative (G&A) overhead, direct implementation non-incentive (DINI), M&V, and marketing, education and outreach. These management costs are forecasted at 25% of the total program budget.
The relationship management team will recruit and contract with multiple qualified aggregators and will support them directly with eligibility and prioritization analytics to identify and engage the highest value customers based on the aggregators' business model. Aggregators recruit customers and install projects. Recurve will then track the NMEC verified impacts in the Recurve Platform. PCE will pay aggregators quarterly, based on the impacts achieved and the auditable record of performance for each aggregator’s portfolio.
Portfolios are categorized by market sector and by the Program years, meaning an aggregator will only have a Commercial Portfolio if they submit projects to the Commercial FLEXmarket and a Residential Portfolio if they submit projects to the Residential FLEXmarket. This separation ensures sector-specific evaluation and reporting. The core objectives of this program are as follows:
Pay aggregators on measured savings performance and total program value delivered (Total System Benefits (TSB) after adjustments detailed in the accompanied M&V plan), incentivizing aggregators to pursue projects and measures that produce the most savings.
Reducing transaction costs for aggregators, PCE, and end customers. 181
Improving diversity in the vendor pool that provides demand flexibility services.
Customer prioritization to drive outsized savings impacts.
See flow diagram in Supporting Documents Section, Process Flow for more detail.
Pricing, payments and incentives are included in Supporting Documents, Program Plan.
Performance Tracking:
The core strategy of this program is to enable a market-driven, performance-based approach to energy efficiency. As a FLEXmarket program, it is designed to be measure-agnostic, allowing aggregators to develop and implement the most effective solutions based on real-world performance rather than predetermined project types. Rather than dictating specific technologies or energy savings thresholds, the program relies on Total System Benefit (TSB) and adherence to the NMEC Rulebook5 as the primary indicators of success.
Metric Target
1 Total System Benefit (TSB) $4,607,511.22
4 Fraction of Completed Customer Survey 70%
By focusing on TSB and NMEC Rulebook adherence, this program ensures that energy savings are measurable, verifiable, and aligned with cost-effectiveness and grid benefit goals. Given that savings during summer peak hours provide the greatest value, aggregators will naturally be drawn to projects that optimize reductions during these periods. This approach maximizes benefits while maintaining the flexibility needed to encourage innovative and high-impact energy efficiency solutions. We will consider including additional metrics in future contracting opportunities.
Program Delivery and Customer Services:
The core strategy of this program is simplification and flexibility. Qualified aggregators will have the flexibility to meet commercial & residential customers
5 Rulebook for Programs and Projects Based on Normalized Metered Energy Consumption, January 7, 2020 https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/-/media/cpuc-website/files/legacyfiles/n/6442463694-nmec-rulebook2-0.pdf 182
in terms of energy needs, technology fit, and project cost. Rather than a prescriptive set of program offerings, aggregators will develop their offerings around a core set of targeted solutions (e.g., HVAC, Lighting, Heat Pumps, Water Heaters, Building Shell, Refrigeration, and controls) and optimize the meter-based performance to maximize benefits to PCE, the grid and the customer.
The range of services, products and tools that are provided by the aggregators to customers is diverse. They will have full flexibility to propose services, tools, or interventions (as defined in the “Eligibility” and “Qualifying Measures” section in the attached M&V plan) to customers to encourage adoption, effectuate consumption changes, and manage energy. Recurve will provide core services and tools to PCE and aggregators in the form of an operational platform to identify, enroll, track, and settle the energy efficiency resources delivered through this program.
This program is not specifically designed to address hard-to-reach customer segments, but it is flexible and is a viable program concept for doing so. If aggregators have a business model that can serve hard-to-reach customers effectively, they will be highly valuable participants in the Marketplace.
This program cannot be combined with other PA programs or incentives, as all M&V tracking and incentive payments are measured at the meter. Allowing multiple incentives would result in double payments, as there is no way to exclude those savings from FLEXmarket calculations.
Program Design and Best Practices:
The key program strategies and tactics to reduce barriers for program participation for targeted customers are:
Reduce technical and administrative barriers associated with traditional deemed, custom, and site-specific NMEC project development pathways.
These delivery pathways are not only burdensome for aggregators and contractors, but also for customers.
Matching customers with aggregators who are best-equipped to meet their needs and tying those needs to grid-optimized solutions (as valued in the avoided cost calculator (ACC) adopted by the Commission).
Leveraging a key benefit of population-level NMEC programs - the inclusion of to-code savings opportunities and thereby reducing so-called “stranded” savings opportunities, while simultaneously removing the administrative challenges of excluding to-code impacts.
183
The program anticipates that a specific set of technologies will be best suited to maximizing the avoided costs, but their adoption (and appropriate incentive levels) will be a function of the customer needs, financing requirements, and other funding mechanisms available to the aggregator to promote adoption through financing options or shared costs.
The Demand FLEXmarket is adopting three key best practices. The first is focusing on market design rather than program or project design to draw in the maximum number of solutions from aggregators. The second is setting the price for energy savings based on the total program value delivered net of marketplace management cost. And third, managing risk by only paying aggregators for the value delivered. Program value is defined as TSB after any programmatic adjustments defined in the M&V plan. This strategy protects the rate-payer risk of investing in programs that may not deliver value and creates the proper incentives for aggregators to mobilize and deliver the maximum benefit possible.
The Recurve platform is critical to the strategy, administration and implementation of the Demand FLEXmarket program. It provides the necessary analytic tools to bridge the flow of information between PCE, aggregators, and evaluators. The primary elements of Recurve’s platform to be leveraged are outlined below.
The Resource Planner module will help identify end customers with the highest potential for savings. Using Resource Planner, Recurve computes a suite of customer usage characteristics or “features”, based exclusively on pre-program consumption data. These features are calculated for every customer and range from simple summations (e.g. total annual MWh usage) to normalized metrics (e.g. the percentage of usage from cooling) to more complex load characteristics (e.g. baseload, evening ramp).
184
Figure 1: Resource Planner Module - Prioritization Analysis Recurve will segment the PCE service area by load shape and develop a customer and usage analysis. Some customers may have little potential for savings from a particular measure, while others present a significant opportunity.
The relationship management team will work with aggregators to identify high priority customers within the segments they serve and the solutions they are capable of providing.
The program team may also provide an analysis to qualified aggregators of projects they implemented within PCE’s service area in previous program years.
This analysis would generate the information required for aggregators to know which of their interventions at specific customer types deliver maximum grid benefits.
The Fleet Manager module provides ongoing tracking of building-level energy savings and is the foundation of automated M&V. Each demand-side asset (e.g, energy efficiency participant) is tracked for savings using open-source, replicable methods. Savings will be updated on a monthly basis as new data is ingested.
Fleet Manager provides some key features including:
CalTRACK savings tracking for the duration of the program term Continually updated savings values for kWh and therm values 185
Tracking and access to all of the data and savings results at an individual meter/project level
The ability to define and assess relevant cohorts6 for which data are available
The ability to view savings performance at a portfolio, cohort, and individual project level
API functionality to allow for accessing data for any desired additional analysis
Figure 2: Program and Portfolio Savings Tracking in Fleet Manager The Ledger module turns metered savings into transactions. With the savings calculations serving as a basis of payment for aggregators, a system of record is needed to record savings and payments to third parties in an auditable, transparent fashion. The Ledger supports payment invoicing and regulatory filings backed by a full audit trail of all historical transactions as visualized in Figure 3 below.
The Flex Ledger provides for:
Custom Portfolio Valuation Functions
Custom Eligibility Rules
Custom Configurations
6 Cohorts are defined as portfolios of projects grouped by various metadata (such as aggregator, measure type, installation month, etc.)
186
Non-Routine Event Tracking
Full Auditability of Transaction Records
Regulatory Reporting
Figure 3: Flex Ledger Module Tracking Incentive Payments Owed and Due Innovation:
The primary objective of this program is to simplify the path for PCE to translate allocated budgets for energy efficiency into actual results in the most streamlined and scalable manner possible. FLEXmarket does so by:
1. Combining pay-for-performance with an aggregator marketplace designed to deliver savings impacts with an upfront price signal;
2. Consistent, transparent meter-based quantification of impacts, and;
3. An auditable performance payment structure.
187
Figure 4: Demand FLEXmarket Concept
The innovation in this model involves overcoming the barriers of entry for qualified aggregators, ensuring that the program pays only for grid benefits delivered, and validating the impacts for both customers and the grid. This will enable a tighter connection of energy efficiency program investments with the grid impacts that drive significant value in increasing reliability, meeting climate goals, and improving the lives and livelihoods in the communities they serve.
The core innovation principles of the Demand FLEXmarket program are simplification, flexibility and scale and have been designed specifically to deploy resources in this grid reliability emergency rapidly.
The program brings simplification by reducing or eliminating common technical and administrative barriers associated with traditional prescriptive EE programs.
These delivery pathways are not only burdensome for aggregators, but also for end customers. With the Demand FLEXmarket delivery model, project and customer enrollment are streamlined while still retaining the necessary quality assurance/ quality control (QA/QC) checks on paperwork. The program reduces transaction costs and administrative burden by measuring savings at the meter after project installation and paying only for delivered value, rather than burdening aggregators with administrative bottlenecks and extensive reviews up front to receive a rebate.
188
Figure 5: General Aggregator Process for Demand FLEXmarket The Demand FLEXmarket program brings flexibility by allowing qualified aggregators to meet the individual needs of end customers in terms of energy savings, comfort, technology fit, and project cost. Rather than a prescriptive set of program offerings, aggregators will deliver solutions oriented around peak savings and TSB delivered. By leaving the solution set open-ended but fixing the price to savings delivered and providing consistency in tracking impacts, the range of possible solutions is determined by optimizing between cost and benefits, rather than prescribing a fixed program solution to a customer.
The program achieves scale by leveraging the growing number of aggregators participating in the Marketplace. Qualified aggregators can join any Marketplace after signing a Flexibility Purchase Agreement and agreeing to program rules. This increases competition and vendor diversity that will create scale in the marketplace to ensure the program addresses stranded opportunities and realizes efficiency potential.
The other key innovation is that payments to aggregators will be based on the TSB (after adjustments described in the M&V plan) of the portfolio of projects they deliver, net of the marketplace management costs and non-energy private investment. Marketplace management costs include general and administrative (G&A) overhead, direct implementation non-incentive (DINI), M&V, and marketing, education and outreach. These management costs are forecasted at 25% of the total program budget. Aggregators will target customers and optimize their budget by increasing savings impacts and finding the right shared cost point for customers to "say yes" to a project. It is in the hands of the aggregator to maximize their performance payments across their portfolio by achieving the greatest benefits (savings and demand impacts). 189
By focusing on the total program value delivered (both as presented through analytics and motivated through price), aggregators will have the tools and resources to improve their portfolio over time, manage risk, and be paid for the actual value delivered to PCE. Underperformance by an aggregator will likewise signal either modifications to their delivery model or exit from the Marketplace with no additional risk to ratepayers.
Pilots:
This section is not applicable to this program.
Workforce Education and Training:7
The Demand FLEXmarket program does not have a direct component for workforce education and training.
Workforce Standards:8
Aggregators that join the Demand FLEXmarket program will adhere to all requirements for workforce standards established by the Commission.9 As part of the intake and review process, aggregators will provide all necessary qualifications and licensure to perform the proposed work.
Disadvantaged Worker Plan:10
The Demand FLEXmarket program does not have a direct component for targeting disadvantaged workers
Market Access Programs:
This section is not applicable.
Additional information:
This section is forthcoming… “Describe additional information required by CPUC decision, resolution, or ruling, as applicable. Indicate decision, resolution, or ruling and page numbers.”
7 D.18-05-041, pages 20-21 and Ordering Paragraph 7
8 D.18-10-008, Ordering Paragraph 1-2 and Attachment B, Section A-B, page B-1 9 D.18-10-008
10 D.18-10-008, Attachment B, Section D, page B-9
190
Supporting Documents
Program Manuals and Program Rules
A program manual containing rules for participation is provided with this implementation plan and is also integrated into the Demand FLEXmarket web page, found at www.demandflexmarket.com.
Program Theory and Program Logic Model
The essence of the program theory for the Demand FLEXmarket program is price signaling. The program establishes a flexible structure (i.e., a market design) by which aggregators can offer direct value from energy efficiency investments, and PCE can then purchase that value directly.
Unlike a traditional program, PCE is not buying the service, but the commodity - a stream of net benefits - from the aggregator. Historic barriers to program implementation have included rigid program designs with fixed technology incentives and pre-payment for program services which risked program savings delivered. In the Marketplace model, the program theory holds that the aggregators will act to optimize the value they can deliver, based on the price offered.
Aggregators are typically already familiar with the barriers for their targeted customer groups and have the flexibility to devise solutions to address those barriers for the customer groups that are likely to adopt similar technologies offered by the aggregators.
PCE gets the benefit of the value delivered at a price aligned with the Commission's Avoided Costs Calculator and with a protection against exceeding spending thresholds by only paying for value delivered above and beyond the Marketplace management costs.
Marketplace Logic Model
191
Process Flow Chart
The following graphic illustrates the process flow for Demand FLEXmarket projects and portfolios.
Incentive Tables, Workpapers, Software Tools
The Demand FLEXmarket program is a population-level NMEC program and does not have fixed measures or incentives. Workpapers or deemed savings values are not part of the program plan, but may be used for initial forecasts. The program’s M&V plan describes the approach and associated software tools for calculating actual payable and claimable savings.
192
Savings estimates from aggregators will be reviewed by program staff. Since savings forecasts are not foundational to the Aggregator payments, reviews are focused on ensuring customers are getting reasonable estimates of savings potential, aggregators are appropriately applying EULs as agreed upon in the M&V plan, and that PCE can have confidence in forecasted impacts and manage performance payment budgets.
For payable savings, the value per unit of energy is grounded in the climate zone of the project, the metered load shape, ACC adjustments such as capacity smoothing, program multipliers applied to incent specific interventions or customer groups, and the Effective Useful Life appropriate for the primary measure (based on historic savings claims).
Incentives and costs presented to the customer are at the discretion of the aggregator.
For program claims, the participant contribution will be net of non-energy private investment. Past approved program portfolios illustrate that measure costs can account for a large portion of the total resource costs. Programs that leverage incentives to encourage a high degree of private investment are often best able to achieve savings goals and policy objectives at the lowest ratepayer cost.
Based on the suite of best available evaluation research, net non-energy private investment will be utilized for claimed impacts.11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 Quantitative Program Targets
During program years 2025-2028, PCE anticipates this program will deliver a total savings of 7,074,000 in gross kWh. The estimated incentives for the program are $$2,230,300.42, and PCE projects that over 10 aggregators will be active by the end of 2028. The program has a goal of 2,040 kW in cumulative peak impact (gross) by the end of 2028.
11 The Commission as recognized this model as being low risk to rate payers. ". . . this type of program is very low risk to ratepayers regardless of cost-effectiveness score, because actual energy savings are measures based on NMEC methods, payments to aggregators are made based on performance, and spending is limited by the TSB actually achieved." D.21-12-011 at p.26 12 PG&E Advice Letter 2019 - Advice Letter 4011-G/5375-E - 2019 13 PY2013-2014 California Statewide Residential and Nonresidential Spillover Study, Opinion Dynamics and Itron, Inc., 2017.
CALMAC ID: CPU0186.01; see figure 3. noting that "internal motivators" drive participant action to "do more". 14 Energy Upgrade California – Home Upgrade Program Process Evaluation 2014-2015, EMI Consulting, 2015. CALMAC ID:
PGE0389.01; Figure 4-10 shows equal weight (between 4-5 on a 5 point scale) of the importance given to energy savings among other considerations.
AND SBW Consulting. (2013). and 2010-2012 PG&E Whole House Retrofit Program Phase II Process Evaluation Study - Methods and Findings - PGE0302.06. Bellevue, WA. Table 2, shows that the top motivations for participants are comfort, saving money, the incentives available and reducing their environmental impact.
15 PG&E Whole House Program: Marketing and Targeting Analysis. Opinion Dynamics Corporation, 2014. CALMAC ID:
PGE0302.05 20 Energy Upgrade California – Home Upgrade Pro; see figure 3; reasons for participation. and:
16 Cost-Effectiveness of Energy Efficiency Financing Programs - Methodology & Strategic Issues, December 2016 documents the influence of other value drivers for participating in the financing programs. 193
Diagram of Program
Evaluation, Measurement & Verification (EM&V)
At this time, there are no plans for implementing a process evaluation or other evaluation effort for this program. This program employs a robust embedded M&V strategy (as described in the M&V plan below).
Normalized Metered Energy Consumption (NMEC)
The Demand FLEXmarket Population NMEC M&V Plan is provided with this implementation plan.
PCE Demand FLEXmarket Program Manual
1. How the PCE Demand FLEXmarket Works
Any aggregator17 who has agreed to the Terms and Conditions as detailed in the Flexibility Purchase Agreement (FPA) and signed Peninsula Clean Energy’s Terms and 17 Aggregators are participating vendors or program partners who generate energy efficiency and/or demand savings for an aggregated group of customers.
194
Conditions, both provided by Program Staff, is allowed to participate in PCE’s Demand FLEXmarket.
Commercial Enrollment
The PCE Commercial Demand FLEXmarket enrolls projects in a two-stage process (Initial Enrollment and Project Completion). Through the FLEXmarket portal, project information is collected from aggregators along with an estimated incentive value, as well as various permissions and acknowledgments to complete a formal project enrollment. A “Reservation Letter” will be issued to the aggregator, providing details of the proposed incentive reservation and serve as a reservation confirmation to the aggregator for the project’s installation. Upon installation, if there have been changes to the scope of work that affect the forecasted value of the project, values from the project reservation letter will change upon final project review and reflected in the issue of the “Project Completion Confirmation” letter. Submissions are checked for eligibility and completion prior to official enrollment into the Commercial Market and can be subject to additional documentation and review (as per the terms in the “Engineering Review Trigger” section).
Unless otherwise agreed upon, a project’s official “Start Tracking Date” will correspond with the date of project installation completion, noted on the final Project Completion Paperwork submitted by aggregator.
Commercial Efficiency Market incentive payments are paid based on performance of an aggregator's portfolio of projects and occur on a quarterly basis. Each project within a portfolio has its performance calculated quarterly, for the previous quarter, and an aggregator’s collective portfolio performance for that quarter will be paid out. To prevent under- or over-performance due to seasonality, 10% is withheld from each quarterly portfolio payment and will be returned if performance holds. If a project performs as expected, 100% of its estimated incentive value will be paid out. The reservation of 120% of the forecasted project value ensures that incentive funding will be available for overperforming aggregator portfolios. Value that accrues in excess of this amount will be paid based on program funds availability; this availability will be assessed in order of project maturity following the end of the Commercial Program Portfolio18 performance periods.
Projects can increase their value by increasing savings volume and delivering load shape impacts that are more valuable than the CPUC’s deemed average resource cost curve (greater $/kWh saved), especially during summer peak and net peak hours. The Commercial Efficiency Market is agnostic to measures and business models, however,
18 PCE Commercial Program Portfolio is defined as a single portfolio across all Commercial Program 2025-2028 years, inclusive of all participating aggregator portfolios.
195
the expected useful life of the measures being implemented affects the magnitude of the incentive.
Recurve tracks savings for every project in an aggregator's portfolio and provide aggregators M&V for all projects through the Fleet Manager portal. Recurve also tracks payment recommendations through the Flex Ledger. Both of these tools are available to aggregators that have successfully enrolled a project in the Commercial Efficiency Market to monitor their portfolios.
Residential Enrollment
The PCE Demand FLEXmarket enrolls projects in a single-stage process; bypassing the “Initial Enrollment” and moving directly to the “Project Completion” stage. Through the FLEXmarket portal,19 project information is collected from aggregators, as well as various permissions and acknowledgments to complete a formal project enrollment. Submissions will be checked for eligibility and completion prior to official enrollment into the Demand FLEXmarket and can be subject to additional documentation and review (as per the terms in the “Engineering Review Trigger” section).
Once projects are officially approved and enrolled into the Demand FLEXmarket, a “Project Completion Confirmation Letter” will be issued for the project. The letter represents PCEs commitment to paying the aggregator for the grid value to be delivered by a project. Unless otherwise agreed upon, a project’s official “Start Tracking Date” will correspond with the date of project installation completion, noted on the final Project Completion Paperwork submitted by aggregator. The Project Reservation is calculated at 120% of the estimated incentive value (submitted through the enrollment process) from the program budget to account for the possibility of the project overperforming, exceeding its savings forecast.
Demand FLEXmarket incentive payments are paid based on performance of an aggregator's portfolio of projects and occur on a quarterly basis. As soon as a project’s value generated exceeds the upfront incentives paid and the initial associated Marketplace management costs, portfolios become “active for payment”. Accurate forecasting is inherent to the program design: over forecasting may lead to unnecessarily high marketplace management costs attributed to the project, while under forecasting may result in an insufficient budget reservation. Each project within a portfolio will have its performance calculated quarterly, for the previous quarter, and an aggregator’s collective portfolio performance for that quarter will be paid out. To prevent under- or
19 The FLEXmarket portal can be found at https://www.demandflexmarket.com 196
over-performance due to seasonality, a Safety Factor will be withheld from each portfolio quarterly payment and will be returned if performance holds. If a project performs as expected, 100% of its estimated incentive value will be paid out. The reservation of 120% of the forecasted project value ensures that incentive funding will be available for overperforming portfolios. Savings that accrue in excess of this amount will be paid based on program funds availability; this availability will be assessed in order of project maturity following the end of the Residential program portfolio20 performance period.
Projects can increase their value by increasing savings volume and delivering load shape impacts that are more valuable than the CPUC’s deemed average resource cost curve (greater $/kWh saved), especially during summer peak and net peak hours. The Demand FLEXmarket is agnostic to measures and business models, however, the expected useful life of the measures being implemented will affect the magnitude of the incentive.
Recurve will track savings for every project in an aggregator's portfolio and provide aggregators M&V for all projects through the Fleet Manager portal. Recurve will also track payment recommendations through the Ledger. Both of these tools are available to aggregators that have successfully enrolled a project in the Demand FLEXmarket to monitor their portfolios.
2. Eligibility Requirements
Aggregator Eligibility
Any organization that can meet the requirements as listed in the FPA can participate in the PCE Demand FLEXmarket. Aggregators are participating vendors or program partners who generate energy efficiency and/or demand savings for an aggregated group of customers.
If an organization can meet these listed requirements, it must sign the Flexibility Purchase Agreement and Peninsula Clean Energy’s Terms and Conditions to officially submit and enroll projects.
Project and Customer Eligibility
Recurve will utilize CalTRACK modeling to qualify customers based on data sufficiency and baseline model fit in addition to other usage characteristics.21
20 Residential Program’s Portfolio is defined as a single portfolio across all Residential 2023 - 2025 Program years, inclusive of all participating aggregator portfolios.
21 Project qualifications based on data sufficiency and model fit may only apply to the type of savings being measured (electric or gas). 197
General customer eligibility requirements include but are not limited to:
● Commercial site or Residential customer (single-family); ● Project site must be located in PCE’s service area;22 ● Unbundled (i.e., receiving electric generation service from PCE) customer; ● Site is not currently participating, and has not participated in the past 12 months, in a CPUC ratepayer-funded energy efficiency program;
● 12 consecutive months of energy usage data is available; ● Model fit needs to be < 1.0 Coefficient of the Variation of the Root Mean Square Error (CVRMSE) and site must pass CalTRACK data sufficiency analysis (Recurve will conduct analysis at intake);
● If the customer has onsite solar system, installation of the system must have been completed at least 12 months prior to the EE intervention. ● Projects can only enroll in the Market if they were installed and completed following the Program’s elect to administer date.
● Qualifying residential projects subject to cost-effectiveness requirements set forth by the Program
● Commercial and Residential projects must be installed and project completion paperwork submitted to Recurve by no later than August 30, 2028.
More requirements for eligible customers are detailed in the program M&V plan.
Qualifying Measures
The Demand FLEXmarket will promote a wide range of measures including, but is not limited to, the following interventions: lighting, HVAC, water heating, building envelope, refrigeration, and controls-based technologies. The types of measures that are installed will be documented in the course of program deployment and be included in the metadata (see Data Collection section).
Projects with a primary measure (as defined in the M&V plan) of controls or behavioral interventions will default to a 1-year EUL (with the option to re-enroll) unless otherwise supported with documentation such as CPUC approved work papers or eTRM data (see the “Effective Useful Life” section of the M&V plan for more detail). Solar PV and other electricity generation are not eligible for incentives from the Demand FLEXmarket.
22 https://www.PCEcleanenergy.org/member-communities/
198
3. Project Enrollment Process
Pre-Enrollment
Prior to enrolling a customer, the program recommends that aggregators use the “Data Sufficiency and Eligibility Tool”23 to check if a customer is eligible for program enrollment.
To operate this tool, an aggregator must receive the SAID (Service Agreement Identifier) for a customer. Please note, this is different from the Account ID and Service Point ID numbers. Once an aggregator has an SAID, they simply enter it into the Data Sufficiency and Eligibility Tool. Outputs include but are not limited to:
1. If there is sufficient baseline data (12 months consecutively)
2. CalTRACK model fit (< 1.0 CVRMSE for eligibility)
3. Address
4. If the site has participated in a CPUC funded program within the past 12 months (as data provided by PCE)
5. Customer prioritization metrics
Customers with SAIDs that do not pass the data sufficiency check are not eligible to participate in the Demand FLEXmarket. Customers that have other factors contributing to ineligibility will have those listed in the Tool. For a full list of eligibility criteria, please see the Eligibility Requirements section above. Only aggregators that have signed the Flexibility Purchase Agreement are given access to the Data Sufficiency Tool.
Enrollment
Aggregators enroll projects under the Demand FLEXmarket via the FLEXMarket Portal24.
Aggregators submitting projects must include the following:
1. Contact information for their company;
2. Contact information for the customer being enrolled;
3. Project information (such as forecasted savings) for electric and gas (if applicable).
4. Final scope of work;
5. Final project invoice;
6. Customer signed Data Authorization form;
7. Customer signed Project Completion form.
Upon completion of the project enrollment form, Recurve will review and verify that the enrollment is complete. The review is focused on ensuring that customers are receiving reasonable estimates of savings potential, aggregators are appropriately applying EULs,
23 The Data Sufficiency and Eligibility tool can be found at https://www.demandflexmarket.com 24 The FLEXmarket portal can be found at https://www.demandflexmarket.com 199
and that PCE can have confidence in forecasted impacts and manage performance payment budgets. If the review is not passed, Recurve will review the results with the Aggregator to resolve any issues identified.
Projects will also be reviewed to see if a Third-Party Engineering Review is required. While the table below outlines the general parameters for a Third-Party Engineering Review, Recurve and PCE maintain the right to subject any project to additional engineering review.
Engineering Review Thresholds
Category Threshold
New Aggregator
Submission
First 3 projects in the market
% Savings (Annual Usage) > 20%
Forecasted Aggregator
Incentive
> $200,00025
Once installed, projects may be inspected on-site per the terms of the program’s Quality Assurance Plan found in the program M&V plan. If an installed project does not pass a QA inspection, the Aggregator will be alerted by a program representative and will be expected to rectify the issue as specified in the Flexibility Purchase Agreement.
Approval
Commercial FLEXmarket Approval
Once projects are officially approved and enrolled into the Commercial Efficiency Market, a “Project Reservation'' letter is issued for the project. The letter represents PCE’s commitment to reserve funds required to pay the aggregator for the grid value to be delivered by a project, should the project be installed at the customer site. The Project Reservation is calculated at 120% of the forecasted incentive value (submitted through the enrollment process) from the program budget to account for the possibility of the project exceeding its forecasted value. Once projects are installed and completed, a “Project Completion Confirmation” letter is issued for the project with updated information and tracking start date, as well as the final amount of funding reserved, based on the completed scope of work, to pay the aggregator for any grid value
25 If aggregators routinely underperform relative to project forecast, engineering review thresholds may be lowered. 200
delivered by the project. Unless otherwise agreed upon, a project’s official “Start Tracking Date” will correspond with the date of project installation completion, noted on the final Project Completion Paperwork submitted by aggregator.
Residential FLEXmarket Approval
Projects approved by the program will be issued a “Project Completion Confirmation Letter”. Aggregators will be alerted when projects are rejected or are subject to additional review.
Approved projects will have 120% of their estimated incentive value reserved from the program budget for aggregator payments for the delivered value. Unless otherwise agreed upon, a project’s official “Start Tracking Date” will correspond with the date of project installation completion, noted on the final Project Completion Paperwork submitted by aggregator.
Approved projects will be added to the submitting aggregator’s portfolio of projects within their Recurve Platform Instance, where project performance will be monitored (using the Fleet Manager tool) and incentive tracking will be calculated (using the Ledger tool).
4. Incentive Payments
Upfront Incentives
Commercial projects are eligible for an upfront payment equaling 20% of the Forecasted Aggregator Incentive, while Residential Projects are eligible for an upfront incentive payment equaling 50%26 of the forecasted Total System Benefit (TSB) grid value which will be processed for payment in the month after the “Project Completion Confirmation” letter was issued. The upfront incentive will be debited against the aggregators portfolio and the aggregator must deliver value beyond this debit prior to receiving additional payments.
How Incentives are Calculated
In general, incentives are calculated based on the total grid value from savings achieved in an aggregator’s portfolio applied to the hourly grid value as defined by the Avoided Cost Curve, weighted EUL, adjustment factors (e.g., NTG, comparison groups) and participant costs. Individual projects are evaluated over a 12-month period but receive the full benefit of the weighted EUL of the project. 75% of the delivered grid value is allocated to the aggregator. 25% of the delivered grid value is
26 Upfront incentives are capped at $40,000. An aggregator with a project with a forecasted value of greater than $200,000 must submit the project with ICP certification to receive an upfront incentive beyond $40,000. 201
allocated to program management fees, which include administration, marketing and outreach, and direct implementation non-incentive (DINI) costs.
The total project value is calculated in three steps. First, hourly energy savings are multiplied by the hourly value dictated by the ACC for the duration of the EUL. Second, an adjusted participant cost is subtracted from the resulting value.27 Finally, this total is multiplied by the net-to-gross ratio, which is pre-determined to 0.95 for all commercial projects and 0.85 for all residential projects.
The aggregators receive 75% of the total project value.
Aggregators are able to receive payments quarterly for value delivered at the portfolio level. Further detail on this process can be found in the “Payments and Incentives” section of the M&V plan. A project value estimation tool and further detail on the Avoided Cost Curve can be found at https://www.demandflexmarket.com.
How Payments Are Made
Aggregator incentive payments for this population-level program will be made based on payable savings determinations using NMEC methods described in the gross and net 27 Only 50% of the participant costs are included in the equation to reflect that customers make efficiency investments for non-energy reasons. The incentive equation does not factor in non-energy benefits, so the costs are reduced accordingly for symmetrical accounting of costs and benefits.
202
sections of the M&V plan. Payments for the program will be made quarterly during the 12-month measurement period for active projects in the aggregator portfolio.
The quarterly measurement periods are:
● January-March
● April-June
● July-September
● October-December
Payments are expected to be made within 60 days from the end of the previous measurement period. For example, payments for Q1 (January through March) will be made by May 30. Aggregators will be alerted if there’s a deviation from this timeline.
The quarterly incentive payment is based on the total program value net of program management costs of projects in the portfolio and non-energy private investment.
Aggregators will be paid for their portfolio value achieved based on metered savings from active projects achieved during the most recent measurement quarter.
Aggregators are not eligible for a quarterly incentive payment if the net benefits from their projects do not exceed upfront incentives and the associated initial market management costs. In other words, the portfolio becomes active for a quarterly incentive payment after the value generated exceeds the upfront incentives and applicable participant costs for the projects. Marketplace management costs include general and administrative (G&A) overhead, direct implementation non-incentive (DINI), M&V, and marketing, education, and outreach. These management costs are calculated at 25% of the total program value delivered quarterly.
In addition, a Safety Factor is withheld each quarter to provide a buffer in regards to seasonality and/or project performance. As projects complete the full 12 month measurement period, aggregators will be compensated with a “true-up” payment in the following quarterly payment cycle that will release owed funds. The safety factor percentage defaults at 10% of measured project value. At the end of the portfolio year, each aggregator’s safety factor will be re-evaluated based on the performance of their portfolio relative to their forecast (realization rate). A visualization of payment cadences and safety factor evaluation is shown in the figures below.
Commercial:
203
Residential:
204
Aggregators with realization rates less than 30% will be evaluated regarding their participation in the next year of the Market. This evaluation may impact the Safety Factor applied as well as the Aggregator’s eligibility for Upfront Payments.
The reservation of 120% of the forecasted project value ensures that incentive funding will be available for installed projects. Values that accrue in excess of this amount will be paid based on program funds availability and assessed once the portfolio tracking period has completed.
In the case that aggregator portfolio performance exceeds the reserved budget for the portfolio, a "scale back factor" will be calculated for the portfolio and applied uniformly to each meter, reducing the payment equally across all meters, resulting in a total portfolio payment equal to the reserved funds.
Scale back factor = Aggregator's Reserved Portfolio Incentive Funds / Aggregator's Earned Portfolio Incentive (Before Any Holdback or Scale back)] Recurve will document in an electronic, revenue-grade, auditable ledger the recommended payments to support aggregator invoices to PCE after each quarterly measurement period. The electronic ledger will track all stages of a project, including non-routine adjustments. Invoice payment recommendations will be based on CalTRACK payable savings results. Claimable results to the CPUC will be derived from the ledger for compliance with reporting requirements.
Invoicing and Payment
Recurve's Ledger tracks all stages of the project and converts it into value, including non-routine adjustments. Invoice payment recommendations will be provided to PCE based on CalTRACK payable savings results. PCE will issue payments based on Recurve's payment recommendation.
Please see the Measurement & Verification Plan for the details of payment calculations, timelines, and non-routine event adjustments.
5. Additional Services
Co-Branding
PCE offers co-branded marketing as a free service to aggregators as an opportunity to showcase their organization’s offerings and benefits to their potential residential customers within PCE’s service area. PCE must approve in advance any use of PCE’s logo.
205
Exploring Project Value: How much is your project worth? As program incentives shift from deemed rebates or fixed performance rates to meter-based incentives that pay for grid value delivered, it can be difficult to understand how to estimate how a particular project earns value. As incentives begin to value temporal benefits over sheer volume of installations, understanding how load shapes impact performance is crucial.
Estimating and Forecasting Value
Aggregators have access to a Project Value Estimator and FLEXvalue28 tools via the program webpage. These tools give aggregators the ability to estimate their projects’ value through the PCE Demand FLEXmarket. The Project Value Estimator dashboard requires basic project inputs to estimate the available Aggregator Incentive Payment value.
Customer Optimization to Maximize Value
Aggregators have an incentive to both increase the volume of total savings and maximize the value of the resource curve (savings load shape) to maximize project value.
We encourage all aggregators to take time using the Project Value Calculator to understand these interactive effects to develop a model that maximizes grid impacts and customer offerings.
One primary tactic in the Demand FLEXmarket is the ability to work with Recurve tools to identify customers with the highest potential for savings. Aggregators are encouraged to 28 https://colab.research.google.com/github/recurve-methods/flexvalue/blob/master/notebooks/colab.ipynb#scrollTo=7da3bd62 206
pursue opportunities with customers whose consumption profiles suggest greater savings potential, especially those with high usage during the summer peak and net peak hours.
Program tools can also be used to identify the buildings that offer flexibility opportunities during summer evening ramp, leading to much more valuable avoided cost savings.
Recurve will work with aggregators to identify the attributes of high-potential customers.
These attributes are then used to prioritize customer segments that are the most likely to have cost-effective outcomes for all parties involved.
For example, an aggregator targeting residential Air Conditioner savings would have the greatest potential impact by focusing on the customers with the greatest AC usage during the grid peak periods when savings are worth the most. These customers are most likely in need of help, and will have dramatically higher bill savings and grid benefits.
Aggregators also have the freedom to optimize their offerings toward the most beneficial mixes of technologies, develop innovative customer engagement strategies, or explore automation. Aggregators will be given maximum flexibility to determine their own business models, and customer value propositions.
Understanding Avoided Cost
The cost of energy is not static and fluctuates based on the time of use. The CPUC Avoided Cost Calculator (ACC) provides a set of 8760 marginal hourly values for the California grid, forecasting the cost of energy for each hour of the day. For the purpose of this program, the ACC has been adjusted, as outlined in the M&V plan, to provide a more stable compensation structure and adequately value summer peak hours. This data set is used to value energy savings or demand flexibility in the Marketplace. This data feeds into the Project Value Estimator, where aggregators have direct access to derive incentives in the PCE Demand FLEXmarket, estimating the avoided cost value of the project in order to forecast potential cash flows
Audits
No pre-or post-on-site audits are required. PCE may, as part of the quality assurance framework, select a random sample of projects to confirm technologies were installed.
Audit of data quality and eligibility of participants will be conducted by Recurve. 207
6. Sub-Program Quality Assurance Provisions
Quality Assurance Plan
PCE maintains the integrity of the Demand FLEXmarket through an independent Standards and Quality Assurance Team who manages the quality assurance system for the Market.
The quality assurance (QA) system has several components, including a review of qualifications and credentials, paperwork audits, the establishment of program standards, and field and photo inspections. QA inspections involve verification of the contracted scope of work, accuracy of site analysis, comparison of installation to submitted designs. Recurve, PCE, or its representatives may make a reasonable number of visits to the customer site before, during, and/or after installation of efficiency measures to assess overall compliance.
Aggregator Roles and Responsibilities
The program relies on aggregators to provide complete turnkey services for qualified energy efficiency improvements to customers. Aggregator roles and responsibilities include:
● Aggregator and/or their subcontractors hold the agreement (contract) with the customer
● Responsible for performance, including subcontractors ● Receives incentive payments and determines customer incentives ● Agrees to terms of the Flexibility Purchase Agreement ● Agrees to PCE’s terms and conditions
● Agrees to terms of the M&V agreement
● Accountable for resolution of customer complaints
● Responsible for installation, warranties, and product guarantees Selecting Completed Projects for Inspection
The purpose of the QA inspection is to provide PCE an opportunity to evaluate the accuracy of the site analysis and design documents and verify that building components and equipment are installed according to Program requirements. The QA inspection also includes selected health and safety and performance items.
PCE reserves the right to select any project for inspection. Selections may include consideration of the following criteria:
● Low savings realization rates
● High CVRMSE or CVRMSE change
208
● High variance
PCE reserves the right to conduct both field and photo inspections based on the following sampling rates:
● 10% photographic
● 2-4% onsite inspection
PCE may select any completed project for inspection based upon customer complaints, warranty-related issues, or as part of the review of a contractor under status review or Program disciplinary action.
Field Inspections Process and Scope
The purpose of a field inspection is to confirm measures are installed per manufacturer instructions and as outlined by the aggregator in the customer agreement, and in the project documentation provided to Recurve. QA field inspections are scheduled at the customer’s convenience. Customers are encouraged to allow the contractor to attend the inspection to answer questions. If the customer agrees, the contractor will be notified by email between 5 to 14 days before the inspection. Every effort will be made to accommodate the contractor’s schedule, but the customer’s convenience takes precedence.
Customers have the right to request that the contractor not attend the QA field inspection. In these situations, the contractor will not be notified of the scheduled inspection but will receive the report from the QA team within 15 business days of the inspection.
Photo Inspections
The contractor is required to take construction photos for each measure installed, which describe the existing conditions as well as the replacement product or measure. PCE expects contractors to take photos throughout the installation process to ensure that each measure completed is supported with photographic documentation. PCE may request construction photos for purposes of conducting a photo inspection at any time, and failure to provide the requested photos may result in higher onsite inspection rates.
Taking multiple pictures of each installed measure will help ensure a smooth photo inspection process.
209
QA Inspection Report
The QA inspection report will provide a summary of all evaluated elements of the project and list any non-conformances identified during the inspection. The report will provide an overall score of the project and identify it as a pass or fail. Scoring criteria is further described below in the program M&V plan.
The report will be provided to the contractor approximately 15 days after the inspection, following an internal review and scoring by the QA Team. The report will be made available to the customer upon a direct request to PCE.
7. Other Program Metrics
N/A
210
Population-level NMEC M&V Plan
Program Name: PCE Demand FLEXmarket
Program Administrator: PCE
Market Implementer: Recurve
1. Summary
This is a Program-Level Measurement and Verification (M&V) Plan for the PCE Demand FLEXmarket. The program is eligible for, and complies with, the population-level Normalized Meter Energy Consumption (NMEC) requirements defined in the CPUC NMEC Rulebook v.2.29 Based on the definitions provided by the CPUC, population-level NMEC is used when savings claims are made for a portfolio of projects using fixed, standardized, verifiable measurement methods established before the program starts and that are uniformly applied to all sites in the group.30 All NMEC approaches are based on pre- and post-intervention energy usage data observed at the meter.
The program implementation plan31 for the Demand FLEXmarket provides the details for how the program shall be implemented. The population-level NMEC M&V approach is appropriate for this program because it meets all required program design criteria, including those related to expected savings and permissible project types related to building-type similarity.
The Demand FLEXmarket, implemented by Recurve will utilize independent, transparent measurement and continual tracking of changes in pre- and post-intervention energy usage observed at the meter. Standardized, open-source methods and tools are the foundation of this M&V plan. The remainder of this document details compliance with the CPUC NMEC Rulebook 2.0 requirements for the program-level M&V Plan for Population NMEC, which must be included in any implementation plan.
2. Analytical Methods and Calculation Software Selection This Demand FLEXmarket is designed for the commercial & residential sector within PCE’s service area. Targeted building types, including consumption trends, existing equipment, and likely impact of the interventions, will be reasonably consistent for each aggregator within the program. Qualified aggregators will mostly focus on installing a primary
29 Rulebook for Programs and Projects Based on Normalized Metered Energy Consumption, January 7, 2020 https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/General.aspx?id=6442456320
30 CPUC’s full definition: “Population-level NMEC is an energy savings calculation approach in which results are based on pre- and post-intervention energy usage data observed at the meter and calculated across a group of sites, rather than a modeled engineering forecast or deemed value (or a Site-level metered savings calculation). For Population-level NMEC, measurement methods are fixed before the program starts and apply to all sites in the group in a uniform fashion, as opposed to Site-level NMEC measurement methods which may differ on a site-by-site basis.” Rulebook p. 24 31 Templates for implementation plans can be found here: https://www.caeecc.org/implementation-plan-guidance 211
technology across a similar sub-section of the market, but the implementation plan does not pre-define the measures nor the targeted sub-set of the market.
Initial savings forecasts from aggregators will be reviewed and validated by Recurve.
Since aggregator payments are based on metered impacts, not calculated estimates, reviews are utilized to ensure estimates are reasonable and based on industry best practice. This review process will help ensure customers receive reliable estimates of savings potential, aggregators are appropriately applying EULs, and that PCE can have confidence in forecasted impacts and effectively manage performance payment budgets.
Approach Project Documentation from Aggregator
Actuarial
Meter-based past
performance
Past evaluation report, third party evaluation or engineering assessment of a similar projects’ past performance utilizing whole building IPMVP Option C methods; e.g.
CalTRACK/OpenEEmeter or ECam
Modeled
Building simulation
projection
Results of a building simulation model like
Energy Plus, EQuest, or other similar IPMVP Option D
modeling tool. Models calibrated with actual usage data are preferred.
Deemed
Pre-approved
standardized
measure-specific
savings
Citation of a CPUC-approved or archived work paper, or
other DEER value. Measure-specific savings estimates from CalTF via the eTRM may also be appropriate but should be calibrated for to and through code performance.
Bottom-Up
Multiple approved
and standardized
measure-specific
savings
Citation of a suite of deemed values (see above) combined to estimate the whole impacts of a project. Interactions between measures should be considered in the estimate.
Figure 1: Pre-Installation Verification of Savings Estimation Options if Engineering Review Threshold Exceeded
212
Payable Savings
Payable savings constitute the basis of payments between PCE and aggregator(s). The public, open-source CalTRACK 2.0 methods,32 executed via the OpenEEmeter33 for the calculation of baseline models and counterfactuals, GRIDmeter for comparison group sampling and savings adjustment, and FLEXvalue for the calculation of grid value based on the measured hourly savings impact and the CPUC’s avoided cost calculator have been chosen as the analytical method(s) and calculation software for payable savings for this program. A wide range of building types may be part of the program and a threshold baseline model fit will be a precursor for project acceptance. The open-source methods and codebase can collectively be called the FLEXmeter. The FLEXmeter methods and code will be used for quantifying energy efficiency and demand response impacts and can be used to disaggregate EE and DR impacts as applicable.
Background on development of CalTRACK and the OpenEEmeter can be accessed through www.caltrack.org. The GRIDmeter methods and code are available publicly at gridmeter.recurve.com and FLEXmeter tools and code are found at flexvalue.recurve.com. References to technical specifics are provided throughout this M&V plan.
Figure 2: FLEXmeter Methods and Codebase
The CalTRACK methods are based on industry guidelines established by The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE Guideline 14)34 32 The current v. 2.0 CalTRACK methods documentation and technical appendix are available at http://docs.caltrack.org/en/latest/methods.html
33 The python code base for the OpenEEmeter (eemeter and eeweather) can be downloaded from Github at:
https://github.com/openeemeter; Code and methods to accommodate special cases like PV, EV, and batteries may be included in updates to openEEmeter.
34 ASHRAE Guideline 14-2014 –Published guideline. Supersedes ASHRAE Guideline 14-2002. Measurement of Energy, Demand and Water Savings https://www.ashrae.org/technical-resources/standards-and-guidelines/titles-purposes-and-scopes 213
and the Uniform Methods Project (Chapter 8 - Whole Building Methods)35 and meet all International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP Option C36) requirements. These methods are an appropriate match for this program given it is targeting a range of commercial & residential buildings and combination of interventions. Hourly methods have demonstrated appropriate fit based on historic applications and technical review, and discrete project baseline fit review. Additionally, tests conducted by the Efficiency Valuation Organization (EVO) demonstrate that the OpenEEmeter 2.6.0 CalTRACK hourly methods, performs on par with the LBNL Time of Week Temperature (TOWT) model, and comparably with all other models tested, including more complex machine learning models that are based on decision trees and genetic programming.37
Payable savings will be adjusted for free ridership using the approved deemed net to gross ratio of 0.95 for Commercial and 0.85 for Residential Single-Family NMEC. Payable savings will also be adjusted via a comparison group adhering to the protocols and recommendations described in the report Comparison Groups for the COVID Era and Beyond.38 The GRIDmeter methods were developed in partnership with the United States Department of Energy and in consultation with a working group of industry experts.
Comparison groups are described further below.
The CPUC has specified criteria for “Tools, Methods, Analytical Approaches, and Calculation Software” in the NMEC 2.0 rulebook. FLEXmeter compliance with each of the criteria is provided in Attachment A in table format.
Claimable Savings
Demand FLEXmarket claimable savings will be based on the payable savings (calculated with CalTRACK and the OpenEEmeter), including adjustment for free ridership using the approved deemed net to gross ratio of 0.95 for Commercial NMEC and 0.85 for Single-Family Residential NMEC. The October 12, 2019 DEER Resolution allows for alternative approaches for net adjustment, but, for this program, the traditional application of the net to gross ratio will be combined with the comparison group adjustment to gross savings impacts.39
35 The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures, National Renewable Energy Laboratory, https://www.energy.gov/eere/about-us/ump-protocols 36 International Performance Measurement & Verification Protocol: Concepts and Options for Determining Energy and Water Savings, Volume I, Revised March 2002 DOE/GO-102002-1554, International Performance Measurement & Verification Protocol Committee https://evo-world.org/en/products-services-mainmenu-en/protocols/ipmvp 37 EVO’s testing portal <http://mvportal.evo-world.org/ > allows users to compare Advanced M&V implementations and methods against each other using a single standardized dataset comprised of one year of hourly electricity data and outdoor temperature from 367 buildings from different regions in North America. 38 Report available at: https://gridmeter.recurve.com/uploads/8/6/5/0/8650231/doe_sampling_v2.pdf 39 Resolution E-4952. Approval of the Database for Energy-Efficient Resources updates for 2020 and revised version 2019 in Compliance with D.15-10-028, D.16-08-019, and Resolution E-4818. See p. A-45 for table of NMEC NTG ratios. http://docs.cpuc.ca.gov/publisheddocs/published/g000/m232/k459/232459122.pdf 214
Other fields required for claimed savings include the estimated useful life (EUL), load shape, and costs. These parameters of claimed savings will be handled in accordance with CPUC reporting requirements. Aggregator portfolios of reasonably consistent measures will utilize an EUL matching the primary measure or technology installed in accordance with the requirement outlined in in accordance with the requirement outlined in the “Effective Useful Life” section. Savings will be claimed using the actual measured load shape. Actual project costs, including participant contributions and information on the key value drivers, will be collected during program implementation to support savings claims to the CPUC. Savings will be claimed based on forecasted savings and savings load shapes for each project, and after the 12 month measurement period will be revised based on actual measured savings during a “true-up” process.
3. Calculation of Gross and Net Savings
Gross Savings
The basic calculation process for gross savings is conducted in four parts using the FLEXmeter calculation methods after data collection and sufficiency checks (see Data Plan section D. for more detail). The first is establishing the baseline calculation or model fit (see CalTRACK Section 3(b): Modeling - Hourly Methods). The second is normalization of weather and occupancy (section 3.8 and 3.9). The third is computing the results of the avoided energy use (sections 3.10-3.12) and the fourth is the formation of comparison groups and adjustment to savings via the difference of differences calculation (Chapters 3 and 4 of Comparison Groups for the COVID Era and Beyond).
Baseline Calculation
The CalTRACK Hourly model draws from 365 days of pre-intervention data in order to deliver a fully specified baseline model for a weather-normalized savings calculation.
Customer AMI data for a full year prior to program enrollment, customer location (address or latitude/longitude coordinates), initial project intervention date, and blackout period that encompasses the duration of project installation are minimal requirements to fully specify the CalTRACK model and assess savings. Aggregators will report project installation and completion dates in addition to various project metadata, which will enable Recurve to assign baseline, blackout, and reporting periods and to create project cohorts that can be tracked separately.
Normalization for Weather and Other Factors
The CalTRACK Hourly methods normalize for weather and occupancy, as described in detail in section 3.8 and 3.9 of CalTRACK technical documentation.
For occupancy, the sensitivity of building energy use to temperature may vary depending on the “occupancy” status. This is handled by segmenting the hours-of-week into periods of high load and low load (also referred to as occupied/unoccupied, 215
although the states may not necessarily correspond to specific occupancy changes).
The segmentation is accomplished using the residuals of a linear HDD-CDD model fit at an earlier stage.
For weather normalization, for each data point (hour) in the baseline dataset, the outdoor dry bulb air temperature is used to calculate up to 7 temperature bins (<30, 30- 45, 45-55, 55-65, 65-75, 75-90, >90). These bin endpoints are validated for each model by counting the number of hours with temperatures within these bins. Bins with fewer than 20 hours are combined with the next closest bin by dropping the larger bin endpoint, except for the largest bin, where the lower endpoint is dropped. The ? valid bin endpoints are then used to develop the binned temperature features.
These methods have been tested and demonstrate that they yield an appropriate model fit for most building types in California (as measured by the coefficient of variation of the root-mean-squared error, CVRMSE).
Interpolation of Missing Savings
Using the savings calculation methods described in this M&V plan, there are still around 2-3% of values missing on average. Missing values occur if the treatment meter or all matched comparison group meters have experienced missing; weather data or observed meter reads. These dropped meter reads have the potential to substantially impact on the payments being made to aggregators.
In the case that there are missing values, Interpolation will be performed via an 8 moving average window that surrounds the missing value and fills them with the average of surrounding days for counterfactual, observed and savings values. For hourly electricity data, the missing hour will be filled with the average of surrounding days for that same hour of day.
216
Adjusted Gross and Net Savings
For the Demand FLEXmarket, the site-specific gross savings will be adjusted to quantify the relative grid impacts of the program interventions using a comparison group and adjusted for free ridership using a fixed net to gross value. More detail can be found in the demand response disaggregation section. All adjustments will be reflected in the payable savings to aggregators and in the claimable savings to the CPUC.
Comparison groups will be maintained for gross savings adjustments. The same savings calculation as described in the "gross savings" section including method and software will be applied to understand participant and comparison group changes in energy consumption. The calculated incremental impact of the program over the non-participant population will adjust both payable and claimable savings for the portfolio.
The adjusted gross savings40 will be the difference of differences, calculated on a percentage basis and then applied to the treatment group counterfactual.
Comparison groups used in meter-based programs have the unique challenge of needing to quantify impacts in the midst of implementation as well as address dissimilar responses to exogenous factors, unpredictable exogenous events, and limited data for assigning buildings to cohorts. As such, the comparison group selection process in meter- 40 "Adjusted gross" is, in this context, net of other activity on the grid, whereas the final "net" adjustment is considering free ridership alone.
217
based programs needs to utilize a more standardized and consistent methodology than what might be found in traditional impact evaluations.
The methodological approach that will be used for establishing comparison groups in the Demand FLEXmarket was developed in an intensive, collaborative research project led by Recurve and funded by DOE in the summer of 2020. More detail on the research informing this method is described in a comprehensive working group report funded by the Department of Energy and peer-reviewed by industry leaders.41 The comparison group analytic approach comports with best practices in the Department of Energy Uniform Methods Project on Estimating Net Savings42, and is an evolution of standardized approaches for developing matched comparison groups documented by the Energy Trust of Oregon.43 This method has been expanded to Demand Response applications and is compliant with the FERC-approved tariff for comparison group settlement used by the California Independent System Operator.44
Comparison Group Method Synopsis
Comparison group selection can be summarized as follows:
1. Identify program-eligible participants
a. The eligibility rules for this program are included in the program plans.
These classifications will guide the classification of comparable customers.
2. Limit comparison pool to eligible non-participating customers that meet program requirements.
a. Fit a CalTRACK 2.0 model on all eligible program participants prior to program launch. This model will uncover incomplete or missing data as well as erratic energy consumption patterns.
b. Remove customers with insufficient baseline data, defined in the CalTRACK methods to be < 328 days for the specification of annual baselines. For the measurement of demand response or seasonal savings shorter baseline periods may be utilized if needed.
c. Remove customers with CalTRACK Daily baseline CVRMSE values in excess of 1.045.
41 Comparison Groups for the COVID Era and Beyond, Recurve, 2020 https://gridmeter.recurve.com/uploads/8/6/5/0/8650231/doe_sampling_v2.pdf 42 Chapter 21: Estimating Net Savings – Common Practices https://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy17osti/68578.pdf 43 Comparison Group Identification for Impact Evaluation, OpenEE, for Energy Trust of Oregon, 10/2018 https://www.energytrust.org/documents/open-ee-technical-report-comparison-group-identification-for-impact-evaluation/openee-technical-report-comparison-group-identification-methods-final-wsr/ 44 See Demand Response Advanced Measurement Methodology: Analysis of Open-Source Baseline and Comparison Group Methods to Enable CAISO Demand Response Resource Performance Evaluation, CAISO -Recurve, 2021 http://www.caiso.com/Documents/DemandResponseAdvancedMeasurementMethodology.pdf 45 Given the focus on peak savings that can only be measured with an hourly model, there may be a recommendation to incorporate an hourly CVRMSE threshold.
218
d. Remove any remaining customers failing to meet program eligibility criteria
3. Selection of Comparison Group from within Sample of Sub-Population a. Segment treatment customers by climate zone, solar status, and sector.
For the measurement of efficiency savings in the commercial sector also segment customers by business type using NAICS Group mapping as was done in the GRIDmeter report as applicable.
b. For a comparison pool meter to be sampled into the comparison group for a specific categorical segment of the treatment group, the customer must share all criteria listed in 3.a.
c. With categorical segmentation completed, conduct individual meter selection on the basis of Euclidean distance (least sum of squares) matching with each treatment meter on the basis of seasonal hour-of-week baseline modeled consumption as described in Chapter 3 of the GRIDmeter report. For shorter-term baselines such as those used to gauge demand response impacts, the Euclidean distance matching may be performed on a single (non-seasonal) modeled hour-of-week basis as described in the CAISO report46 . For non-residential programs that serve a small number of customers or serve very large customers, the stratified sampling methods also described in chapter 3 of the GRIDmeter report may be more appropriate and thus utilized as applicable.
4. Creation of Comparison Group Vintages and Difference of Differences a. Once a comparison group has been created, the baseline period of the comparison group must be aligned temporally with the baseline period of the participating customers.
b. Where programs enroll customers over a period of time longer than 30 days, the comparison group savings calculation must be rebaselined for each month of enrollment and a new vintage created that is assigned to a monthly cohort of enrolled participants.
c. For each monthly cohort of participants, calculate a difference of differences of percentage savings between the treated customers and the associated vintage of the comparison group.
46 See Demand Response Advanced Measurement Methodology: Analysis of Open-Source Baseline and Comparison Group Methods to Enable CAISO Demand Response Resource Performance Evaluation, CAISO -Recurve, 2021 http://www.caiso.com/Documents/DemandResponseAdvancedMeasurementMethodology.pdf 219
d. The fractional difference of differences is then multiplied by the treatment group counterfactual on an aggregated basis for each segment established in 3a. More detail is provided in Chapter 4 of the GRIDmeter47 report on conducting the difference of differences savings calculations as well as in the CAISO report.
For payable and claimable net savings, Recurve will apply 0.95 default net to gross ratio for Commercial and 0.85 default net to gross ratio for Single-Family Residential NMEC programs as specified in the October 12, 2019 DEER Resolution48 to account for free ridership.
Outlier Site & Non-Routine Event Identification
This section of the M&V plan augments generic qualification criteria for participants with specific considerations regarding project eligibility criteria, screening, and handling of non-routine events to ensure that the savings from the program are reflective of the impacts of the program intervention.49 The process includes pre-screening, event detection, and handling adjustments as described in the sections below. The following diagram illustrates the 4 step process:
Figure 4: Eligibility Criteria and Screening
Eligibility Criteria and Screening
47 Comparison Groups for the COVID Era and Beyond, Recurve, 2020 https://gridmeter.recurve.com/uploads/8/6/5/0/8650231/doe_sampling_v2.pdf 48 Resolution E-4952. Approval of the Database for Energy-Efficient Resources updates for 2020 and revised version 2019 in Compliance with D.15-10-028, D.16-08-019, and Resolution E-4818. See p. A-45 for table of NMEC NTG ratios. http://docs.cpuc.ca.gov/publisheddocs/published/g000/m232/k459/232459122.pdf 49 This approach is preliminary and any adjustment to it will be made in consultation with the Market Sponsor (Program Administrator)
220
STEP 1. As described above, Recurve will utilize CalTRACK modeling to pre-screen the population to identify qualifying customers that have data sufficiency and baseline model fit, which will ensure savings are measurable in the performance period.
Customers who experience a baseline non-routine event or erratic energy consumption that exceeds the prescribed threshold during the baseline period may be excluded from the program. Some scenarios in which they may remain include:
(i) the impacted metered consumption can be excluded from the analysis without violating minimum data sufficiency standards.
(ii) the NRE can be adequately controlled by comparing customer energy consumption to a matched nonparticipant comparison group. Aggregators will be able to check potential projects against this pre-screened list. (iii) the NRE is determined to not materially impact the project and portfolio savings.
In the process of customer acquisition, aggregators will verify with customers that they do not plan to install major new load additions or subtractions, solar PV, or EV charging in the reporting year (post-program implementation). In addition, aggregators will work with Recurve and PCE to ensure that customers are not participating in another energy efficiency program, have not installed an EV charging system, or solar PV or battery storage within the baseline year. PCE will be responsible for providing past energy efficiency program participation data to ensure accurate monthly program forecasting.
If data is not provided in a timely fashion and sites are enrolled that have participated within the previous year, project reservations, tracking, and payments to aggregators will be maintained.
Non-Routine Events and Treatment
STEP 2. Once projects have been initiated, Recurve shall regularly conduct screening of all projects in the aggregators’ portfolios for possible non-routine events in three dimensions:
● Savings relative to comparison group-adjusted counterfactual consumption:
Recalculate savings as a percentage of comparison group-adjusted counterfactual consumption for all participating projects on a quarterly basis.
Flag any projects with savings exceeding ±50 percent annual savings. ● Deterioration in normalization model goodness of fit: Fit CalTRACK model to the Year 1 post-retrofit consumption data and recalculate CVRMSE, prior to a savings claim. If the Year 1 model has a CVRMSE of greater than 1.0, then the Project will be flagged as a non-routine event.
221
● Significant difference from comparison group: If a treatment site does not have a sufficient comparison group to adjust for exogenous impacts, the Project will be flagged as a non-routine event.
STEP 3 & 4. If it has been determined that metered savings results are invalid, for instance due to the project being flagged as a savings outlier, insufficient reporting period data, or poor (CVRMSE > 1) reporting period CalTRACK daily model fit, the project savings will be estimated using a consistent adjustment applied uniformly to all disqualified projects.
Assigned savings values will be based on the average savings or realization rate for the other qualified projects in the aggregators’ portfolio.50 Assigned savings for disqualified projects will be applied on a monthly basis and paid out on an ongoing quarterly basis by applying the current aggregator portfolio realization rate at the time of savings calculation. Aggregators whose entire portfolios are subject to an NRE, or assigned savings, will not receive ongoing assigned savings but rather a single payment at the end of the project’s 12-month performance period; at that time, the assigned savings payment will be calculated by applying the Program Portfolio’s current realization rate to the projects forecasted savings.
Aggregator Self-Reported NRE Notification
The Aggregator is required to notify the Lead Implementer of any situation in which a building enrolled in the Program has a non-program related material change in energy usage, or an NRE. Examples of NREs may include material changes in the following:
● Changes to building size;
● Additions of heating and cooling loads in the building; ● Addition of load such as computers or data processing equipment; ● Longer, or shorter operating hours, or material schedule changes; and/or ● Changes in building usage such as converting lab space to office space.
The Aggregator shall notify the Lead Implementer of NREs as soon as supporting information can be assembled and submitted. For all NREs, Aggregators shall submit to the Lead Implementer a detailed narrative describing the changes that occurred and the duration of the NRE including the following:
● Describe the change and its impact on energy usage;
● Identify the date the change occurred and expected length; ● Describe the systems that are likely impacted by the change; ● If changing equipment, either adding or subtracting, note the load (kW) of the existing equipment, and the new equipment, if appropriate.
50 If an entire aggregator's portfolio is subject to an NRE, the aggregator’s portfolio will receive the program’s realization rate at the time of Program Portfolio maturity and the aggregator's participation will be reviewed. 222
Estimated Savings = Realization Rate * Predicted Annual Project Savings
Where:
Estimated Savings = Annual non-routine-adjusted savings to calculate performance payments
Realization Rate = Aggregators total portfolio actual savings divided by total predicted portfolio savings;
∑ S /∑ P
Where:
S = Actual annual project savings in kWh or therms as calculated in Recurve platform
P = Predicted annual project savings in kWh or therms as reported by the Aggregator during Project submission to Recurve, aligned with the load shape forecasted for the purposes of determining project value.
This standard approach for the identification and treatment of non-routine events will be included as part of an aggregator’s contract with Recurve. Systematic and predictable treatment of non-routine events tied to overall portfolio performance to manage risk comports with the Population-NMEC expectation of consistent calculations and treatment of projects across the portfolio. Any custom calculations for non-routine adjustments will be reviewed and approved in collaboration with the market sponsor for this program.
4. Hourly Load Shape and Peak Impact Calculations
CalTRACK V.2.0 hourly methods quantify savings for each hour in the reporting period.
The GRIDmeter methods adjust these results for exogenous factors also at an hourly level.
The hourly tracking of savings enables valuation of savings and marginal greenhouse gas (GHG) impacts.51,52 For gas savings, if applicable, the CalTRACK V.2.0 Daily methods will
51 A careful study of the CPUC’s 2019 Avoided Cost Calculator reveals that over-generation and renewables curtailment is forecast for 25% of all hours in 2025 with the majority of these hours occurring during mid-day time periods and mild shoulder months.
52 Golden, M., A. Scheer and C. Best. 2019. “Decarbonization of Electricity Requires Market-Based Demand Flexibility”. The Electricity Journal. Vol 32. Issue 7 (August-September). 223
be used and comparison adjustments and non-routine event tracking and adjustments will be made as described above.53
At this time, actual load shape impacts cannot be reported to the CPUC via CEDARS - Cost-Effectiveness Tool.54 Deemed load shapes or proportional deemed load shapes are used to mirror the impacts of meter-based programs. For the Demand FLEXmarket, actual load shapes will be submitted through FLEXvalue. If actual load shapes are not accepted, a proportional multi-deemed load shape that is the closest reflection of the actual load shape achieved by the program may be used.
Peak impact calculations will leverage the hourly data to estimate the peak impacts achieved by the program during the peak periods defined in the October 11, 2019, DEER Resolution.55 Timing of peak load is 4:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m over a three consecutive weekday “heatwave” that occurs between June 1st and September 30th, does not include weekends or holidays, has the highest value for the sum of the average temperature over the three-day period, plus the average temperature from noon to 6 p.m. over the three day period, plus the peak temperature over the three-day period.
5. Data Collection
Data Security
Data security and customer privacy are paramount for effective, trustworthy customer programs. Recurve has implemented rigorous data security procedures and protocols at every step of data transfer, analysis, and reporting for handling AMI data and customer information. Recurve data tools and systems are built on modern industry standards and have undergone the auditing process to achieve SOC 2 compliance, which ensures best in class security and data management practices that meet the required “trust service principles” as defined by the AICPA. Security agreements with PCE and aggregators are available to the CPUC upon request.
Data Collection
The availability and quality of hourly consumption data for proper baselines is fundamental to identifying and qualifying NMEC program participants. CalTRACK details necessary data and sufficiency requirements for the establishment of appropriate baselines in Section 2. Data Management.
Aggregators will collect the site and meter information required for proper weather station matching project start and end dates needed for the identification of baseline,
53 Gas data is generally available but hourly gas data is only available in part of the state. 54 Recurve is hopeful functionality to submit actual load shapes will be available by the time savings can be reported for this program.
55 http://docs.cpuc.ca.gov/publisheddocs/published/g000/m232/k459/232459122.pdf 224
blackout, and reporting periods to meet the CalTRACK with the specification.
Aggregators will collect relevant project and site metadata as specified in the aggregator’s Flexibility Purchase Agreement. These data will include participant, location, meter id, date of installation, technology installed, and project costs. Any or all of these data will be utilized for more granular cohort (program subgroup) tracking and management and could be used to facilitate future EM&V studies.
For developing a comparison group, a sample of non-participant customers will be identified to perform accurate matching and comprise a reliable comparison group from non-participant data.
Data must be delivered in a clean readable format. Any duplicated data will be thrown out. Any overlaps in meter datasets will resolve to the dataset with the largest time period.
6. Monitoring and Documentation QA/QC Over Reporting Period The CalTRACK modeling process specifies quality assurance and quality control procedures. Recurve will maintain quality data management and monitoring throughout the program life to ensure the reporting period results generate an accurate representation of the savings impacts. As part of this M&V plan, Recurve will provide a fully auditable and verifiable record to track each meter that is modeled and its fate over the course of the program.
7. M&V Related Plans for Project Types, Design, Payments, Measures and Cost Effectiveness
Permissible Project Types
As noted in the implementation plan, the Demand FLEXmarket may consist of several aggregators targeting a range of measures. For any given aggregator, participating customers are reasonably expected to have similar types of equipment and drivers in energy consumption. During the aggregator qualification process, Recurve will ensure that factors that impact consumption and energy savings will be relatively similar across the population.
In addition, the Demand FLEXmarket will leverage insights from multiple recent studies56,57,58,59 which have shown that recruiting customers based on insights from AMI data analytics can effectively identify stranded potential and substantially enhance the metered savings and cost-effectiveness of energy efficiency programs. These analyses
56 Customer Targeting for Residential Energy Efficiency Programs: Enhancing Electricity Savings at the Meter, A.M. Scheer, S. Borgeson, K.
Rosendo, 2017
57 Energy Efficiency Program Targeting: Using AMI Data Analysis to Improve At-the-Meter Savings for Small and Medium Businesses, S. Borgeson, A.M. Scheer, R. Kasman et. al. 2018
58 Customer Targeting via Usage Data Analytics to Enhance Metered Savings, 2018 ACEEE Summer Study, A.M. Scheer, S. Borgeson, R.
Kasman et al.
59 PG&E’s Energy Efficiency Business Plan 2018 – 2025, Residential Appendix D 225
will be conducted by Recurve in partnership with qualified aggregators to find populations that may have similar characteristics of usage prior to intervention and that will be predictive of impacts of the intervention.
8. Program Design Criteria and Fractional Savings Uncertainty (FSU) Program Design Criteria
The Demand FLEXmarket has been designed to meet the CPUC criteria for population-level NMEC programs. Recurve is currently forecasting over 5,000 projects in PCE’s service area that encompass lighting, HVAC, water heating, building envelope, controls, and refrigeration. The program will be measuring FSU for this program portfolio, and based on past program experience with this number of projects and savings depth, the program does not foresee any issue in remaining below the 25% guideline for Population NMEC.
Fractional Savings Uncertainty
Calculation of FSU used in this plan complies with industry best practice and specifically reflects Section 4.3 of the CalTRACK methods. The two key metrics for uncertainty are the Coefficient of Variation of the Root Mean Square Error (CVRMSE) and Fractional Savings Uncertainty (FSU). The FSU depends on a number of interactive factors, several of which have non-linear dependencies. In general, driving deeper savings, recruiting customers with good model fit, and serving a large number of customers will improve FSU at a given confidence interval. FSU at an individual site level is defined by the following equation:
where
t is the t-statistic and a, b, and d are empirical coefficients described further in the online CalTRACK documentation
M is the number of months in the reporting period
Q is the number of periods in the reporting period (days or billing periods for example)
F is the savings fraction defined as the savings divided by the counterfactual baseline usage
CVRMSE is the coefficient of variation of the root-mean-squared error and provides a measurement of the quality of model fit (lower CVRMSE equates to better model fit) and is defined as follows:
226
where
UP is the total energy use during period P
Uhat is the predicted energy use during period p
Ubar is the mean energy use during the baseline period
P is the total number of periods
c is the number of explanatory variables in the model
Fractional savings uncertainty at an aggregated (portfolio) level is calculated via the following equation:
For the Demand FLEXmarket, the CalTRACK methods described above were applied to a sample of buildings similar to those that are likely to be targeted as part of the program.
Assumptions about the forecasted average savings and savings depth as a percentage of the baseline were derived from past project experience and combinations of DEER technology savings and load shapes (lighting, HVAC, water heating, building envelope, controls, and refrigeration) that will be deployed as part of the program. Recurve has estimated the rough number of projects needed to capture savings under projected budgets; and discrete business plans from Aggregators will further refine these estimates.
The CalTRACK methods model each site individually before aggregating to the portfolio level with savings uncertainty reported as a first-class output. Savings uncertainty, as opposed to savings depth, is the ultimate parameter of concern (e.g. savings of 4+/-1% may be acceptable, but savings of 10+/-3% may be unacceptable). Aggregating results to a portfolio mitigates issues related to model noise and increases confidence in savings estimates. An extensive discussion of model uncertainty is included in CalTRACK documentation and was leveraged for this analysis.60
60 See CalTRACK issue: https://github.com/energy-market-methods/caltrack/issues/71. 227
Based on assumptions, if the Demand FLEXmarket is able to achieve the forecasted installations of the planned technologies, and achieve the forecasted average savings, FSU will fall well within the bounds of the CPUC requirements. Recurve expects to achieve the CPUC’s stated desired FSU of +/- 25% at the 90% confidence level by recruiting a sufficient number of projects, supporting aggregators in recruiting customers with a reasonable CVRMSE (generally less than 0.75), monitoring savings for a sufficient number of days (FSU will be calculated with the CalTRACK daily model), and delivering a reasonable savings depth measured from existing conditions baseline.
Payments and Incentives
Aggregators are eligible for an upfront incentive payment of 20% of the forecasted aggregator incentive for installed commercial projects61 and 50% of the forecasted grid value for installed residential projects. The remaining incentive depends on the performance of their portfolio. There are no predetermined customer payments or rebates set by the program- customer rebates are determined by participating aggregators, and are expected to be variable depending on business models, cost of service etc. Aggregators will be required to report any incentive payments passed on to the customer. This payment structure is designed to incentivize maximum performance around net benefits, as well as peak and net-peak impacts. The incentive payment is designed to pay directly on the value of delivered metered net savings.
In calculating the net benefits (avoided costs), Recurve will take the full measured 8,760 electric savings resource curve and multiply by the appropriate hourly avoided cost profile of the CPUC’s Electric Avoided Cost Calculator (ACC) for the duration of the Effective Useful Life of the measure.
However, for the purposes of program payment, a smoothing process for generation capacity, transmission, and distribution values will be applied as follows:
● Evenly distribute the average gross peak values across gross peak hours (4-7 PM) ● Evenly distribute the average net peak values across net peak hours (7-9 PM) ● Evenly distribute the average off-peak values across the off-peak hours.
The purpose of this smoothing process is to account for sporadic capacity peaks distributed throughout the original avoided cost curve. As illustrated in the figure below, the majority of capacity value is concentrated in a small number of days throughout the year. While this may be logical to facilitate simulations, it creates enormous risk to aggregators and creates the potential for gaming. Since actual critical peak demand days are unknown ahead of time, the programmatic approach is to take the gross and net peak capacity value and distribute it evenly across gross and net peak hours. This provides a more consistent price curve and value signal for program participants to plan
61 Upfront incentives are capped at $40,000. An aggregator with a project with a forecasted value of greater than $200,000 must submit the project with ICP certification to receive an upfront incentive beyond $40,000. 228
around while staying anchored within the original avoided cost curve. Throughout this smoothing process, the “total 8760 value” of the avoided cost curve is kept completely consistent.
Figure 4: Smoothing Capacity Value
The gas benefits will be paid based on the lifetime therm savings based on the measured annual savings, effective useful life, and the forecasted value per therm. The forecasted therms value is derived from the CPUC’s Gas Avoided Cost Calculator.
For this program, the hourly avoided cost profile is adjusted as described below to provide a more accurate TSB value where measured savings are aligned to the correct Hour of Year on the ACC.
The ACC used with FLEXValue tend to align with weekdays of all years such that the first day of each year is the same day. For example, in the 2020 California Avoided Cost Calculator, January 1, 2020 was a Wednesday. This means that all subsequent years in the ACC are all modeled as if they start on a Wednesday. 229
In measured savings, we have real savings that occur on a real date (for example January 1st, 2021). To properly match the days of the week of the ACC to the actual day savings occurred, the ACC is shifted to the hour of year based on the year that the savings were measured, depicted below.
Most projects in the Commercial Efficiency Market are tracked across multiple calendar years. For example, a project that completed January 1, 2021 will have measured savings spanning both 2021 and 2022, but these years have different ACC Hour of Year shift requirements.
An illustration of this is below:
230
Shifting across multiple years results in:
· 24 hours that are not assigned to any “Wednesday aligned” Hour of Year. · 24 hours that are duplicative, assigned to the same “Wednesday aligned” Hour of Year.
· The gap/duplication comes from the delta between the hour of year shifts (i.e. 72- 48=24)
Recurve’s Metering+ software allows the duplicate/dropped assignments to happen, and after FLEXValue runs, it realigns the hourly value outputs back to the real life hour of years.
For duplicate hour of year assignments, we store savings for each real life hour such that we can disaagregate value back to real life hours after FLEXValue has ran.
PCE payments for this population-level program will be made based on payable savings determinations using NMEC methods described in the gross and net sections of this plan. 231
Payments for the program will be made quarterly during the 12-month measurement period for active projects in the aggregator portfolio. The quarterly measurement periods are fixed before program start, and aggregators will be paid based on portfolio savings for active projects during the measurement period.
The quarterly incentive payment is based on the total program value (adjusted avoided cost benefits as described above) net of market management costs and non-energy private investment. Marketplace management costs include general and administrative (G&A) overhead, direct implementation non-incentive (DINI), M&V, and marketing, education and outreach. These management costs account for 25% of the total program budget. Aggregators will be paid for their portfolio value achieved based on metered savings from active projects achieved during the most recent measurement quarter. The Aggregator is not eligible for a quarterly incentive payment if the net benefits from their portfolio does not exceed the upfront payments.Portfolios become “active for payment” after the value generated exceeds the upfront incentives paid and associated marketplace management costs. Payments will be made at fixed quarterly intervals established in the program manual and are based on each aggregator’s project portfolio that is “active for payment”. Payments will be made based on the latest data received at the time of measurement, and payment for missing time periods of data will move to the following payment cycle. Once data is received for the end of the monitoring of the market , no further updates to measurements will occur.
In addition, a Safety Factor is withheld each quarter to provide a buffer in regard to seasonality and/or portfolio performance. As the portfolio completes the full 12 month measurement period, aggregators are compensated with a “true-up” payment in the following quarterly payment cycle that will release owed funds. The safety factor defaults at 10% of measured portfolio value. At the end of the portfolio year, each aggregators’ Safety Factor will be re-evaluated based on the performance of their portfolio relative to their forecast (realization rate). A visualization of payment cadences and safety factor evaluation is shown in the figures below.
Commercial:
232
Residential:
Figure 7: Aggregator Payments Based on Active Projects within the Measurement Period
Aggregators with realization rates less than 30% will be evaluated regarding their participation in the next year of the Market. This evaluation may impact the Safety Factor applied as well as the Aggregator’s eligibility for Upfront Payments. 233
Recurve will document in an electronic, revenue-grade, auditable ledger the recommended payments to support aggregator invoices to PCE after each quarterly measurement period. The electronic ledger will track all stages of an NMEC project in a program, including non-routine adjustments. Invoice payment recommendations will be based on CalTRACK payable savings results. Claimable results to the CPUC will be derived from the ledger for compliance with reporting requirements.
Payments for eligible projects involving solar in the baseline or reporting year will only be eligible for an annual payment, further described in the eligibility section below.
Qualifying Measures
The Demand FLEXmarket will promote a wide range of measures including, but is not limited to, the following interventions: lighting, HVAC, water heating, building envelope, refrigeration, and controls-based technologies. The types of measures that are installed will be documented in the course of program deployment and be included in the metadata (see Data Collection section).
Projects with a primary anchor measure of controls or behavioral interventions will default to a 1-year EUL (with an option for re-enrollment) unless otherwise supported with documentation such as work papers or eTRM data (see the “Effective Useful Life” section of the M&V plan for more detail). Solar PV and other electricity generation are not eligible for incentives from the Demand FLEXmarket.
Cost Effectiveness
The Demand FLEXmarket was designed for compliance with all of the Commission's current cost-effectiveness rules. All data needed to calculate cost-effectiveness for this program are included in this plan.
9. Eligibility Criteria
See Section b. Calculation of Gross and Net Savings/Eligibility Criteria and Screening
Recurve will utilize CalTRACK modeling to qualify customers based on data sufficiency and baseline model fit in addition to other usage characteristics.62 General customer eligibility requirements include but are not limited to:
● Commercial site or Residential customer (single-family); ● Project site must be located in PCE’s service area;63 ● Unbundled (i.e., receiving electric generation service from PCE) customer;
62 Project qualifications based on data sufficiency and model fit may only apply to the type of savings being measured (electric or gas). 63 https://www.PCEcleanenergy.org/member-communities/
234
● Site is not currently participating, and has not participated in the past 12 months, in a CPUC ratepayer-funded energy efficiency program;
● 12 consecutive months of energy usage data is available; ● Model fit needs to be < 1.0 Coefficient of the Variation of the Root Mean Square Error (CVRMSE) and site must pass CalTRACK data sufficiency analysis (Recurve will conduct analysis at intake);
● If the customer has an onsite solar system, installation of the system must have been completed at least 12 months prior to the EE intervention. ● Projects can only enroll in the Market if they were installed and completed following the Program’s elect to administer date.
● Qualifying residential projects subject to cost-effectiveness requirements set forth by the Program
● Commercial and Residential projects must be installed and project completion paperwork submitted to Recurve by no later than April 30, 2025 Aggregators will verify with customers that they do not plan to install major new load additions or subtractions, solar PV, or EV charging in the reporting year (post-program implementation). In addition, Recurve will assess if a site has participated in another energy efficiency program, installed an EV charging system, or installed solar PV or battery storage within the baseline year. Past program participation data will be used as received to ensure that savings claims will not be duplicated for measures by cross-referencing known participants in other programs and not allowing them to participate.
If data is not provided in a timely fashion and sites are enrolled that have participated within the previous year, project reservations, tracking, and payments to aggregators will be maintained.
Customer sites with existing solar installations within the baseline period are ineligible for participation in the Market due to solar generation’s temperature independence.
However, the Market will allow aggregators to enroll sites in the program at a future date to be announced with 30 days of notice to aggregators, and provided certain minimum criteria are met, including but not exclusive to:
1. Aggregator will take the risk of site eligibility until after the project is paid and the impacts analyzed.
2. Aggregator must provide submeter from the PV system for the baseline and reporting years in the format the Market specifies to assess impacts.
3. The Demand FLEXmarket aggregator completes the onboarding process for submeter data submittal, demonstrating ability to provide the Demand FLEXmarket program with submeter data required in the specified format. This must be completed before any sites with solar installations are enrolled. 235
Sites with PV generation will only be eligible for an annual payment within four months of final data receipt from both the meter data from PCE and the PV submeter data from the Aggregator in the specified format.
In addition, solar PV and other electricity generation are not eligible for incentives from the Demand FLEXmarket. If a PV system or other generation capacity is installed/activated as part of an on-site intervention, the aggregator must adhere to the conditions listed above and must include a peak load reduction component, such as battery storage or efficiency upgrades.
Tracking grid impacts from a battery-system submeter, based on the charge/discharge of the system is currently ineligible for participation in the Market. However, given the state of emergency, the Market will allow aggregators to enroll battery submeters in the program at a future date to be announced with 30 days of notice to aggregators, and provided minimum criteria are met, including but not exclusive to:
1. Storage system must have been installed after January 1st, 2018
2. Aggregator must provide submeter data from the storage in the format the Market specifies for the period required by the Market administrator.
3. Aggregator completes the onboarding process for submeter data submittal, demonstrating ability to provide the program with submeter data required in the specified format. This must be completed before any sites with storage installations are enrolled.
Sites tracking against the charge/discharge of the battery system as opposed to the whole-building analysis of CalTRACK will only eligible for an annual payment after final data receipt of both the meter data from MCE and the battery submeter data from the aggregator in the specified format.
Projects consisting solely of 1-year (or less) EUL controls or behavioral measures will be eligible to re-enroll in the program for up to 2 additional years while utilizing the counterfactual model developed upon the date of initial enrollment and has otherwise maintained eligibility and data sufficiency status. The number of years for re-enrollment while utilizing the existing counterfactual model may be expanded in future plans.
10. Effective Useful Life (EUL)
The FLEXmarket includes, but is not limited to, the following interventions: lighting, HVAC, water heating, building envelope, refrigeration, and controls-based technologies. The measures listed in the following table will be utilized to assign EUL values to primary and secondary measures for each project as applicable. The EULs listed combined with the default DEER loadshapes (based on past program claims) will be used to calculate the Forecasted Program Value for submitted interventions and for savings claims. The program is technology agnostic and a wide array of measures may be installed to meet 236
the savings and demand impact targets. Primary and secondary anchor measures are identified and appropriate EULs will be applied as part of the final claimable savings calculations. This table is the list of EULs and savings load shapes that are used for primary and secondary anchor measures for this program. This table is based on best available research from eTRM measure packages and 2020 program claims. Default load shapes are used for forecasting purposes only. The tables below shall be referenced for all primary and secondary measure EULs. If the proposed primary or secondary measure does not conform into one of the categories listed, then a justification for another EUL or Load Shapes may be submitted to the program for review in the form of CPUC approved work papers or eTRM data. All EULs will be reviewed and confirmed by Recurve during project enrollment.
Technology /
Intervention
Sector Effective Useful Life Default DEER Load Shape
for Forecasting
Lighting Com 12 DEER:
NonRes_Indoor_CFL_Ltg
HVAC Retrofit Com 15 DEER:
NonRes_HVAC_Split_Pa
ckage_AC
Heat Pump Retrofit Com 15 DEER:
NonRes_HVAC_Split_Pa
ckage_HP
HVAC Maintenance Com 3 DEER:HVAC_Split-Package_AC
Chillers Com 20 DEER:NonRes_HVAC_Ch
illers
Refrigeration Com 12 DEER:
NonRes_HVAC_Chillers
Building Envelope Com 20 DEER:NonRes_HVAC_Sp
lit_Package_AC
Pumps/Motors/Drives Com 15 DEER:
NonRes_Indoor_CFL_Ltg
Storage Water Heater Com 15 DEER:
NonRes_Indoor_CFL_Ltg
Heat Pump Water
Heater
Com 10 DEER:
NonRes_Indoor_CFL_Ltg
Controls or Behavior
Default is 1-year EUL
unless otherwise
supported through By default match the
237
Based Interventions
(Including Storage)
Com work papers or eTRM
data and approved by
market sponsor.
(Eligible for re-enrollment)
anchor measure load
shape that controls are
influencing.
Lighting Res 12 DEER:Res_Indoor_CFL_Lt
g
HVAC Retrofit Res 15 DEER:Res_HVAC_Eff_AC
Heat Pump Retrofit Res 15 DEER:Res_HVAC_Eff_HP
HVAC Maintenance Res 3 DEER:Res_HVAC_Eff_AC
Refrigeration Res 12 DEER:Res_Indoor_CFL_Lt
g
Building Envelope Res 20 DEER:Res_BldgShell_Ins
Pumps/Motors/Drives Res 10 DEER:Res_Indoor_CFL_Lt
g
Smart Thermostat (New
Install Only)
Res 9 DEER:Res_HVAC_Eff_AC
Heat Pump Water
Heater
Res 10 DEER:Res_HVAC_Eff_HP
Controls or Behavior
Based Interventions
(Including Storage)
Res Default is 1-year EUL
unless otherwise
supported through work
papers or eTRM data
and approved by
market sponsor. (Eligible
for re-enrollment)
N/A
In the case of an add-on equipment measure, the guidelines outlined in Resolution E-4818 will be followed. Retrofit add-on equipment measures will have an EUL that is “equal to the lower of the RUL of the modified system or equipment or the EUL of the add-on component.”64 In such cases, the program will apply the ⅓ rule for the EUL of the parent system as described in the EE policy manual.65 The program will require aggregators to attest if their measure is an add-on to an existing system and will work to provide consistent messaging on which measures are likely to be considered add-ons: VFDs and VSDs being an example measure type.
64 https://www.caetrm.com/media/reference-documents/CPUC_Resolution_E-4807_December_2016.PDF 65https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/-/media/cpuc-website/files/legacyfiles/e/6442465683-eepolicymanualrevised-march-20-2020-b.pdf 238
In preparing savings claims, this program will develop combined measure claims In accordance with the CPUC’s guidance on “Weighted Average Expected Useful Life/Net to Gross Method.66 Since the outputs of the calculator are dependent on the savings achieved, the projected EUL for this program is not yet known.
11. Methods, Payment Terms, and Risk
Methods for Payable and Claimable Savings
See section a. Analytical Methods and Calculation Software Selection and section b.
Calculation of Gross and Net Savings for detail on methods and the expected difference between payable and claimable savings.
Payment Terms
Recurve and qualified aggregators will establish the payment terms in their contract based on the net metered savings in the portfolio and corresponding project EULs, net of marketplace management costs. Value is directly related to the benefit stream in the adjusted hourly avoided cost calculator for the service area and climate zone.
These payment terms are designed in accordance with the NMEC Rulebook 2.0 guidance and all known Commission directives related to terms and conditions.
Compliance on payment terms for this M&V plan is described in Section f. Payments and Incentives.l
Risk Mitigation
The Demand FLEXmarket has a fundamentally different risk profile from the rest of the energy efficiency portfolio. The Commission noted the limited risk to ratepayers of this program model in D.21-12-011 in their justification to suspend the cost-effectiveness rules:
". . . this type of program is very low risk to ratepayers regardless of cost-effectiveness score, because actual energy savings are measures based on NMEC methods, payments to aggregators are made based on performance, and spending is limited by the TSB actually achieved. Therefore, it is reasonable to suspend cost-effectiveness rules for this purpose for this unforeseen emergency situation in response to the Governor’s Proclamation." 67 One-hundred percent of the payment to the aggregator is based on the annual net savings achieved at the meter. The aggregator takes on the upfront risk, and arranges financing, to deliver impacts. This risk is within their power to mitigate with successful program implementation, innovative financing, insurance, and with general support provided by the program administrator. The Demand FLEXmarket represents minimal risk
66 Rolling Portfolio Program Guidance; Weighted Average Expected Useful Life/Net to Gross Method. Excel Spreadsheet titled “Combining_Measures_Claims-DRAFT”. The spreadsheet calculator has not been updated to reflect new DEER values; so can only be used with respect to the proposed method. https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/General.aspx?id=6442456320 67 See D.21-12-011 at p. 26 239
for PCE or ratepayers, especially when compared to deemed program models given that the program administrator will only pay for savings achieved at the meter and by design will meet minimum cost effectiveness criteria.
The Demand FLEXmarket will further mitigate risk of settlement dispute by using a consistent, transparent means of tracking the impacts for settling payable savings as described in this M&V plan. Payment to the aggregator is completely based on savings delivered at the meter and will be made on a quarterly basis.
The Demand FLEXmarket is designed to minimize risk to program administrators, moderate risk for project developers with a portfolio pricing scheme, and decouple interest in the savings from the entity calculating the savings. PCE makes incremental payments by portfolio rather than committing to full project or program costs. The majority of payments to external entities are dependent on identifying projects and the performance of those projects. In the worst-case scenario: PCE pays its administrative cost (internal and/or external staff); no projects come forward, and no savings are achieved, which would still represent a very small portion of the total allocated budget.
An easy way to visualize the risk is looking at a three point table as has been done in other papers on understanding risk in pay for performance programs:68 (Market Sponsor) PCE / RATEPAYERS
Upfront: Administrative cost
If projects materialize: Portion of the forecasted benefits for monitoring and tracking If savings materialize: Payment for kWh or therms, net of marketplace management costs
CUSTOMERS / PARTICIPANTS
Upfront: Contribution to
project
If savings materialize:
Enough savings to generate
value for the customer in
addition to other value
provided by the project.
PROJECT DEVELOPERS / AGGREGATORS
Upfront: Forecasting, business plans, customer
recruitment, project development, financing, etc.
If projects materialize: Payment needs to be enough
to cover costs and generate margin.
If savings materialize: Ineligibility risk will fall on developers (manage risk with portfolio), that
installations will deliver expected savings and load
shapes.
68 Where's the Risk with Pay for Performance? Rob Hansen, ACEEE paper 2018 240
12. To Code Savings Compliance
The Demand FLEXmarket is targeting to-code savings as described in the implementation plan. Compliance with D. 17-11-006 Ordering Paragraph 2 is met in Section 6 of the implementation plan.
The M&V plan described herein will quantify the savings achieved compared to an existing conditions baseline as authorized in AB802, SB350, and detailed in the methods sections of this M&V plan.
13. Bid M&V Plan
The Demand FLEXmarket will not conduct a bidding process for this program. It will utilize an aggregator qualification approach that reduces barriers to entry. Bid M&V plans will not exist.
241
Implementation Plan Template Guidance v3.0 | March 2025 | Page 1 ATTACHMENT A. Tools, Methods, Analytical Approaches and Software Criteria
In the NMEC Rulebook V. 2.0 (p. 17) the CPUC outlines specific criteria for the approaches and calculation software allowable and preferable for NMEC population-level M&V. The following table itemizes the criteria in the left hand column and how the proposed tools, methods, analytical approaches, and calculation software in this M&V plan meet these criteria.
Tools, Methods, Analytical Approaches
and Calculation Software - CPUC Criteria
Compliance demonstrated in this M&V
plan
Savings Calculations: All analytical
methods, including tools, algorithms and
software used in savings and incentive or
compensation payment calculations,
must be made available to Commission
staff and its consultants upon request.
The proposed analytical methods
(FLEXmeter)
(CalTRACK) and calculation software
(OpenEEmeter) are open source and
publicly available.
Comparison group methods (GRIDMeter)
are publicly available.
A certificate of compliance with the
CalTRACK methods will be provided to
the PA, CPUC, and Evaluators.
All data will be readily accessible and
made available upon request.
Measurement Period: Savings
determinations must be made by
comparing at least 12 months of post-intervention energy consumption to at least 12 months of pre-intervention energy
consumption.
CalTRACK data handling (see Section 2
of the technical specification) will be
followed which screens for pre-intervention baseline data criteria:
“2.2.1.1. Consumption and temperature data
should be sufficient to allow for a 365-day baseline
period”
Interim savings determinations will be
242
Implementation Plan Template Guidance v3.0 | March 2025 | Page 2 assessed on an ongoing basis but
reported annually and based on the
Commission guidelines.
Transparency: Data, methods and
calculations must be made available to
the PAs well as the Commission and its
impact evaluators.
The proposed analytical methods
(FLEXmeter) (CalTRACK) (GRIDMeter) and
calculation software (OpenEEmeter) are
open source and publicly available.
Certification of compliance will be
provided to PAs, the CPUC and impact
evaluators in addition to access to all
data methods and calculations.
Documentation and Replicability: The
methods used to calculate savings for
NMEC programs must be documented in
the program-level M&V Plan sufficiently
such that savings calculations are able to
be replicated by the PAs as well as the
Commission and its impact evaluators.
Upon request, the underlying participant
consumption data and other data inputs
must be made available to the PAs well
as the Commission and its impact
evaluators such that savings calculations
can be replicated to reach the same
result.
The methods used to calculate savings
are referenced in the program-level M&V
plan and the details for savings
calculation, including data handling, and
weather station selection are
documented in the CalTRACK 2.0
Technical Specification.
Comparison group methods for
quantifying net impacts to the grid are
documented in GRIDMeter.
The OpenEEmeter is a Python code base
which enables replication of the
CalTRACK methods.
The FLEXmeter methods and code base
documents demand response savings
calculations.
All data will be made available. In
addition, documentation of data
handling, and calculations will be
documented and provided to PA, CPUC
243
Implementation Plan Template Guidance v3.0 | March 2025 | Page 3 and evaluators to quickly isolate any
differences in results using the same data.
Consistent, Pre-Set Method: For
Population-level NMEC programs, the
specific measurement method(s) and
calculation software must be determined
before the program begins and applied
uniformly to all sites in the program.
The FLEXmeter, CalTRACK, and
GRIDMeter methods and OpenEEmeter
code base have been pre-determined
for this program; and will be applied
uniformly to all sites in the program.
Certification of compliance and
documentation of data handling will
validate uniform application to all sites in
the program.
244
DATE: April 14, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Rafael Reyes, Senior Director of Energy Programs; Jana Kopyciok-Lande, Associate Director of Innovation Strategy; and Peter Levitt, Senior Manager of Distributed Energy Programs
SUBJECT: Discussion of the Distributed Energy Resources Framework 2025 - 2030 (Discussion)
Item No. 8
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
RECOMMENDATION
Information and discussion only
BACKGROUND
Peninsula Clean Energy’s mission is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by expanding access to sustainable and affordable energy solutions. In 2018, PCE initiated community programs, which have been developed within three major pillars: Building decarbonization, Transportation decarbonization and Distributed Resources.
In September 2021, the Board adopted a new aspirational target supporting the region in reaching 100% decarbonization in buildings and transportation by 2035 and directed staff to analyze the feasibility of that target and return with an assessment and plan. The detailed analysis was delivered to the Board in September 2022 and assessed current market conditions, funding and financing availability, economics, and policy status. The plan also provided guidance on strategies to deliver significant emissions reductions within a scope that the agency is well positioned to affect.
The core strategy was defined as follows: To decarbonize buildings and transportation, align energy use with renewables, and deliver community benefits in segments PCE is best positioned to influence - progressively developing and adapting programs that evolve customer preference, innovation, and policy. In addition, to demonstrate scalable, sustainable business models and mobilize market forces state-wide. PCE has developed a portfolio of decarbonization programs aligned with the plan including reach codes, existing building decarbonization focused primarily on the residential sector, and transportation programs focused on private vehicles (EVs, ebikes, EV charging), with significant elements aimed at underserved communities. PCE programs are setting critical benchmarks for the state including:
245
1. Building codes for clean buildings and comprehensive EV readiness in multi-family buildings: Initiated in 2019, the reach code work of local governments with PCE technical assistance has played a major role in state building codes. CEC has recently reported that 80% of new home construction is now all-electric.
2. Cost-effective upgrades: PCE’s “right-sizing” strategy to avoid unnecessary service upgrades is resulting in major cost avoidance and increased scale, including apartment EV charging at 80% lower cost than state and utility programs.
3. Innovative strategies: Including novel business models such as PCE power purchase agreements to deploy solar and storage systems on municipal facilities.
However, the Decarbonization Plan also identified major barriers in scaling decarbonization and a special need to develop new business models to achieve scalability. Subsequent to the decarbonization plan, the Board directed staff to develop a Distributed Energy Resources (DER) Plan to complement the Decarbonization Plan. As with the decarbonization programs, DER programs have been ongoing and details of the existing approach for those DER programs were presented to the Board as “Part 1” in May 2024. Staff will provide a brief recap of Part 1 during the Board meeting to set the stage for the rest of the Plan as outlined below.
The need for a more comprehensive plan on how to foster DER development in PCE’s service area was also confirmed during the recent discussions for PCE's Strategic Plan for 2026 - 2030. As part of the new strategic planning process, PCE examined whether it should expand any existing, or develop any new, lines of business. All involved stakeholders (staff, Board and community partners) agreed that PCE should continue focusing on – and expand – its work on DERs. The following DER Strategic Policy was developed and presented to the Board in January 2025:
Over the next five years, PCE will prioritize efforts to accelerate the development of carbon-free distributed energy resources (DERs) in order to support further innovation and market transformation of distributed energy technologies, accelerate greenhouse gas (GHG) reductions, and provide customer and community resilience.
The following strategies were identified to foster the growth of DERs:
1. DER project development: For example, by growing PCE’s Virtual Power Plant (VPP) or developing community solar + storage or microgrid projects
2. Financial services: increasing customer access to capital via scalable and sustainable business models
3. Consulting & technical assistance for both residential and commercial customers
4. Advocacy: drive policy to increase the value and reduce the hurdles of DER deployment In the following section, staff outlines specific Goals for the next 5 years to address each of these strategies in more detail.
DISCUSSION
This DER Framework for 2025 – 2030 has three core components: (1) Align around an updated definition of DERs that reflects the breadth and scale of DERs in today’s energy environment; (2) Provide context on the benefits, barriers and status of DERs in PCE’s service area today and; (3) Outline specific Goals, including programmatic and policy initiatives, to foster DERs over the next 5 years.
246
DER Definitions
Historically, PCE has largely focused on DERs as behind-the-meter (BTM) distributed generation and storage technologies such as solar + storage. Moving forwards, PCE will use a broader definition of DERs that also includes local front-of-the- meter (FTM) resources, as well as non-generation BTM technologies that can shift load, such as electric vehicles (EVs), heat pump water heaters (HPWHs), smart control thermostats (SCT) and other energy efficiency measures (defined jointly as “Load Flexibility Technologies ”). PCE will use the following definition of DERs moving forwards:
Distributed Energy Resources (DERs) are assets on the distribution grid, either on the consumer’s side of the energy meter (behind-the-meter (BTM)) or in front of the customer meter connected to the distribution grid (front- of-the-meter (FTM)). They can be used individually or in aggregate to provide value to the grid and individual customers. Importantly, PCE will focus on “clean” DERs, which do not emit greenhouse gases (GHGs) in their operations.
PCE will aggregate BTM DERs under a so called “ Virtual Power Plant” which is a collection of load flexibility technologies that are located at a customer site that can be aggregated together and flexibly managed to modify load in order to meet grid needs.
FTM DERs are typically 1-10 MW in size and are interconnected directly to the California Independent System Owner (CAISO) market. They do not offset customer load and are often referred to as the “missing middle” as they neither fall under the scope of work of the Power Resources team (who focuses on the procurement of large-scale, centralized FTM energy resources) nor the Energy Program team (who focus on BTM solutions at customer site).
Examples of FTM DERs include community solar + storage facilities and multi-customer, community-scale microgrids.
Context: Status, Benefits and Barriers
To establish a baseline for its future work on DERs, PCE staff analyzed the status of DERs in its service area, as well as the associated benefits and barriers. PCE’s customers have one of the highest adoption rates of BTM DERs in the United States. There are roughly 40,000 solar systems, 6,500 storage systems[1], 60,000 zero emission vehicles (ZEVs)[2], 440 HPWHs and 1,500 heat pump HVAC systems[3] in PCE’s service area. Unfortunately, the same success has not been seen for FTM DERs to date. Over the past 20 years, only 26 MW of FTM DERs have been interconnected into PG&E’s distribution system in San Mateo and Merced counties. 433 MW have been withdrawn, which reflects the large challenges facing these types of resources. 126 MW are currently in project development.[4] DERs provide benefits to customers, the load serving entity (LSE) and the grid and society at large. For customers, DERs can reduce energy costs in several ways. For example, residential customers often see immediate savings between the cost for energy of the new solar + storage system versus purchasing energy from the grid. Non-residential customers can reduce demand charges with DERs. And all customers can save on electricity costs when using their load flexibility technologies to move energy consumption out of peak times (i.e., 4 PM - 9 PM) into non-peak times. In addition, solar and storage systems can mitigate any increase in electricity consumption due to electrification measures, thereby supporting a customer’s transition to electrifying their home. Last but not least, distributed storage systems 247
provide backup power for customers in the event of grid outages (so called “energy resilience”).
For PCE, customer-sited renewables can complement large-scale, centralized renewable deployment in meeting PCE’s renewable energy goals. BTM DERs can also function as a flexible load resource that can support PCE’s 24/7 renewable energy matching goal. More specifically, BTM DERs can provide quantifiable financial benefits to the LSE by reducing its need to procure energy during high-priced hours and by reducing its resource adequacy (RA) obligations. They are also a means for PCE to engage with its customers, to deepen our understanding and relationship of customers, and to retain them as PCE customers. In theory, DERs can also help reduce grid costs by deferring or avoiding the need for upgrades to the distribution grid. However, there is currently no pathway for LSEs to take advantage of this value stream in California. Last but not least, developing DERs in PCE’s service area contributes to the local economy similar to other construction projects.
Despite the many benefits of DERs, it can be challenging to develop both BTM and FTM DERs in PCE’s service area. These barriers vary by technology and market segment but can generally be summarized into 5 categories. First, it can be challenging to engage customers in new and emerging technology areas (customer adoption barrier). Second, DERs can carry significant added costs and financing is not always readily available. Third, not all potential benefits and value streams of DERs are accessible to the customer or the LSE, largely due to regulatory constraints. Fourth, the market landscape for DERs can be fragmented and complex, making it hard for customers and stakeholders to engage. Fifth, deployment timelines for certain DERs can be extended by slow and onerous permitting and interconnection processes.
Goals for 2025 - 2030
PCE has developed the following Goals to foster the development of DERs in its service area under a customer-centric approach during the 2025 – 2030 timeframe:
1. Grow PCE’s behind-the-meter “Local Power” Portfolio by 15 MW of solar and 35 MWh of storage leveraging scalable and self-sustaining financing solutions
2. Move towards a Whole-Home Energy Approach by integrating electrification, solar + storage, and EV offerings in a streamlined manner in major PCE programs
3. Develop a Virtual Power Plant (VPP) that aggregates 10 MW of dispatchable capacity from customer-sited resources in PCE’s service area to the benefit of the customer, PCE and the grid
4. Explore business models to foster the development of front-of-the-meter Distribution Resources in PCE’s service area
5. Investigate additional behind-the-meter DER ownership models to scale DER growth
6. Make PCE DER programs more accessible to customers through technical assistance services
7. Engage in policy advocacy on DER value maximization and value stacking Under Goal 1, PCE will expand its BTM Local Power [5] portfolio by 15 MW of solar and 35 MWh of storage via two core initiatives – (1) developing a General Market Residential Solar + Storage Program and (2) expanding PCE’s Solar + Storage for Public Buildings Program (GovPV). Scalable and self-sustaining financial solutions are central to this Goal. 248
Under Goal 2, PCE will initially strive towards integrating additional DERs such as solar + storage and EV readiness under PCE’s existing residential electrification program, the Home Upgrade Program. In a second step, PCE will also work towards providing integrated program offerings across the breadth of DERs to local government and commercial customers.
Under Goal 3, PCE is already working on procuring a Distributed Energy Resource Management System (DERMS) that monitors, controls, and optimizes BTM DERs for PCE’s VPP under an ongoing request for proposal (RFP) for Customer Demand Flexibility Services .
PCE staff is planning on discussing the details of the DERMS platform, as well as the contract with the selected vendor, during the May Executive Committee and May Board meeting. The DERMS RFP was also discussed with the Programs subcommittee on January 7, 2025.
Under Goal 4, PCE will undertake both programmatic and policy initiatives to explore new business models for FTM distribution resources such as community solar + storage projects and microgrids. As mentioned above, these resources face several challenges in their deployment, mostly related to cost and uncertain value streams. PCE will pursue public funding opportunities and engage in policy advocacy to identify business models that can foster the deployment of FTM distribution resources.
As described under Goal 1, PCE is already engaged in developing scalable financing models for BTM DERs, including where PCE is the owner of the resource. Over the next 5 years, PCE will investigate if similar ownership models should also be expanded to other BTM DERs such as EV charging equipment and electrification measures under Goal 5. In doing so, PCE can potentially unlock more equitable access to DERs (e.g., via reduced charging rates for EVs) and/or significantly scale the deployment of DERs (e.g. of electrification measures for local government customers).
Under Goal 6, PCE will expand its existing, in-house technical assistance currently offered for building electrification to other DERs such as solar + storage and transportation electrification.
For residential customers, technical assistance will be offered free of charge through the existing call line and engineering support, called the “Concierge Service.” For commercial customers, an enhanced service will be developed with an equitable fee structure that is low or no-cost for small businesses and a reasonable fee for large commercial customers.
Under Goal 7, PCE will engage in policy advocacy to reduce barriers to DER deployment and unlock DER value stacking. Potential initiatives will include, but are not limited to, accessing RA value and distribution upgrade deferral value for DERs, reducing interconnection timelines, and enabling vehicle-to-grid (V2G) integration.
[1] Per California Distributed Generation Statistics at https://www.californiadgstats.ca.gov/downloads/ [2] Per the California Energy Commission’s light duty vehicle count at https://www.energy.ca.gov/data-reports/energy-almanac/zero-emission-vehicle-and-infrastructure-statistics-collection/light [3] Per the TECH Clean California program at https://techcleanca.com/ [4] Per PG&E’s Wholesale Distribution Access Tariff (WDAT) interconnection queue. See here:
https://www.pge.com/assets/pge/docs/about/doing-business-with-pge/PublicQueueInterconnection.xlsx [5] “Local Power” refers to any DER – both BTM and FTM - located in PCE’s service area 249
250
DATE: April 11, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: Majority Vote
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Justin Pine, Senior Manager of Strategic Accounts and Masha Doubrovskaia, Account Services Analyst
SUBJECT: Approval of the Budget Billing Program for Peninsula Clean Energy Customers (Action)
Item No. 9
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
RECOMMENDATION
PCE Staff recommend that the Board approve implementation of the proposed Budget Billing Program.
BACKGROUND
Residential monthly energy costs can vary widely throughout the year depending on both weather and seasonal rates. In hot climate zones where air conditioning is used for space cooling in the summer, customers can experience a summer month bill two to three times the amount paid in non-summer months. Customers in colder climate zones can see similar trends during winter months, when space heating is used to keep homes warm. In either case, variability in monthly energy costs can create hardship for customers with fixed incomes and tight budgets. To help manage seasonal spikes in energy costs, customers can enroll in the PG&E administered Budget Billing Program (BBP), previously also known as a Balanced Payment Plan. The BBP, available in some form to PG&E customers since 1982, averages the customer’s PG&E energy costs over the previous 12 months to determine the Budget Billing amount due each month. Importantly, the BBP does not lower energy costs for enrolled participants and instead results in levelized charges due over a 12-month period.
Currently, Community Choice Aggregation (CCA) customers enrolled in PG&E’s BBP only receive the benefit of average billing for the PG&E electric distribution charges, and when applicable, PG&E gas charges. Prior to this year, PG&E’s BBP program could recalibrate a customer’s BBP charge up to three times per year, but would only do so if certain threshold requirements were met. Since PG&E was unable to communicate these BBP programmatic details to CCAs, PCE was unable to offer a reciprocal program for PCE charges which could align with the intent of the program. PG&E however modified the program in December 2024 to regularly recalibrate the average charge on a monthly basis, making it possible for CCAs to offer complementary programs. In addition, PG&E has reprioritized marketing of its BPP program to customers in 2025. For these reasons, Peninsula Clean Energy staff is requesting 251
the Board’s approval to proceed with the development of a PCE Budget Billing Program to provide levelized generation charges which align with the existing BBP offered by PG&E.
DISCUSSION
Coinciding with PG&E’s modification to the BBP described above, PG&E shared with PCE its plans for a direct marketing campaign to occur in 2025. The campaign’s goal is to more than double participation in the program across their service territory, and in January of 2025, PG&E sent emails to 1.8 million eligible customers encouraging enrollment in BBP.
Peninsula Clean Energy currently has 7,654 customers enrolled with PG&E’s BBP, which has added over 600 accounts (9%) since January 2025. While only 2.4% of eligible PCE customers are currently enrolled in PG&E’s BBP, the program can help vulnerable customers manage unpredictable energy costs. Should PCE not provide a complimentary Budget Billing Program, customers who have enrolled in the BBP with PG&E will continue to see levelized costs only for PG&E charges while PCE generation charges will continue to fluctuate. Staff do not see a high risk of opt out due to the absence of a PCE Budget Billing Program, but instead expect greater customer satisfaction among the enrolled group. Below are more details on the benefits of the program to customers, as well as the details of implementation.
Customer Impact
The benefits of Budget Billing vary depending on a customer’s climate zone and usage profile.
In the Peninsula Clean Energy service territory, the high temperatures experienced in summer in the Central Valley can cause Los Banos customers to have increased seasonal volatility in energy costs compared with San Mateo County customers. For this reason, Staff is providing analysis of the impact of Budget Billing on typical Los Banos and San Mateo County households.
The typical San Mateo County household would see an estimated $7 reduction in PCE charges on their highest monthly bills between November and January (Figure 1). More significantly, the typical Los Banos household would see a $90 reduction in PCE charges on their peak summer bills (Figure 2). While the impact for the average San Mateo County customer may appear relatively small, this benefit is compounded with the benefit they see for PG&E delivery and gas charges. Additionally, customers with electrified space and water heating may experience greater winter peaks.
252
Enrollment
Enrollment would mirror enrollment in PG&E’s BBP. To qualify for BBP, customers must:
1. be a residential or small business customer on a non-NEM rate plan
2. have a history of on-time, complete bill payments
3. not be on a payment plan or have a history of partial or late payments Staff proposes auto-enrolling all customers that have enrolled into PG&E’s BBP once PCE’s BBP is operational.
Thereafter, customers will manage BBP enrollment with PG&E, similar to how customers manage their rate selections. Customers cannot enroll in PCE’s program without enrolling in PG&E’s.
Implementation and Timeline
Offering a BBP to customers requires billing system changes and development by PCE’s 253
back-office provider, Calpine Energy Solutions (Calpine). Calpine has communicated that the program will be included in their billing system upgrade scheduled for CY2025 Q2-Q3, and that PCE should be able to enroll customers by Q3 or Q4 of CY2025.
Marketing
Staff do not plan to market the PCE BBP heavily, as the program is already being marketed by PG&E and customers must enroll through PG&E to participate. Information will be added to PCE’s website, and other collateral will be considered as needed.
FISCAL IMPACT
BBP creates some nominal cashflow risks due to the deferral of charges on customer bills during peak months. Current enrollment levels would result in deferrals of up to $37,438 in charges, potentially growing to $74,876 if the program grows consistent with PG&E enrollment targets, representing a deferred revenue of up to 0.2% as described in Table 1.
There is also a nominal risk
of increased non-payment of bills when customers close their accounts during certain months, if the customer fails to pay their final bill (Figure 3). Staff will monitor program performance and recommend changes if necessary.
254
RESOLUTION NO. _____________
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY, COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF
CALIFORNIA
APPROVAL OF THE BUDGET BILLING PROGRAM FOR PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY
CUSTOMERS (ACTION)
RESOLVED, by the Peninsula Clean Energy Authority of the County of San Mateo, State of California, that
WHEREAS, Peninsula Clean Energy (PCE) was formed on February 29, 2016; and WHEREAS, maintaining affordability and retaining customers are organizational priorities for PCE; and
WHEREAS, the Budget Billing Program is a program administered by PG&E meant to reduce the seasonal bill variation to better help customers budget for their bills; and WHEREAS, by offering the Budget Billing Program for PCE generation costs, PCE can enable its customers to fully participate in the program without needing to opt out of PCE, helping to offset unexpected bill spikes due to higher seasonal usage; NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY DETERMINED AND ORDERED that the Board approves the implementation of a PCE Budget Billing Program. 255
DATE: April 11, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Rafael Reyes, Senior Director of Energy Programs
SUBJECT: Community Energy Programs Quarterly Report
Item No. 11
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
BACKGROUND
The following programs are in progress, key metrics are provided in the table here and detailed information is provided below.
Buildings
Home Upgrade Rebates
(Appliance Rebates)
4,620 measures rebated (+156 M/M); 922 loans issued (+37 M/M)
Home Upgrade Full-Service
Installations
2021-2014 phase (old): 305 homes completed. Closed.
2024- phase (new): 2 homes completed; 41 more registered and in-progress.
Home Upgrade Personalized
Support
24 support calls completed
10 have been scheduled for Full-Service assessments
GovBE
5 proposals selected for funding, $1M in incentives and $1.6M in loans. 1 project completed.
Reach Codes
5 agencies have adopted new “energy performance” codes
post-Ninth Circuit ruling. Planning 2025 cycle in-progress, exploring retrofit codes for existing buildings.
Distributed Resources
Residential Solar + Storage
409 applications pre-qualified. 67 battery-only projects received approval for an SGIP rebate, others pending.
597 installs under prior general market program. Enrollment is currently closed.
FLEXmarket
13 residential building electrification projects being tracked, 11 commercial energy efficiency projects being tracked
256
GovPV
Round 1: 12 sites, 1.7MW solar. 7 sites operational, 4
complete construction, 1 in construction.
Round 2: 24 sites, 3.5 MW solar, 2 started construction Round 3: 12 sites, 6+MW solar, 10+MWh storage.
Green Access (DAC-GT)
First PCE community solar project – and one of the first in the state - is now online. 3MW project. 2,500 low-income
customers subscribed and receiving bill discounts.
Transportation
EV Charging Ports to date: 1,533 (+173 in Q1 25). Pipeline: 3,500+ Used EV 819 EVs since 2021. (+~30 M/M)
E-Bikes Total 1,070, 271 e-bikes in 2024. Reopening in April.
GovEV (fleets) 11 agencies enrolled. Multiple projects expected in CY 25.
DISCUSSION
1. Building and EV Reach Codes
Background: In 2018 the Board approved a building “reach code” initiative to support local governments in adopting enhancements to the building code for low-carbon and EV ready buildings. The initiative is a joint project with Silicon Valley Clean Energy (SVCE). The program includes no-cost technical assistance, model codes and other tools. The tools and model code language are available on the project website (www.BayAreaReachCodes.org).
In addition, in January 2020 the Board approved an extension of the reach code technical assistance plus additional elements – Education and training for developers and contractors, and consumer education program on the benefits of all-electric buildings. This technical assistance is publicly available at www.AllElectricDesign.org. In December 2020, the Board approved to extend the contract with TRC Engineers include technical assistance for developing policy for existing buildings. In February 2022 the Board extended the initiative for another two years.
Status
2025 Update: Many cities considering adoption of reach codes for the 2025 building code cycle are likely to adopt in the 2025 calendar year to align with overall building code adoption ahead of the January 1
st
, 2026 implementation date.
City Progress: County of San Mateo, East Palo Alto, Menlo Park, Brisbane, Burlingame, and City of San Mateo adopted a post-Ninth Circuit building code State Code: The new triennial state code cycle (going into effect on January 1st, 2026) built on the local reach codes implementing an EV charger or outlet for every new multi-family residence with an assigned parking space. Code also requires heat pump water and space heating in the proscriptive path.
For more information, please visit https://bayareareachcodes.org/
2. Buildings Programs
2.1 Home Upgrade Rebates and Zero Percent Loans
257
Background: Approved by the Board in May 2020, Peninsula Clean Energy launched the heat pump water heater (HPWH) rebates in January 2021. Additionally, in August 2021, the Board approved an On-Bill Financing program (referred to as the Zero Percent Loan). The program offers qualified residential customers a 0% interest loan up to $10,000 to fund the cost of eligible electrification upgrades. The Zero Percent Loan program launched in October 2022.
Updates to the rebate and loan programs have been instituted a few times, no more than annually, over the past years. Primarily changes include adjusting rebate amounts based on uptake and state and federal rebate landscape for those upgrades, and shortening the loan term to 5 years from the initial 10 years to establish a more sustainable “revolving fund”.
Status: The summary table below summarizes the number of rebates and loans issued per year.
Measure Type 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
Heat Pump HVAC Rebate 10 948 1221 298
Heat Pump Water Heater Rebate 149 172 588 521 165
Electrical Panel Rebate 19 34 177 202 56
0% Loan 1 342 449 130
PCE is moving to use the umbrella name “Home Upgrade” for all services for residential home electrification, including the rebates and loans. The Home Upgrade Full-Service Installation service is described in more detail below. For more information, please visit https://pencleanenergy.com/all-electric-homes
2.2 Home Upgrade Full-Service Installation (includes Low-Income Direct-Install) Background: In May 2020, the Board approved implementing a direct-install low-income home upgrade program to offer minor home repair, energy efficiency, and electrification measures to income-qualified homeowners at no cost to them. The measures implemented in each home varied depending on the home’s needs but included at least one electrification measure. The program launched on September 2021. The Board extended the program through June 30, 2024. The program served 305 homes, including 9 homes who received whole home electrification as part of a pilot within the program.
Following a competitive selection process, the Board approved the $26M contract with Franklin Energy on February 22, 2024 for the next phase of the program, which will include a scaling-up the number of low-income homes served with whole home electrification upgrades at no-cost to these residents, offering full-service electrification installation services to non-income qualified residents at a low cost, and launching an emergency heat pump water heater replacement service. Silicon Valley Clean Energy (SVCE) also contracted with Franklin for the joint program.
Status: PCE and SVCE jointly worked with Franklin on program design and start up tasks.
PCE soft launched the low-income no-cost electrification segment of the program in late August by contacting a waitlist of customers collected in the previous phase of the program. In November 2024, PCE opened up the program to all customers (i.e. including those that do not qualify for no-cost installation) but it is not yet widely promoting it. General promotion will be initiated when process improvements learned from the early participants are incorporated, 258
anticipated to be in early summer. As of April 9, 2025, 88 home assessments have been completed; 43 customers have signed on to move forward with installations; and 2 installations have been completed. In addition to these homes through full-service installation, 2 homes have had heat pump water heaters installed through the emergency water heater replacement service.
For more information, please visit https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/homeupgrade/
2.3 Local Government Building Electrification Program (GovBE) Background: In August 2023, the Board approved a local government building electrification program to help fund building electrification at local government facilities. The program will offer roughly $1 million per year in incentives and creates a $10 million dollar revolving loan fund. Incentives are based on therms saved at a given facility. Incentives and loan are capped at $600k per jurisdiction per year, each. The program requires a 25% cost-share from non-PCE funds, and will have a streamlined, annual application process.
Status: Five project applications have been selected for funding for the current year, totaling $1 million in incentives and $1.6 million in loans. Projects include:
A pool heating electrification project in Brisbane,
Portfolio-wide municipal decarbonization for Half Moon Bay Portfolio-wide HVAC electrification for Los Banos
A project installing seven HPHW across multiple facilities at East Palo Alto A project electrifying HVAC at a child development center for Menlo Park A separate $5 million from the surplus funds were allocated for schools however, no schools submitted for funding in this round. PCE plans to re-open the application for schools in the upcoming months and is in discussions with the San Mateo County Office of Education on rollout.
For more information, please visit https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/public-organization/govbe-program-electrification-for-public-buildings/
2.4 Personalized Support Services (Concierge)
Background: In March 2023, the Programs Team presented the Building Electrification Strategy to the BOD as a discussion item. The Building Electrification Strategy included a “hotline” provided electrification planning and technical support. In July 2024, Peninsula Clean Energy hired a new building electrification expert to provide customized support to Peninsula Clean Energy customers.
Status: The service launched on February 24, 2025. As of April 10, 2025, 24 support calls have been conducted and 15 additional calls are scheduled.
More info at https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/residential/home-electrification/personalized-support/
3. Distributed Energy Programs
Peninsula Clean Energy is advancing distributed energy resources to provide resilience, lower 259
decarbonization costs, provide load shaping to support our strategic goal for 24/7 renewables.
The projects described below are efforts towards meeting both of these goals.
3.1 Solar and Storage for Public Buildings (“GovPV”)
Background: The Solar and Storage for Public Buildings / GovPV Program is aimed at aggregating local government facilities into a group procurement of solar and optionally storage systems. Peninsula Clean Energy provides no-cost site assessments and preliminary designs as well as manages the procurement process. Participating sites have systems installed as part of power purchase agreements directly with Peninsula Clean Energy. Initial site scoping and up to $8 million in capital was approved by the Board in October 2020 for the first round, known as “GovPV1.” At the January 2023 Board Meeting, the Board of Directors approved the installation contract and power purchase agreements with 10 jurisdictions in the first round for a total of 12 sites yielding 1.7 MW solar. Battery storage systems are planned for 3 of the sites but will not move forward until after the solar systems are operational due to NEM2 grandfathering rules.
Round 2 - or GovPV2 - was approved by the Board in January 2024. This portfolio includes 24 sites and totals 3.5MW. McMillan Electric, a local union firm, is providing construction services on round 2 and most of round 1 (round 1 was transitioned from a prior provider due to financial difficulties the firm encountered during the pandemic). In February 2025, the Board approved an expanded scope with McMillan to build battery storage and EV chargers at GovPV sites. PCE’s contract with McMillan is for up to $30 million for their EPC services. All projects in rounds 1 and 2 are being pursued as NEM 2 projects, and are slated to become operational by April 2026.
Round 3 – or GovPV3 – is under development and includes much larger project sites that necessitate the direct pairing of battery storage. In order to fund the capital required to build these projects, PCE is beginning to explore external financing options.
Status
As of April 10, 2025, 7 systems are operational (Brisbane Mission Blue Center, San Carlos Youth Center, Millbrae Recreation Center, San Mateo County Health Services Administration, Hillsborough Corp Yard, and Los Banos Community Center). Four are substantially complete but awaiting PG&E to complete upgrades and/or inspections to its system it deemed necessary during the interconnection process. One is in construction with substantial completion expected by end of the month. Some sites have been waiting over 1 year on PG&E, and we have no control over their timeline. Staff expects this to be a continual challenge with distributed generation projects.
For Round 2, 13 agencies with a total of 24 facilities are in advanced development. All projects have executed Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs) and construction drawings are in development. McMillian Electric is currently working on construction plans for the first tranche of projects that will be ready for construction and four building permits have been issued. Two projects, Brisbane Library and Woodside Town Hall commenced construction the week of April 7th. All other projects are expected to begin construction throughout 2025 and will be commissioned by late 2025 / early 2026.
For Round 3, staff is currently in early consultancy with agencies and conducted interviews in Q1 with four prospective developers that were shortlisted after an extensive RFP process. 260
Proposal evaluations are continuing. Staff has also created internal solar + storage financial models which inform optimized energy storage dispatch strategies and impacts to customer financials. Staff forecasts that this portfolio could include 12 sites with a total of >5MW of solar and >10MWh of battery storage. The previous portfolios have been funded directly with Peninsula Clean Energy capital. In order to fund this much larger portfolio, staff is evaluating external financing solutions that will allow us to utilize a low cost of capital or a third party PPA structure.
For more information, please visit https://pencleanenergy.com/government-programs
3.2 Residential Solar + Battery Backup
Background: Peninsula Clean Energy’s programs for residential solar are split up into two customer segments: general market and low income. The general market program is referred to as Residential Solar + Battery Backup, and is currently closed for new enrollments. The low-income program is referred to as the Solar plus Battery Savings, detailed below.
The Residential Solar+ Battery Backup program utilizes batteries that were deployed by Sunrun and provide backup power to each home. These batteries are discharged daily to reduce PCE’s peak load. PCE will receive >1.5MW of daily peak load reduction through 2032.
Enrollment in the program closed in 2022 and PCE has been developing a successor program.
Separately, PCE developed a program to help low-income single-family homeowners access the State of California’s Self-Generation Incentive Program (SGIP). SGIP provides behind-the-meter (BTM) storage or solar + storage systems to eligible low-income single-family homeowners to deliver bill savings and resilience benefits. The program will leverage state SGIP incentives which are expected to mostly or fully fund the installation of systems for income qualified customers. PCE is targeting 200 total installations at low-income customer sites, most of which we expect will be fully funded by the State. This would result in approximately 1MW of solar and 2.5MWh of battery storage. In October, the Board approved the contract with the competitively selected developer Haven Energy to manage installation of the systems.
Status: PCE opened the program to help customers access SGIP funds in August 2024.
Applications were closed to new applicants on December 31. PCE has pre-qualified 398 customers. Based on regulatory filings, we anticipate state SGIP funding applications may open in May 20, 2025 (at the earliest), at which point solar + storage projects will be submitted. In the meantime, Haven Energy has already begun submitting battery-only projects utilizing different SGIP budgets.
3.3 FLEXmarket
Background: In November 2021 the Board approved a program plan for the establishment of an innovative “virtual power plant” using what is known as FLEXmarket. FLEXmarket is a market-based program structure that provides incentives to program “aggregators” to implement programs for energy efficiency and load shaping. The novel elements of the structure include a “pay-for-performance” approach which only provides incentives on confirmed performance using meter data. This novel structure was innovated by MCE and has also been implemented by Sonoma Clean Power. In addition, the program plan was developed for submission to the CPUC to allow Peninsula Clean Energy to run the program 261
with fully reimbursed funding through the CPUC. Peninsula Clean Energy’s billing data services provider Calpine has entered into a strategic partnership with the firm Recurve to provide FLEXmarket services through a streamlined structure. Providers of energy efficiency and building electrification equipment can apply for incentives through this program.
Staff developed the commercial version of the program and launched the market in July 2023.
Like the residential version, providers of commercial energy efficiency and building electrification equipment, as well as aggregators of these projects, can pursue incentives through the Commercial FLEXmarket.
Status: The FLEXMarket Program has achieved approximately $1.7 million in total system benefits to date.
In Q4, the program temporarily paused new project submissions to address a budgeting issue with the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC). This issue resolved early February, and we reopened enrollments in with approximately $322,000 in remaining funding, which must be utilized by May 2025, as the current funding cycle for the program is set to expire in early May 2025. Looking ahead, we are preparing a new funding request for a three-year cycle spanning calendar years 2025-2028. This submission is planned for early May after board approval of the program plan.
For more information, please visit https://pencleanenergy.com/flexmarket
3.4 Green Access Community Solar (DAC-GT)
Background: The Disadvantaged Communities Green Tariff program (“DAC-GT”) and associated Community Solar Green Tariff (“CSGT”) are community solar programs developed by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) to enable residents in eligible census tracts to participate in renewable energy projects, and to promote development of renewable projects in DACs. Participating customers will receive a 20% discount on their full electric bill (PG&E and Peninsula Clean Energy charges). Peninsula Clean Energy administers these programs on behalf of its customers.
Peninsula Clean Energy began enrolling DAC-GT customers in San Mateo County in January 2022 and customers in Los Banos in April 2022. Those customers are currently served by an interim resource procured from Marin Clean Energy pending Peninsula Clean Energy’s procurement of a new renewable resource for the program.
Status: The program, publicly known as Green Access, is currently serving approximately 2,500 customers. Peninsula Clean Energy signed a PPA with Renewable America, LLC for a 3MW solar resource located in Dos Palos, CA, approximately 15 miles southeast of the City of Los Banos. This project is operational as of March 2025. 1,200 additional customers were subscribed with the new system, each receiving a 20% discount on their electricity bill.
For more information, please visit www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/greenaccess 4 Transportation Programs
4.1 Used Electric Vehicle (EV)
Background: Originally launched in March 2019, the Used EV Rebate Program currently 262
provides a $2,000 rebate to income-qualified residents. Customers can seamlessly combine the PCE rebate and federal rebate at the point of sale, providing up to $6,000 in downpayment assistance.
Status: 819 rebates have been provided throughout the program history and Grid Alternatives has been assisting with “EV Advisor” services, helping customers navigate various rebate programs they may qualify for, in addition to PCE’s rebate, and providing general EV adoption outreach assistance. This service will transition to our in-house call center starting in May.
Staff is actively training the call center reps to serve as EV Advisors.
For more information, please visit https://pencleanenergy.com/usedev/
4.2 “EV Ready” Charging Design Assistance & Incentives
Background: In December 2018, the Board approved the EV Ready program, consisting of EV charging infrastructure incentives and technical assistance. The program is open and available to multi-family housing, affordable housing, workplace charging, and general public-access sites, through there is a general focus on multi-family housing, which has been a historically underserved population in state EV charging programs.
PCE offers free project design assistance, facilitated through CLEAResult. There are currently 300+ active projects receiving this assistance and, on average, projects receiving assistance more than double the overall size of their EV charging projects.
Status: The program has helped the community install over 1,500 chargers (70%+ at multi-family housing) with more than 3,500 additional chargers in progress. . The EV Ready program was an award winner at the 2024 CalCCA conference and is a statewide model with installation costs well below other similar programs. Key elements of the program are being replicated by a number of other programs. PCE staff presented at a number of upcoming state and national events and were featured in a recent CleanTechnica podcast.
Some of the largest multi-family EV charging projects in the nation are occurring currently in the EV Ready program. This includes the installation 92 chargers installed in East Palo Alto, 144 chargers in Millbrae/Burlingame, ~140 chargers in Daly City, and over 200 chargers in South San Francisco, the single largest retrofit multi-family EV charging project in the nation.
To address EV charging affordability issues, PCE is also currently leading an innovation grant opportunity. This will develop new EV charging systems that can be submeter to a multi-family residential unit, even though the charger is connected to a separate meter, reducing or eliminating price markups experienced by EV drivers that utilize third-party charging systems.
Orange Charger has been awarded this innovation grant and work has begun.
For more information, please visit https://pencleanenergy.com/ev-ready/
4.3 E-Bike Rebate Program
Background: The Board originally approved the income-qualified E-Bikes Rebate program in July 2020 and has run in annual cycles to provide rebates to residents with low to moderate incomes. The program has provided over 1,000 rebates since 2021. Customers can use the rebate either at qualifying bike shops for a point-of-sale discount. with several participating bike shops in San Mateo County and Merced County (for Los Banos-based customers). 263
Status: The program will be relaunching in April and is expected to be offered year-round, making it the only e-bike rebate program in the county to have ongoing availability.
For more information, please visit https://www.pencleanenergy.com/ebikes
4.4 Public EV Fleet Program (GovEV)
Background: The Board approved the GovEV Fleet Program in November 2020. This program is comprised of three components to help local agencies begin their fleet electrification efforts: hands-on technical assistance, gap funding, and a vehicle to building resiliency demonstration that will assess the costs and benefits of utilizing fleet EVs as backup power resources for agencies in grid failures and other emergencies. In August 2022, the Board of Directors approved a contract with Optony to assist in the administration of this program and further approved an extension with Optony in March 2024.
Status: 11 cities have enrolled, including: Menlo Park, Burlingame, San Mateo, South San Francisco, Daly City, San Carlos, Foster City, Millbrae, Brisbane, San Bruno, and East Palo Alto are now receiving technical assistance. Menlo Park plans to install 30+ charging stations for fleet vehicles at the City Hall, Police Department, and Corporation Yard, Burlingame is moving forward with 8 chargers at their Corporation Yard, Millbrae is currently installing 24 chargers at their Corporation Yard and City Hall, and San Mateo will be installing 12 chargers at their City Hall. Other projects are expected in FY 26.
Staff are developing guidance on resiliency options for EV fleets, to be published shortly.
For more information, please visit https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/public-organization/govev-program-public-fleet-electrification/
4.5 EV Managed Charging Pilot
Background: Peninsula Clean Energy extensively tested “managed charging” systems over multiple pilot phases, including a proof-of-concept with FlexCharging and a phase 2 pilot with ev.energy with a larger set of vehicles. In October of 2021, the Board approved a contract up to $220,000 with the University of California, Davis’ Energy Economics Program (DEEP) to develop and advise on an incentive structure experiment. In November, the Board approved a contract up to $220,000 with ev.energy as the platform provider for EV managed charging services.
Status: Results of the phase 2 pilot with ev.energy yielded very limited results. Recruitment was a major challenge. In addition, self-selection bias among those that did enroll provided less than expected load shift potential as the type of people who joined were mostly already charging their EVs off peak. Staff have decided to not extend the managed charging pilot into a full program due to poor cost-effectiveness and will instead focus on targeted behavioral outreach.
The final report is available at https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/PCE-EV-Mgd-Charging-Final-Report.pdf 264
265
DATE: April 15, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Gwen Rose, Director of Marketing
SUBJECT: Marketing, Outreach Activities, and Media Relations Quarterly Report Item No. 12
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
BACKGROUND
The Marketing & Community Relations Teams is responsible for enhancing Peninsula Clean Energy’s brand reputation, educating and engaging customers, driving participation in programs, and ensuring customer satisfaction and retention. Tactics include community outreach, content creation and storytelling through owned (e.g. online, social media), earned (e.g. public relations), and paid media (advertising), and school engagement programs.
DISCUSSION
The following is a quarterly update of activities taking place from January to March 2025.
Please refer to the “Strategic Plan” section below for further information/explanation as to how these activities support Peninsula Clean Energy's (PCE) strategic plan objectives.
Brand
We launched the new website on January 22, 2025 after months of extensive user input and quality assurance testing. Key features of this new website include:
Simplified Navigation: Tailored to meet diverse customer needs.
Streamlined Access: Clear pathways to eligibility criteria and program applications.
Search Functionality: Enabling residential customers to easily find applicable discounts, rebates, and incentives.
Brand Integration: Reflecting PCE’s updated brand strategy and messaging platform to reinforce our identity and mission.
Designed to showcase the breadth of PCE’s work, the website emphasizes storytelling and building emotional connections with our customers. The platform is scalable, allowing it to grow alongside PCE’s decarbonization ambitions, and prioritizes accessibility to ensure all customers—regardless of income or familiarity with clean energy—can confidently access and benefit from our services. Over 2025, Marketing will continue enhancing the customer experience.
To ensure our website continues to meet customer needs and support organizational goals, 266
we rely on ongoing analysis of user behavior. By examining how visitors arrive at our site and navigate through it using tools like Google Analytics, we gain insight into their pathways and interests. Heatmaps help us understand how customers engage with content—where they scroll, pause, and spend time—revealing which information resonates. Conversion tracking further tells us whether users are taking intended actions such as filling out forms or downloading resources. These insights directly inform improvements to our channel mix, customer journey design, website structure and functionality, and the development of new content and storytelling approaches. This data-driven approach allows us to evolve our site in ways that enhance the user experience and increase impact.
Program Marketing
Marketing efforts focused on promoting electrification and EV adoption via email, paid search and online advertising. Programs we are actively promoting include the Zero Percent Loan Program, appliance rebates, Used Electric Vehicle (EV) rebates.
Following the soft launch of the Home Upgrade Services program, we promoted no cost upgrades for income qualifying customers in Menlo Park through flyers, emails, and social ads.
Events
In Q1, the Community Relations team participated in 23 community events, including electrification workshops and green career days, reaching 870 attendees.
Outreach Grants
Peninsula Clean Energy has awarded $500,000 in grants for diverse and innovative efforts across San Mateo County to educate the public about energy bill discounts, and the benefits of clean energy, electric appliances, and electric vehicles. The grants awarded to 16 local community organizations include outreach in Spanish, Chinese and Tagalog to help customers receive assistance in meeting their energy needs. It will also support creative local partnerships, such as showcasing electric vehicles at the Redwood City Day of the Dead event. Community Relations onboarded the outreach grantees through a half-day training, and conducted Spanish-speaking trainings for outreach workers and Promotoras.
Schools and Youth Program
Our school outreach activities this quarter supported student engagement, educator collaboration, and career pathway development in clean energy. Highlights include presenting to the Youth Climate Ambassadors at their Mid-Year Retreat and supporting their Community Impact Projects with energy-focused ideas. We conducted site visits to Metro Ed and Evergreen Valley College as part of the EV Collaborative to explore EV career education opportunities in Santa Clara County. We also advanced our community college partnerships with interactive energy exhibits (to be finalized by April) and prepared for the Sustainable Career Fair and additional EV site visits. Staff also participated in school events such as an Electricity Career Panel at Skyline College, Earth Day at Carlmont High School, Canada College’s Earth Fest, and a Careers for a Sustainable World Panel.
Los Banos Update
Los Banos Mayor Michael Amabile and other city leaders joined Peninsula Clean Energy at a March 28 ribbon cutting for new solar carports at the Los Banos Community Center. The carports are expected to save Los Banos more than $1 million over their lifetime. They were installed as part of Peninsula Clean Energy’s GovPV program, which required no upfront costs to the city and used union labor for construction. The new system not only provides parking lot 267
shading. The solar power generated will offset 95 percent of energy usage for the Community Center. Others gathered at the ribbon cutting included Interim City Manager Gary Brizzee, Community and Economic Development Director Stacy Souza Elms, Director of Parks and Recreation Joe Heim and representatives for U.S. Rep. Adam Gray and California Assemblymember Esmeralda Soria. With the ribbon cutting celebration and 8 other community events, 278 attendees were reached in Los Banos.
News & Media
Media Relations focuses on enhancing Peninsula Clean Energy’s reputation and leadership position by garnering earned media attention. Full coverage of Peninsula Clean Energy in the news can be found on our News & Media webpage. Highlights from the last quarter include:
Community Outreach Grants Announcement: We announced awarding $500,000 in our latest round of annual community outreach grants.
Rate Reduction Announcement: We announced the approval by the Board of Directors to lower electric generation charges for at least the first six months of 2025.
CalGreen Special Recognition Announcement: We announced the special recognition at Sustainable San Mateo County’s April 3 Annual Sustainability Awards highlighting community-wide efforts to develop and enact pioneering local and statewide building reach codes. We worked in coordination with Sustainable San Mateo County on issuing our release simultaneously with their broader release on the awards ceremony.
Los Banos Ribbon Cutting: We issued a media advisory and press release regarding the March 28 ribbon cutting of the solar carport at the Los Banos Community Center.
Newsletters: PCE updates were included in newsletters for the cities of Menlo Park, Millbrae, East Palo Alto, Burlingame, Foster City, Brisbane, Belmont, San Mateo, Portola Valley and Woodside. PCE also had mentions of our EV Ready webinar in several chambers of commerce newsletters, including the Coastside Chamber, Brisbane Chamber, South San Francisco Chamber and San Mateo Area Chamber. The Brisbane Luminary newsletter featured an item from us highlighting San Mateo County’s history of building electrification leadership that was showcased at the Sustainable San Mateo County awards. The spring CalCCA newsletter also featured several recent announcements dating back to last October.
Moody’s Rating Announcement: PCE announced that Moody’s has upgraded our credit rating to A3, placing us in the top-rated category among California community energy providers. California Energy Markets wrote about the ratings upgrade.
Other Media
Streamlined regional energy market in works , San Mateo Daily Journal Peninsula Clean Energy lowers 2025 electricity rates, Patch.com Menlo Park may expand home electrification program , The Almanac Switch from gas to electric off to a slow start , Palo Alto Daily Post Los Banos City Council March 19 meeting recap , Los Banos Enterprise San Carlos sees progress toward emission goals , San Mateo Daily Journal Menlo Park hosts first college and career day, The Almanac Is “sustainable development” pushing residents to drive more? , San Mateo Daily Journal Powering the world: Sustainability generates economic growth , Scot Scoop 268
San Mateo County Board of Supervisors to bid farewell to Slocum and Pine , San Mateo Daily Journal
Two CCAs gain credit rating upgrades , California Energy Markets
FISCAL IMPACT
None
STRATEGIC PLAN
This section describes how the above Marketing and Community Outreach activities relate to the overall goal and objectives laid out in the strategic plan.
The strategic goal for Marketing and Customer Care is: Develop a strong brand reputation that drives participation in Peninsula Clean Energy’s programs and ensures customer satisfaction and retention.
Brand
Objective A, KT3: Tell the story of Peninsula Clean Energy through diverse channels Objective A, KT5: Identify and address gaps between perception and desired brand identity
Program Marketing
Objective B, KT5: Provide inspirational and informative content that spurs action to reduce emissions
Objective B, KT6: Promote programs and services, community energy programs and premium energy services
Events
Objective A, KT4: Engage community through participation in local events Outreach Grants
Objective A, KT4: Engage community through participation in local events Objective B, KT1: Foster relationships with community-based, faith-based, and non-profit organizations programs focused on energy
School and Youth Programs
Objective A, KT4: Engage community through participation in local events Objective B, KT2: Continue to support schools-based literacy Los Banos Update
KT4: Engage community through participation in local events Objective B, KT1: Foster relationships with community-based, faith-based, and non-profit organizations
Objective B, KT3: Enhance relationships with municipal and county staff and elected 269
officials
News & Media
Objective A, KT1: Position leadership as experts on CCAs and the industry Objective A, KT2: Cultivate relationships with industry media and influencers Objective A, KT3: Tell the story of Peninsula Clean Energy through diverse channels 270
DATE: March 31, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Marc Hershman, Director of Government Affairs and Mike MIelke, Senior Manager of Legislative Policy
SUBJECT: Legislative Update
Item No. 13
PENINSULA CLEAN ENERGY AUTHORITY
JPA Board Correspondence
RECOMMENDATION
Informational
BACKGROUND
Sacramento Summary – the 2025-26 Legislative Session
At the time of preparation of this report, the legislature’s Spring Recess is taking place.
Legislators will return to Sacramento on April 21. It will then be a sprint to conclude hearings in policy committees. The deadline for policy committees in the first house (the house of the Legislature where the bill was introduced) to meet and hear bills with a fiscal impact is May 2.
The deadline for bills that do not have a fiscal component is May 9. Many bills are referred to more than one committee for a hearing. However, the number of committee referrals does not change these deadlines.
May 23 is the last day for the fiscal committees to meet and report bills to the floor. This includes both houses’ Committee on Appropriations and their “Suspense Calendars." Between June 2 and June 6, legislative committees do not meet because that week is reserved for floor sessions. It is the point at which bills are voted on by the full body and those that pass are referred to the other house.
We are pleased to share a recent success for our Programs and Policy teams.
Last fall, after the end of the legislative session, PCE staff went to Sacramento and met with some of the legislative staff of Assemblymembers who comprised the Select Committee on Electric Vehicles and Charging Infrastructure. Our team shared PCE’s approach and the many benefits to right-sizing EV charging infrastructure, including lower costs for customers and the grid. We highlighted PCE's successes and the cost-effective solution provided by the installation of Level 1 chargers at individual parking stalls in multi-family developments. 271
The Chair of the Select Committee, Assemblymember Jacqui Irwin of Thousand Oaks, took a particular interest in the issue. She authored a sign-on letter that went out this week to the California Energy Commission in which the Assemblymembers asked the CEC to reconsider and lift its current restrictions on funding for Level 1 chargers in dedicated parking spaces in multi-family developments. A copy of that letter is provided with this Legislative Update.
Notably, the 9 Assemblymember signatories to the letter included the Chair of the Assembly Committee on Utilities and Energy, Cottie Petrie-Norris, and PCE-area legislators, Marc Berman, Diane Papan and Catherine Stefani.
Members of the PCE programs and policy teams will be following up with the CEC to advance this issue.
Also attached to this Legislative Update is a copy of the March 25, 2025, Assembly sign-on letter, led by the Chair of the Assembly Committee on Utilities and Energy, Cottie Petrie-Norris, in which legislators ask the California Public Utilities Commission to reject the recent requested increase of the Investor-Owned Utilities for an increase in their Return on Equity citing the impact this increase would have on energy rates.
DISCUSSION
2025 California State Budget
California budget watchers have sounded the alarm that the state coffers could be impacted by the recent tariffs imposed by Washington DC. The state’s funds are closely linked to taxes generated from capital gains on the sale of stock. With the recent downturn in the markets after the imposition of higher tariffs it is very possible that the state will see smaller than anticipated revenues.
The possibility of higher tariffs resulting in lower revenues was anticipated by the Governor when he submitted his initial budget in January, however the details of the tariffs were unknown at that time.
It is expected that the Governor’s budget revisions (May Revise) will be released on or before May 14.
Legislation of Interest
While energy affordability was the focus of the legislature in 2024, much has changed in the intervening months. Responses to wildfires in Southern California and to the new Administration in Washington have been a key focus of the Governor and many state Legislators.
PCE has also observed a significant increase in the number of energy bills introduced in 2025 as compared to prior years. Please refer to the attached Bill Matrix for a compendium of some of the legislation being followed closely by Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA. This is not a complete list of the bills we are following. More than 100 bills of interest have been introduced.
Peninsula Clean Energy Policy 1 delegates authority by the Board of Directors to the CEO to timely engage and position the organization on public policy matters, including legislative and 272
regulatory issues.
Some of the bills we are actively engaged on and/or closely watching currently include:
SB 540 (Josh Becker, D-Menlo Park and Henry Stern, D-Calabasas) SB 540, authored by Senators Josh Becker and Henry Stern, would allow the formation of a regional transmission organization to operate regional energy markets with other western states. Currently the California Independent System Operator (CAISO), the authority that manages the transmission grid in California, is only permitted to use energy from markets outside the state on a limited basis.
Proponents of SB 540 believe that regional energy markets are a critical solution to bring down electricity costs as energy islanding is inefficient and expensive. Allowing California to trade energy across the west would enable carbon reduction through increasing access to complementary renewable energy like hydro and wind, while reducing solar curtailment. This also helps with reliability by allowing California to more easily import energy from other states during times of grid stress.
An informational hearing was held by the Senate Committee on Energy, Utilities and Communications on March 12 in Sacramento under the title Regional Expansion of Wholesale Electricity Markets: Overview of the West-Wide Governance Pathways Initiative. At this hearing, Senators heard arguments for and against the West-Wide Governance Pathways Initiative, with some lawmakers voicing concerns about guardrails against market manipulation and what the effort means for the state's autonomy to set its own policies. At the informational hearing in Sacramento, Peninsula Clean Energy staff Mike Mielke voiced support for the Pathways Process. Mike spoke to the fact that this process would expand renewable energy supply and help achieve California's ambitious climate change goals, help make electricity more available and affordable for the consumers and businesses in our service territory, while also ensuring that California retains control over critical functions such as transmission planning, procurement, and other critical policies.
In addition to Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA, CCA support for SB 540 includes MCE, Silicon Valley Clean Energy, and San Diego Community Power.
Support for SB 540 from labor, business and environmental groups includes CA & NV State Association of Electrical Workers (IBEW), California Chamber of Commerce, California Environmental Voters, Coalition of California Utility Employees (CCUE), Environmental Defense Fund, Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), Silicon Valley Leadership Group (SVLG), and Union of Concerned Scientists.
Voicing opposition at the March 12 hearing was former CPUC Commissioner and President Loretta Lynch and a representative from the Indivisible California Green Team. Consumer Watchdog has also come out with opposition to SB 540.
As a result of the information received at the March 12 hearing SB 540 has been amended.
The bill now states that a participant in the Regional Organization may withdraw unilaterally without further approval needed and that state policies to reach renewable energy targets are not changed by the legislation.
This legislation has been referred to the Senate Committee on Energy, Utilities and 273
Communications where it is set to be heard on April 21 and the Senate Committee on the Judiciary where it is set to be heard on April 29.
Peninsula Clean Energy has scheduled further discussion on this legislation for the April meeting of the Board of Directors. A copy of PCE's letter is support of SB 540 is attached to this Legislative Update. Further background information about SB 540 can be found attached to the report provided to the Board of Directors' in support of the Board discussion.
SB 330 (Steve Padilla, D-Chula Vista)
SB 330 would enable the Governor to establish one or more pilot projects to develop, finance, or operate electrical transmission infrastructure that meet certain criteria, including: being identified by the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) in its transmission planning process, provides a significant reduction in cost, and is implemented under a Project Labor Agreement (PLA). It authorizes the Governor to designate existing state agencies, local public agencies, tribal organizations, or joint powers authorities to implement the pilot projects.
The bill could be seen as an important tool to promote a robust and cost-effective transmission network in the CAISO footprint. CCA projects rely on transmission in the CAISO system for deliverability. Transmission is key to meeting 100% renewable/clean energy objectives. There is no transition without transmission. At the same time, as referenced above, transmission costs are expected to rise and create additional cost pressures on ratepayers.
SB 330 addresses these concerns by saying California needs more transmission, but it should be done in a more cost-effective way: through public financing or ownership. The bill currently focuses on a pilot program approach. The sponsor’s hope is to create support for the general concept of public financing and to refine the bill further down the road.
The bill has been referred to both the Senate Energy, Utilities and Communications and Environmental Quality Committees and is awaiting a hearing.
AB 303 (Dawn Addis, D–Monterey) would make it much more difficult to get a Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) licensed in California. Not only would the permitting process be more difficult, but the bill seeks to limit the locations in which a BESS can be placed.
BESS facilities are viewed as an essential tool needed for the state to reach its clean energy goals that employ new technologies and features that make them much safer than the infrastructure at Moss Landing.
CalCCA has taken an oppose position on AB 303. The bill has been triple referred, meaning it must move through 3 policy committees. The first stop is the Assembly Committee on Utilities and Energy; however, it has not yet been heard by that committee. It is also referred to the Committees on Natural Resources, and Local Government.
In addition to Asm. Addis, the Moss Landing area is represented in the Legislature by state Senator John Laird (D-Monterey), who has filed a spot bill, SB 283. Senator Laird has so far emphasized his intention to take a more cautious approach to this issue. His bill focuses on fire safety standards for BESS. SB 283 seeks to ensure that BESS facilities develop emergency response plans, hold regular safety drills, and document maintenance and incidents. SB 283 does not address the location of BESS facilities. 274
A third bill to address BESS facilities was introduced at the filing deadline. AB 1285 is a committee bill whose authorship includes a bipartisan group of six of the seven Assemblymembers comprising the Assembly’s Committee on Emergency Management.
AB 1285 centers on developing state-wide specific fire safety guidance for lithium-ion batteries, the type which were in use at Moss Landing.
AB 306 (Nick Schultz, D–Burbank)
Introduced by Assemblymember Schultz and part of a package of bills sponsored by Assembly Speaker Robert Rivas (D-Salinas), whose stated goal is to support the rebuild of Southern California and advance home building in the state, AB 306 would place a 6-year moratorium on reach codes and any other local government efforts to modify building codes on new construction throughout the state, not just in the fire-effected areas. It would also impact existing building modifications.
Peninsula Clean Energy and other CCAs have shared our concerns with the authors and CalCCA has taken an oppose position on the bill. Among the concerns expressed by the CCAs is the fact that electrifying new buildings helps local jurisdictions implement their Climate Action Plans and supports the state’s goal of reducing Greenhouse Gas Emissions while creating clean energy jobs. In addition, energy efficiency measures in reach codes help improve building performance while also reducing energy costs and increasing grid reliability.
A letter of concern was submitted by Peninsula Clean Energy prior to the hearing on AB 306.
That letter was attached to the March 2025 Board packet.
AB 306 passed out of the Assembly Committee on Housing and Community Development on March 12 by a vote of 12-0 and was re-referred to the Committee on Appropriations where it was also voted out. Designated as an urgency bill, AB 306 needed a 2/3 vote to pass the state Assembly. It was passed off the floor of the Assembly by a vote of 71-0.
AB 1372 (Papan – San Mateo)
This bill, sponsored by Caltrain, would direct the California Public Utilities Commission to add regenerative braking to those energy sources that would receive compensation under Net Billing Tariff (NBT) and in turn require that Caltrain receive compensation for regenerative braking from PCE and other energy providers.
Peninsula Clean Energy has had extensive conversations with Caltrain and with Asm. Papan’s staff on this bill and have shared concerns that as written the legislation infringes upon CCA rate setting autonomy.
Discussions are ongoing and we anticipate bringing this issue to the Board of Directors in the coming months with a request to provide credit to Caltrain for regenerative braking and thereby alleviate any concerns raised by the legislation through an adjustment to PCE’s Caltrain tariff.
AB 942 (Calderon – City of Industry)
AB 942 would transition NEM 1.0 and 2.0 solar contracts to NBT after they have been in effect for 10 years. Of particular concern to PCE is how this bill, if it becomes law, would impact on 275
the GovPV program that places solar infrastructure on government buildings.
This bill has been referred to the Assembly Committee on Utilities and Energy where it is set to be heard on April 30.
Federal Developments of Interest
Peninsula Clean Energy continues to closely monitor the many Executive Orders and legislative actions emanating from the Nation’s Capital for their impact on energy policy and Peninsula Clean Energy. This includes the President’s recent Executive Order seeking to halt state enforcement of state environmental laws.
As noted in the March Legislative Update, there was an encouraging development on March 9th. A letter was signed by 21 members of the Republican Conference, and addressed to the Chair of the House of Representatives Way and Means Committee, the tax writing committee in that chamber. The letter voiced support for the continuation of “sector-wide energy tax credits” that have led to major investments in “domestic energy production and infrastructure for traditional and renewable energy sources alike.” In recent weeks a similar effort in support of energy tax credits was initiated by four U.S. Senators.
During the week of March 31, 2025, PCE staff member Mike Mielke participated in a Washington, D.C. federal advocacy trip organized by LEAN Energy US (Local Energy Aggregation Network). Members of various CCAs from across the U.S., including five California CCAs, held a series of meetings with key federal agencies, congressional staff, and trade associations to assess federal energy policy trends, identify risks and opportunities for CCAs, and align on strategies going forward. These conversations focused heavily on the evolving landscape for tax credits, permitting reform, clean energy funding, and CCA engagement at both the state and federal levels.
The key takeaways from the meetings in Washington are that IRA tax credits are at risk and tax credit defense remains the top priority across stakeholders.
In the short time since the federal advocacy meetings, the President has unveiled significant tariffs. We continue to review the President’s proposal and the status of the tariffs for implications on energy markets, California, CCAs and Peninsula Clean Energy. (Public Policy Objective B, Key Tactic 1)
FISCAL IMPACT
None
ATTACHMENTS:
Asm. Irwin - Level 1 Chargers in Multifamily Housing.pdf Assembly to CPUC - Reject IOU COC - 03.25.2025 copy.pdf April 2025 Bill Matrix.docx
LOS - SB 540- SEUC 4.9.25.docx
276
STATE CAPITOL
P.O. BOX 942849
SACRAMENTO, CA 94249-0042
(916) 319-2042
FAX (916) 319-2142
DISTRICT OFFICE
223 E. THOUSAND OAKS BLVD, SUITE 412
THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91360
(805) 370-0542
FAX (805) 370-3142
E-MAIL
[email protected] JACQUI IRWIN
ASSEMBLYMEMBER, FORTY-SECOND DISTRICT
COMMITTEES
AGRICULTURE
BUDGET (1st EX.)
BUSINESS & PROFESSIONS
PRIVACY & CONSUMER PROTECTION
RULES (1st EX.)
RULES
UTILITIES & ENERGY
JOINT COMMITTEES
CHAIR: CLIMATE CHANGE POLICIES
SELECT COMMITTEES
CHAIR: CYBERSECURITY
March 25
th, 2025
The Honorable Nancy Skinner
Commissioner
California Energy Commission
715 P Street
Sacramento, California 95814
Hannon Rasool
Director, Fuels and Transportation Division
California Energy Commission
715 P Street
Sacramento, California 95814
Re: CEC EV Charging Infrastructure and Multi-Family Housing Dear Commissioner Skinner and Director Rasool,
We, the undersigned legislators, write to address the California Energy Commission’s (CEC) approach to serving multi-family building residents with electric vehicle (EV) charging. With the State’s ambitious climate and EV goals, we are concerned that charging infrastructure serving multi-family housing is falling behind partially due to the restrictions on the Communities in Charge CALeVIP program. By only allowing Level 2 chargers in multi-family housing and only in shared parking stalls, the CEC may have inadvertently limited the pool of tenants or owners that would switch to EVs.
Further, these rules may have limited more cost effective solutions that are better suited for a multifamily residents.
While California has made progress on expanding the number of EV charging stations deployed throughout the state, only 150,000 public and private EV chargers have been installed.1In order to reach the state’s 2035 clean transportation goals, the CEC has found that California needs at least 1 million additional chargers within the next five years. 2It is urgent to accelerate efforts that will support the millions of EVs needed to reach transportation emissions targets especially in multifamily settings.
We acknowledge that much of the state’s non-residential EV charging infrastructure will need to be served by Level 2 and fast chargers. However, Level 1 smart chargers, particularly in assigned parking spots, present a solution to the multi-family dwelling deployment challenge. Providing residents of multi-family housing with access to EV charging is a necessary component of an inclusive and equitable transition to zero-emissions transportation. According to the CEC’s latest AB 2127 Staff Report (Revised January 20243), nearly 600,000 EV chargers will be needed at multi-family housing.
Although Level 2 chargers are authorized by the CALeVIP program, the installation and energization process is costly and time consuming. The average cost of installation is about $12,500 each4, according to current CALeVIP averages. Level 2 charger installation also often triggers time-consuming service upgrades, making it difficult for multi-family property owners to view EV charging as an investment.
An analysis commissioned by the CPUC found that it takes 237 business days on average for the state’s
1 https://www.energy.ca.gov/data-reports/energy-almanac/zero-emission-vehicle-and-infrastructure-statistics-collection/electric 2 https://www.energy.ca.gov/data-reports/reports/electric-vehicle-charging-infrastructure-assessment-ab-2127 3 https://efiling.energy.ca.gov/GetDocument.aspx?tn=254161 4 https://calevip.org/rebate-statistics 277
three large investor-owned utilities to fulfill an energization request.5 These limitations will continue to hinder California’s ability to increase EV adoption.
Charging needs at multi-family housing differ from those co-located at grocery stores, parking lots, and other convenient sites. Based on census data analyzed by Peninsula Clean Energy, a community choice aggregator (CCA) that provides rebates for Level 1 charging, most drivers park their cars for at least 12 hours per day.6 When EVs are plugged into Level 2 chargers at multi-family housing, the cars remain parked in the charger parking spot all night but may only use electricity for less than three hours. Level 1 smart chargers help reduce demand and stabilize the grid by consistently drawing low levels of energy over a longer period of time. With the cost of Level 2 charger installation and energization, right-sizing is a practical way to meet appropriate charging needs at multi-family sites.
In order to install the necessary amount of chargers, partnership on smart Level 1 charging at the state level will be crucial. The Clean Transportation Program’s CALeVIP block grant of $400 million is one of California’s largest investments in light-duty EV charging. Despite its focus on multi-family buildings, CALeVIP has deployed only 2,000 EV chargers at these sites. The CALeVIP program rules only allow Level 2 EV charging stations that “must be shared and not assigned or otherwise allocated to any one individual,”
7 posing a significant impediment and limiting the deployment at multi-unit housing.
The mandate that CALeVIP program funds cannot be used for an individual customer is not consistent with the state’s other clean transportation programs. Individual customers can receive state incentives (e.g. CARB Clean Cars for All Program) to purchase an electric vehicle. To make EV usage as convenient as possible, the state must consider smart Level 1 charging solutions for drivers in multifamily settings. Right-sizing EV charging will help California reach its clean transportation goals more efficiently and cost-effectively.
We respectfully request that the CEC update the CALeVIP program to allow for Level 1 smart chargers in assigned parking spots as it is sorely needed in order to expand access to EV charging at multi-family buildings.
Sincerely,
JACQUI IRWIN
Assemblymember, 42nd District
DIANE PAPAN
Assemblymember, 21st District
PILAR SCHIAVO
Assemblymember, 40th District
JUAN CARRILLO
Assemblymember, 39th District
CHRIS ROGERS
Assemblymember, 2nd District
CHRIS WARD
Assemblymember, 78th District
5 https://docs.cpuc.ca.gov/PublishedDocs/Published/G000/M540/K719/540719251.PDF 6 https://www.peninsulacleanenergy.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Determining-the-Appropriate-Level-of-Power-Sharing-for-EV-Charging-in-Multifamily-Properties-1.pdf. 7 https://thecommunitiesincharge.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Communities-in-Charge-Implementation-Manual-Funding-Wave-3- ADA.pdf 278
CATHERINE STEFANI
Assemblymember, 19th District
COTTIE PETRIE-NORRIS
Assemblymember, 79th District
MARC BERMAN
Assemblymember, 23rd District
279
1 of 5
March 25, 2025
The Honorable Alice Reynolds
President, California Public Utilities Commission
505 Van Ness Avenue
San Francisco, CA 94102
Subject: Urge Rejection of Utility Cost of Capital Applications Dear President Reynolds,
We urge you to reject the March 20, 2025, applications of Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E), Southern California Edison (SCE), Southern California Gas (SoCalGas), and San Diego Gas and Electric (SDG&E) as they relate to requested increases to their cost of capital, and specifically by approximately 1% in 2026 to the return on equity (ROE) portion.1 As academic literature has shown, an increase by one percentage point of the ROE leads to a 3-4% increase in capital assets.2 These capital assets have a larger cumulative impact on rates, as capital costs are recovered over a longer time horizon during which the higher ROE may be collected. The impact of approving such utility rate requests will be an increase to customer bills throughout the state. Nationwide, these excess costs have resulted in approximately $7 billion per year to the U.S. consumer.3
Californians are facing enormous strain at the kitchen table, and specifically with their electric and natural gas bills. The CPUC has long recognized this in its annual SB 695 Report, noting electricity rates have increased faster than inflation for customers of California’s electric investor-owned utilities (IOUs).4 Nearly 1 in 5 electric IOU customers are behind on their bills, with the average amount owed approximately $821.5 This trend is unsustainable. Yet little action has occurred to date. Continuing a business-as-usual approach, and approving these IOU requests to increase their profit structure, will inflict harm on an already pained system.
1 PG&E ROE = 10.28% in Jan 1, 2025 (D.24-10-008) requesting 11.3%; SCE ROE = 10.33% requesting 11.75%; SoCalGas ROE = 10.08% requesting 11%; and SDG&E ROE = 10.23% requesting 11.25% 2 Werner, K. D. and Jarvis, S.; “Rate of Return Regulation Revisited;” Energy Institute WP 329R; Energy Institute at Haas, University California at Berkeley; Revised September 2024. 3 Ibid.
4 CPUC; 2024 Senate Bill 695 Report; July 2024; https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/-/media/cpuc-website/divisions/office-of-governmental-affairs-division/reports/2024/2024-sb-695-report.pdf 5 California Public Advocates Office Q3 2024 Report; December 2024; https://www.publicadvocates.cpuc.ca.gov/- /media/cal-advocates-website/files/press-room/reports-and-analyses/241205-public-advocates-office-q3-2024-rates-report.pdf 280
2 of 5
The utility sector is a capital-intensive industry, and utilities need investors to pay for the significant new investment needed to modernize the grid and decarbonize our economy. It is in all our interests that California’s utilities are healthy – any increase to their cost of borrowing or decrease to their credit rating results in higher costs to ratepayers, who shoulder the cost of utility financing. 6 However the
need for utilities to bring forward significant new capital investments must be balanced with our clear mandate to keep costs low. The IOUs’ proposals to increase their ROE does not strike an appropriate balance, and the CPUC should push back firmly.
In striking the right balance, we instead propose a pivot; in other words, a change in strategy without a change in vision. We have observed the CPUC traditionally employs a mix of analytical models and subjective judgement to set the ROE, seeking an ROE value that “is necessary to attract capital.” However such subjectivity has been found to introduce bias.7 And the traditional approach of benchmarking against other U.S. utilities, while sometimes advantageous, can cause rates to update very slowly when market conditions change.8 We urge a change in strategy:
1) The CPUC should conduct its own independent analysis of ROE. The CPUC should then center that analysis – which should optimize for customer affordability – as the starting point of the discussion, not the IOUs’ applications. In rate cases, the utilities are most knowledgeable about the future needs of their systems, workforce, and equipment. However, is the IOU insight into wider market forces or general investor sentiment (all necessary considerations for ROE) unique? The CPUC should lead the discussion of IOU cost of capital, not be a passive recipient of the IOUs’ wishes.
2) The CPUC should pursue alternative financing options in its evaluation of future capital needs. The IOUs cite increased wildfire risk, and the potential depletion of the state’s Wildfire Fund, as justification for their request for increased ROE.9 As PG&E notes, “investors have choices where to put their money, and customers will be adversely impacted if PG&E has to curtail its infrastructure…because we cannot obtain the funding…”10 It is in this atmosphere that the CPUC should more actively partner with the Legislature to explore alternative financing options to attract investment, outside of increases to IOU ROE. These can include securitized financing orders, partnerships with nonprofits, or even state revenue bonds to offset utility cost of borrowing. Both the Legislature and the CPUC should explore these additional tools, and bear them in mind when considering IOU ROE, rather than solely viewing IOU cost of capital as the only tool available to attract investment.
Californians are suffering at the increasing cost of their goods and services, including electric and natural gas bills. It is imperative we bear this reality in mind when evaluating any policy that may impact rates.
Achieving a reasonable ROE is a critical regulatory task, one that must balance attracting new investment while keeping consumer costs down. We propose the CPUC adopt the two strategies above in order to strike this balance.
6 Pg. 8, John Quackenbush, USAID, Cost of Capital and Capital Markets: A Primer for Utility Regulators; December 2019.
7 Rode, D. C., and Paul Fischbeck; “Regulated equity returns: A puzzle;” Energy Policy 133 (October): 110891; 2019. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2019.110891.
8 Pg. 10 Werner, K. D. and Jarvis, S.; “Rate of Return Regulation Revisited;” Energy Institute WP 329R; Energy Institute at Haas, University California at Berkeley; Revised September 2024. 9 See applications of PG&E, SCE, and SDG&E
10 Pg. 1-4; Pacific Gas and Electric Company Cost of Capital 2026 Prepared Testimony; March 20, 2025. 281
3 of 5
Our energy sector is in a period of transformational change; our regulatory structures must transform alongside it. The Legislature stands ready to partner with you in this effort. And we urge you, as a first step, to reject the current IOU applications.
We look forward to receiving a response to our request.
Sincerely,
_______________________________ _______________________________ Cottie Petrie-Norris, 73rd Assembly District Rebecca Bauer-Kahan, 16th Assembly District Chair, Assembly Committee on Utilities & Energy
_______________________________ _______________________________ Joe Patterson, 5th Assembly District Buffy Wicks, 14th Assembly District Vice-Chair, Assembly Committee on Utilities & Energy
_______________________________ _______________________________ Tri Ta, 70th Assembly District John Harabedian, 41st Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Greg Wallis, 47th Assembly District Catherine Stefani, 19th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Pilar Schiavo, 40th Assembly District Darshana Patel, 76th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Damon Connolly, 12th Assembly District Chris Rogers, 2nd Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Jacqui Irwin, 42nd Assembly District Marc Berman, 23rd Assembly District 282
4 of 5
_______________________________ _______________________________ Laurie Davies, 74th Assembly District Sharon Quirk-Silva, 67th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Dawn Addis, 30th Assembly District Tina McKinnor, 61st Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Nick Shultz, 44th Assembly District Gail Pellerin, 28th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Phillip Chen, 59th Assembly District Chris Ward, 78th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Robert Garcia, 50th Assembly District Celeste Rodriguez, 43rd Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Mark Gonzalez, 54th Assembly District Matt Haney, 17th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Liz Ortega, 20th Assembly District Diane Papan, 21st Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Alex Lee, 24th Assembly District Steve Bennett, 38th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Ash Kalra, 25th Assembly District Tasha Boerner, 77th Assembly District 283
5 of 5
_______________________________ _______________________________ Lisa Calderon, 56th Assembly District Gregg Hart, 37th Assembly District _______________________________ _______________________________ Esmeralda Soria, 27th Assembly District Cecilia Aguiar-Curry, 4th Assembly District Assembly Majority Leader
_______________________________ _______________________________ Sade Elhawary, 57th Assembly District Rhodesia Ransom, 13th Assembly District Cc: Commissioner Darcie Houck, California Public Utilities Commission Commissioner John Reynolds, California Public Utilities Commission Commissioner Karen Douglas, California Public Utilities Commission Commissioner Matthew Baker, California Public Utilities Commission 284
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 1 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
AB 259 (B. Rubio)
Brown Act
Exemption: Remote
Participation
This bill would remove the January 1, 2026,
sunset that allows members of a local legislative
body to appear remotely, under certain
circumstances, without having to provide their
location and other requirements of the Brown
Act.
Awaiting vote on
the Assembly Floor.
Passed the
Assembly
Committee on
Local Government
This is a simple
sunset removal to
extend the policy
first enacted by AB
2449, the bill Asm.
Rubio authored in
2022. The bill is
sponsored by the
CA Special
Districts Assn.
AB 303 (Addis)
Battery Energy
Storage Facilities
Existing law, until June 30, 2029, authorizes a
person proposing an eligible facility, including
an energy storage system capable of storing 200
megawatt hours or more of energy, to submit
an application for certification with the State
Energy Resources Conservation and
Development Commission of the site and
related facility. Existing law specifies that the
issuance by the commission of the certificate is
in lieu of any permit, certificate, or similar
document required by any state, local, or
regional agency, or federal agency to the extent
permitted by federal law, except as provided.
Existing law establishes the procedures by
which the commission is to review the
application. This bill would specify that energy
Awaiting hearing in
the Assembly
Committee on
Utilities & Energy.
Bill was pulled from
the April 2 hearing
in the Assembly
Committee on
Utilities & Energy.
The bill is also
referred to
Assembly Natural
Resources and
Oppose
285
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 2 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
storage systems do not include battery energy
storage systems for the above-described
purposes. This bill contains other related
provisions and other existing laws.
Local Government
Committees.
AB 306 (Schultz)
Building
Regulations: state
building standards
Existing law authorizes any city or county to
make changes to building standards that are
published in the code, including to green
building standards. Existing law requires the
governing body of a city or county, before
making modifications or changes to those green
building standards, to make an express finding
that those modifications or changes are
reasonably necessary because of local climatic,
geological, or topographical conditions. This bill
would, from June 1, 2025, until June 1, 2031,
inclusive, prohibit a city or county from making
changes to the above-described building
standards unless a certain condition is met,
including that the commission deems those
changes or modifications necessary as
emergency standards to protect health and
safety. By requiring a city or county to take
certain actions relating to building standards,
this bill would impose a state-mandated local
program.
Awaiting
Committee Referral
in the Senate.
Passed the
Assembly on a 71-0
vote.
Concern Oppose
Unless
Amended
286
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 3 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
AB 526 (Papan)
Geothermal Energy
Generation
This bill would require the Energy Commission,
in coordination with the PUC, Air Resources
Board, and other state agencies, to develop a
strategic plan for the development of new in-state geothermal energy. The bill would also require the Energy Commission, on or before
June 1, 2026, to evaluate and quantify the
maximum feasible capacity of new in-state
geothermal energy to achieve reliability,
ratepayer, employment, and decarbonization
benefits, and to establish megawatt in-state
next-generation geothermal planning goals for
2035 and 2045
Scheduled for April
21 hearing in
Assembly
Committee on
Utilities & Energy
Moving
to
Support
Support This bill is
sponsored by
Sonoma Clean
Power.
AB 527 (Papan)
CEQA: Geothermal
Exploratory
Projects
This bill proposes to create a categorical
exemption from CEQA for geothermal
exploratory wells.
Scheduled for April
21 hearing in
Assembly
Committee on
Utilities & Energy
Support This bill is
sponsored by
Sonoma Clean
Power.
AB 531 (Rogers)
Environmental
Leadership
Development
Projects:
Geothermal
This bill would expand the types of facilities
eligible to be certified as environmental
leadership development projects by the Energy
Commission, which enjoy CEQA streamlining
benefits, to include geothermal powerplants
and geothermal field development projects
Referred to
Assembly
Committee on
Natural Resources
Passed Assembly
Committee on
Utilities & Energy
on Consent
Support This bill is
sponsored by
Sonoma Clean
Power and co-authored by Asm.
Papan
287
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 4 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
AB 915 (Petrie-Norris)
Clean Energy
Reliability
Investment Plan
This bill would appropriate the remaining $900
million to the Clean Energy Reliability
Investment Plan contained in SB 846 (Dodd,
2022)
Awaiting
committee referral
AB 941 (Zbur)
CEQA: Electrical
Infrastructure
Projects.
This bill would require the PUC to determine
whether to certify the environmental impact
report for an electrical infrastructure project
that is a priority project, as defined, no later
than 270 days after the commission determines
that an application for an electrical
infrastructure project is complete.
Referred to
Assembly
Committee on
Natural Resources
Passed Assembly
Committee on
Utilities & Energy
Support
SB 57 (Padilla)
Data Centers:
Special Rates
This bill, the Ratepayer and Technological
Innovation Protection Act, would require the
commission, on or before July 1, 2026, to
establish a special rate structure for data
centers, as defined, that, among other things,
protects residential ratepayers and small
businesses and prevents cost shifts to those
existing ratepayers and ensures electrical grid
investments to serve data centers are fully
recovered.
Referred to the
Senate Committee
on Appropriations
Passed the Senate
Committee Energy,
Utilities &
Communications
SB 239 (Arreguín) This bill would authorize a subsidiary body, defined as one that serves exclusively in an
advisory capacity and has no final decision-Referred to the Senate Committee
on Judiciary
A very similar bill
was attempted in
the last session as
288
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 5 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
Brown Act
Exemption:
Subsidiary Bodies
making authority, to use similar alternative
teleconferencing provisions and would impose
requirements for notice, agenda, and public
participation, as prescribed. To use
teleconferencing pursuant to this act, the bill
would require the legislative body that
established the subsidiary body by charter,
ordinance, resolution, or other formal action to
make specific findings by 2/3 vote before the
subsidiary body uses teleconferencing for the
first time and every 12 months thereafter.
Passed the Senate
Committee on
Local Government
AB 817 (Pacheco).
That bill failed to
pass the Senate
Local Government
Committee as the
author refused to
accept certain
amendments.
SB 254 (Becker)
FERA Customers
Existing law requires the PUC, by March 1, 2025,
and each year thereafter, to require the state’s
3 largest IOUs to report on their efforts to enroll
customers in the FERA program and to review
those reports to ensure the IOUs have made
reasonable efforts to enroll eligible households
in the FERA program. If the commission, in its
review of a report, determines an IOU has not
made reasonable efforts to enroll eligible
households in the FERA program, the PUC shall
require the IOU to develop a strategy and plan
to sufficiently enroll eligible households within 3
years of the adoption of the strategy and plan.
This bill would additionally require each
electrical corporation’s report to provide a
breakdown of the number of eligible
Referred to the
Senate Committee
Energy, Utilities &
Communications
Moving
to
Support
289
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 6 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
households and FERA program enrollment by
disadvantaged community, as defined by the
PUC. The bill would also require the above-described strategy and plan to include strategies to reach households in disadvantaged
communities.
SB 282 (Wiener)
Residential Heat
Pump Systems:
Water Heaters and
HVAC: Permit
Streamlining
This bill would require the commission, on or
before January 1, 2027, to establish a statewide
certification program for licensed contractors of
residential heat pump water heaters and heat
pump HVAC systems to obtain a heat pump
installation certification. The bill would
authorize a licensed contractor with a heat
pump system installation certification described
above to self-certify that the installation of a
residential heat pump water heater or heat
pump HVAC system meets all relevant code
requirements without any requirement that an
inspector be present for the installation, and
would require a city, including a charter city,
county, or city and county to accept the
certification for those purposes, as specified.
Referred to the
Senate Committee
on Local
Government
Passed the Senate
Committee on
Energy, Utilities &
Communications
This bill is co-sponsored by
SPUR, Bay Area Air
District, and
Building Decarb
Coalition
SB 283 (Laird)
Battery Energy
Storage Facilities:
Emergency
Existing law requires the State Fire Marshal,
before the next triennial edition of the
California Building Standards Code adopted
after January 1, 2025, to propose to the Building
Standards Commission (commission) updates to
Scheduled for April
21 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Energy, Utilities
& Communications
Support
if
Amended
290
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 7 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
Response Plans and
Emergency Action
Plans
the fire standards relating to requirements for
lithium-based battery systems, as provided. This
bill would require the commission and the
Office of the State Fire Marshal to review and
consider the most recently published edition of
the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
855, Standard for the Installation of Stationary
Energy Storage Systems, for incorporation into
the next update of the California Building
Standards Code adopted after July 1, 2026. This
bill contains other related provisions and other
existing laws.
SB 302 (Padilla)
County Sealers: EV
Chargers
This bill would align California’s tax code with
provisions in the Inflation Reduction Act that
expand financing options for clean energy
developers. In other states, developers may
exclude, when reporting their gross income,
earnings from the sale of clean energy tax
credits, which accrue under the law once
projects are up and running.
Referred to the
Senate
Appropriations
Committee
Suspense File
Support
SB 314 (Padilla)
Electric Vehicle
Supply Equipment:
Weights &
Measures
This bill would authorize an EVSE that has been
audited or tested by the manufacturer or
supplier to be used commercially without
further testing during the remainder of the
inspection period adopted by the Secretary of
Food and Agriculture, but not until it has been
sealed by a sealer. The bill would, until January
Scheduled for the
April 28 hearing in
the Senate
Committee on
Business,
Profession, &
291
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 8 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
1, 2028, among other things, exempt an EVSE
installed in a workplace for the exclusive use of
its employees, or installed in a residence,
including a multifamily residential dwelling, for
the exclusive use of the residents, from
specified laws, and would authorize an EVSE,
following installation, to be used in connection
with the sale of electricity as a motor vehicle
fuel without being placed into service by a
service agency or sealer, a specified.
Economic
Development
SB 330 (Padilla)
Transmission
Infrastructure
Financing
Enables the Governor to establish one or more
pilot projects to develop, finance, or operate
electrical transmission infrastructure that meet
certain criteria, including: being identified by
the ISO in its transmission planning process,
provides a significant reduction in cost, and is
implemented under a PLA. Authorizes the
Governor to designate existing state agencies,
local public agencies, tribal organizations, or
joint powers authorities to implement the pilot
projects
Scheduled for April
29 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Energy, Utilities
& Communications
Support
SB 332 (Wahab)
PUC
Commissioners
Would require the Energy Commission, in
coordination with the public advisor and the
PUC, on or before March 31, 2026, to issue a
request for proposals for a team to undertake a
study to (1) conduct a historical energy justice
assessment of IOU operations and impacts, (2)
Scheduled for April
21 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Energy, Utilities
& Communications
292
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 9 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
complete a comparative analysis of the benefits
and challenges of transitioning the IOUs to a
successor entity in order to identify a
recommended model, and, (3) if the study finds
that it is in the best long-term interests of the
people and ecologies of California to transition
away from an IOU model, create a justice-centered implementation plan for managing the transition. The bill would require the Energy
Commission to hold a public proceeding and
submit a report of the study team’s findings and
recommendations to the Legislature no later
than 24 months after selecting the study team
for the feasibility portion of the study, and no
later than 36 months after selecting the study
team for the implementation plan portion of
the study, as specified.
Scheduled for April
21 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Judiciary
SB 540 (Becker)
Western Regional
Organization
This bill codifies the West-Wide Pathways
recommendation to authorize CAISO to
relinquish its singular control of the Western
Energy Imbalance Market (EIM) and Western
Enhanced Day Ahead Market (EDAM) so that
those two markets could be governed by an
independent western regional organization
Scheduled for the
April 21 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Energy, Utilities
& Communications
Scheduled for the
April 29 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Judiciary
Support Support This is the effort to
create a new
western regional
organization that
is an interim step
to the full western
regionalization
grid
293
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 10 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
SB 541 (Becker)
Load Shifting:
Dynamic Pricing
Existing law requires the CEC to adopt a biennial
integrated energy policy report (IEPR). Existing
law requires the CEC, in consultation with the
PUC and the ISO, to adopt a goal for load
shifting to reduce net peak electrical demand
and adjust this target in each biennial IEPR. This
bill would require the CEC, as part of each IEPR,
to allocate the incremental load shifting needed
to reach the above-described load-shifting goal,
including biennial adjustments to the goal, to
each retail supplier. The bill would require the
CEC to establish rules for evaluating the
effectiveness of the various load-shifting
strategies for the purpose of determining how
much credit a retail supplier should get for each
type of load flexibility effort it undertakes, as
specified.
Scheduled for the
April 21 hearing in
Senate Committee
on Energy, Utilities
& Communications
CalCCA and
individual CCAs
have engaged with
Sen. Becker’s staff
to explain
concerns and
there has been
acknowledgement
to work together
to address those
concerns.
SB 707 (Durazo)
Open Meetings:
Brown Act
Requirements
This bill is an omnibus proposal for exemptions
to the Brown Act for local public meetings
including extending until 1/1/30 the AB 2449
sunset, authorizing virtual meetings for
subsidiary bodies, neighborhood councils, and
multijurisdictional bodies. For multijurisdictional
bodies, an in-person quorum must be
established, each remote attending member
must be identified in the agenda, a member
receiving compensation must participate from a
Scheduled for April
22 hearing in
theSenate
Committee on
Judiciary
Passed the Senate
Committee on
Local Government
294
Status of 2025 Legislative Session Bills
As of April 11, 2025
With Peninsula Clean Energy and CalCCA Adopted Positions 11 Bill Summary Status PCE
Position
CalCCA
Position
Comments
physical location accessible to the public, the
remote participating members must be at least
20 miles round trip from the in-person meeting
location.
295
San Mateo County | Atherton | Belmont | Brisbane | Burlingame | Colma | Daly City | East Palo Alto | Foster City Half Moon Bay | Hillsborough | Los Banos | Millbrae | Menlo Park | Pacifica | Portola Valley | Redwood City | San Bruno | San Carlos San Mateo | South San Francisco | Woodside
2075 Woodside Road | Redwood City, CA | 94061
(650) 260-0005 | peninsulacleanenergy.com
April 9, 2025
The Honorable Josh Becker
Chair, Senate Energy, Utilities & Communications Committee 1021 O St., Suite 6520
Sacramento, CA 95814
Re: SB 540 (Becker) - SUPPORT
Dear Senator Becker,
On behalf of Peninsula Clean Energy Authority (PCE), a community choice aggregator (CCA) serving approximately 800,000 Californians in San Mateo County and the City of Los Banos in Merced County, we write in strong support of your SB 540, a bill that will help lower net total electricity system costs and promote a more efficient and affordable clean energy future for California.
Electricity affordability is central to Peninsula Clean Energy’s mission. As a community-led energy provider, PCE is committed to delivering clean, reliable power at competitive rates to the residents and businesses we serve. Rising electricity costs, driven in part by system inefficiencies and increasing levels of renewables without corresponding system optimization, place a growing burden on ratepayers and pose challenges to achieving equitable climate goals across the state.
SB 540 would authorize California to participate in a regional organization (RO), subject to a robust governance and withdrawal framework. This participation enables more efficient dispatch of generation resources across a broader western footprint, integrating renewables more effectively and reducing system redundancies. According to analysis provided in support of SB 540, the state could realize up to $800 million in net annual savings by optimizing resource sharing across the western grid through a regional market. These cost savings can directly translate into lower bills for customers and allow for more reinvestment in clean energy innovation and reliability improvements.
Importantly, SB 540 maintains California’s leadership on clean energy policy. The bill does not alter requirements under the state’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS), change the 100% clean electricity goals established by SB 100, or expand the jurisdiction of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) over California’s energy markets. Instead, it strengthens the state's ability to meet its clean energy targets at lower cost and with greater reliability.
The bill also contains critical protections by establishing clear safeguards and governance principles for participation, including a process for California Independent System Operator (CAISO) withdrawal if that 296
2 becomes necessary. These provisions ensure that California’s interests remain protected while accessing the economic and environmental benefits of regional collaboration.
Peninsula Clean Energy appreciates your leadership on this issue and strongly supports SB 540 as a responsible, forward-looking solution to support affordability, reliability, and environmental progress.
Sincerely,
Shawn Marshall
Chief Executive Officer
cc: The Honorable Members of the Senate Energy, Utilities & Communications Committee 297
DATE: April 18, 2025
MEETING DATE: April 24, 2025
VOTE REQUIRED: None
TO: Honorable Peninsula Clean Energy Authority Board of Directors FROM: Nelly Wogberg, Board Clerk
SUBJECT: Report on California Community Power (CCP) Joint Powers Authority Item No. 14